Coker Exhibition Systems supply all manner of exhibition stands and display stands. Every thing from large backlit light boxes, display turntables, exhibition equipment, promotional display systems, including digital interactive screen stands to ipad display stands and interactive display systems. We have a large range of designs and styles for product ranges, Light boxes, display turntables, window cable displays, information sign points, information displays, pavement street signs and standoffs for signage and display purposes.

For more information, help and guidance please call 01256 768178.

Showing 779 products

Square over head fabric display sign

Flying display banner frames are powerful magnets to your stand (suspended from the ceiling). Suspended aerial banner displays can be seen from way off across an exhibition hall or large trade show venue. Get your brand noticed at every event with an over head hanging display frame. Free up that expensive exhibition floor area at every event. We offer 4 basic aerial hanging display designs, Square, Rectangle, Eye Circle, Triplet and a Tapered Circle but we can make any shape you need with our custom service. What a great way to be seen you could add lights and or a hanging turntable from our range for a rotating spectacular depending on the size of the structure and the siting of fixing beams at the venue. Price shown is for a 2.4 Meter square x 1067mm high aluminium framed hanging display frame complete with the tailored stretch fit graphic which will be secured with a zip to give the correct tension to the graphic. Hanging banner displays can be made up to 6 Metres in diameter. This type of display can be fitted on top of a gantry stand or similar structure that can provide support strength, but is designed to be suspended from a ceiling beam on wire cables at your show. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand the system. Our normal service time is 5 days production time for this product, but please ask as service times can vary through out the year. For more info on custom size suspended aerial signs call Coker Expo 01256 7618178

Flying display banner frames are powerful magnets to your stand (suspended from the ceiling). Suspended aerial banner displays can be seen from way off across an exhibition hall or large trade show venue. Get your brand noticed at every event with an over head hanging display frame. Free up that expensive exhibition floor area at every event. We offer 4 basic aerial hanging display designs, Square, Rectangle, Eye Circle, Triplet and a Tapered Circle but we can make any shape you need with our custom service. What a great way to be seen you could add lights and or a hanging turntable from our range for a rotating spectacular depending on the size of the structure and the siting of fixing beams at the venue. Price shown is for a 2.4 Meter square x 1067mm high aluminium framed hanging display frame complete with the tailored stretch fit graphic which will be secured with a zip to give the correct tension to the graphic. Hanging banner displays can be made up to 6 Metres in diameter. This type of display can be fitted on top of a gantry stand or similar structure that can provide support strength, but is designed to be suspended from a ceiling beam on wire cables at your show. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand the system. Our normal service time is 5 days production time for this product, but please ask as service times can vary through out the year. For more info on custom size suspended aerial signs call Coker Expo 01256 7618178

£1,310
850mm wide roller baner stand for budget applications

Cost effective roller banner stand, the "Event" roller banner is aimed at budget sensitive promotional marketing and the short term event such as a small exhibition or conference event. We offer 2 event roller banner stands widths, 800mm and 850mm, both have a visual height of 2000mm and are printed to our highest standards on stoplight media, anti curl. This roller banner comes in a nice padded bag so as to afford easy carrying and protection during storage. The staged pole keeps things nice and easy to assemble and quick to set up. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. Artwork at half output size @ 300dpi 800 x 2010mm We advise picture files file more than 120dpi at full size printed. Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. These roller banners have a 5 day lead time.

Cost effective roller banner stand, the "Event" roller banner is aimed at budget sensitive promotional marketing and the short term event such as a small exhibition or conference event. We offer 2 event roller banner stands widths, 800mm and 850mm, both have a visual height of 2000mm and are printed to our highest standards on stoplight media, anti curl. This roller banner comes in a nice padded bag so as to afford easy carrying and protection during storage. The staged pole keeps things nice and easy to assemble and quick to set up. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. Artwork at half output size @ 300dpi 800 x 2010mm We advise picture files file more than 120dpi at full size printed. Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. These roller banners have a 5 day lead time.

£65
Flat panel exhibition counter

Flat panel display counter with branding - we have designed these branded counter units especially for the exhibition furniture and trade show market. Built to be strong and robust to carry higher weight loads and yet still be portable, so flat pack and then assembled once on site at your event in a few minutes. The body of these counters allow a great promotional branding opportunity, your design could be just a logo or a range of products. Its weight load ability allows heavy items to be place upon it and presented as a display stand or large plinth too. Overall height 1M as standard, but custom heights are possible by quotation. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 60 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Flat panel display counter with branding - we have designed these branded counter units especially for the exhibition furniture and trade show market. Built to be strong and robust to carry higher weight loads and yet still be portable, so flat pack and then assembled once on site at your event in a few minutes. The body of these counters allow a great promotional branding opportunity, your design could be just a logo or a range of products. Its weight load ability allows heavy items to be place upon it and presented as a display stand or large plinth too. Overall height 1M as standard, but custom heights are possible by quotation. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 60 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£295
Lcd exhibition display stand with graphic panel.

22/24 inch Lcd exhibition display stand with curved display panel Our freestanding audio visual display stands with graphic panel can be used in a multitude of ways, every thing from advertisements to educational DVDs. All are Av screen display stands are easily assembled by one person. The stylish and sturdy curved aluminium frames is made up of a 968mm high upright beam and a 560mm wide base. Built to stand up to even the toughest of retail and exhibition environments and holds a 420 x 1020mm graphic, up to 2mm in depth, ideal for sheet Pvcs, which takes on the striking curved shape for added impact. The 1250mm AV pillar is able to support a 22"/24" Lcd screen using a universal VESA screen mounting bracket, which also features a security tab to prevent the screen from being lifted off. The sliding / tilt, clamp bracket allows you to adjust the height of your Lcd screen, while any cables are discretely hidden within the AV pillar. Our freestanding AV Lcd display screen stands are entirely adaptable, your graphics can be easily changed and the stand can be reconfigured with a variety of shelving, literature holders, dispensers and optional lockable casters for mobility, to suit the changing functional requirements of your display. Ask about these accessories, 01256 768178.

22/24 inch Lcd exhibition display stand with curved display panel Our freestanding audio visual display stands with graphic panel can be used in a multitude of ways, every thing from advertisements to educational DVDs. All are Av screen display stands are easily assembled by one person. The stylish and sturdy curved aluminium frames is made up of a 968mm high upright beam and a 560mm wide base. Built to stand up to even the toughest of retail and exhibition environments and holds a 420 x 1020mm graphic, up to 2mm in depth, ideal for sheet Pvcs, which takes on the striking curved shape for added impact. The 1250mm AV pillar is able to support a 22"/24" Lcd screen using a universal VESA screen mounting bracket, which also features a security tab to prevent the screen from being lifted off. The sliding / tilt, clamp bracket allows you to adjust the height of your Lcd screen, while any cables are discretely hidden within the AV pillar. Our freestanding AV Lcd display screen stands are entirely adaptable, your graphics can be easily changed and the stand can be reconfigured with a variety of shelving, literature holders, dispensers and optional lockable casters for mobility, to suit the changing functional requirements of your display. Ask about these accessories, 01256 768178.

£505
Square exhibition stand Gantry S35

System 35 The perfect exhibition stand, 35mm diameter tube with machined ends with plug fit conicals. Very fast build time with no spanners with a spigot and pin connection system, huge time savings. This Example is 3x3 meters x 2.5 meters high. As exhibition gantry systems are so flexible we also offer the same kit with a re-configurable component selection so it can be used as a 2x2, 3x2, and 3x3 Meter set up. The lighting truss framework is ideal for lighting and graphics to form the hub of the display, made from 35mm tube with machined ends with and fast fit conicals. This product will last for many years,and has the advantage of compact packing between shows. Easily add to this stand from a wide range of components as your needs change with time. All components are certified so no problems ever with health and safety at exhibition halls. This stand is 3m x 3m x 2.5m high.

System 35 The perfect exhibition stand, 35mm diameter tube with machined ends with plug fit conicals. Very fast build time with no spanners with a spigot and pin connection system, huge time savings. This Example is 3x3 meters x 2.5 meters high. As exhibition gantry systems are so flexible we also offer the same kit with a re-configurable component selection so it can be used as a 2x2, 3x2, and 3x3 Meter set up. The lighting truss framework is ideal for lighting and graphics to form the hub of the display, made from 35mm tube with machined ends with and fast fit conicals. This product will last for many years,and has the advantage of compact packing between shows. Easily add to this stand from a wide range of components as your needs change with time. All components are certified so no problems ever with health and safety at exhibition halls. This stand is 3m x 3m x 2.5m high.

£1,714
System 35 Lighting Truss straight sections

System 35 Lighting truss straight sections, 0.250mm to 3M. Easily extend or build a custom made lighting truss for your exhibition area. The tri-tube is 35mm in diameter with a 1.6mm wall thickness. System 35 is a precision made gantry system. Extruded 35mm tubes have machined ends, internally tapered, fitted with a machined conical. Once in place any deflection is undetectable, the joints are then secured with a tapered pin and a safety clip. This is a fast, easy build, complete trussing system. An ideal solution for uses at home, exhibitions and permanent installations from shopping centres to racing circuits, discos and film sets. We also have deflection and weight loading charts.

System 35 Lighting truss straight sections, 0.250mm to 3M. Easily extend or build a custom made lighting truss for your exhibition area. The tri-tube is 35mm in diameter with a 1.6mm wall thickness. System 35 is a precision made gantry system. Extruded 35mm tubes have machined ends, internally tapered, fitted with a machined conical. Once in place any deflection is undetectable, the joints are then secured with a tapered pin and a safety clip. This is a fast, easy build, complete trussing system. An ideal solution for uses at home, exhibitions and permanent installations from shopping centres to racing circuits, discos and film sets. We also have deflection and weight loading charts.

£77
Flat panel exhibition counter

Flat panel display counter with branding - we have designed these branded counter units especially for the exhibition furniture and trade show market. Built to be strong and robust to carry higher weight loads and yet still be portable, so flat pack and then assembled once on site at your event in a few minutes. The body of these counters allow a great promotional branding opportunity, your design could be just a logo or a range of products. Its weight load ability allows heavy items to be place upon it and presented as a display stand or large plinth too. Overall height 1M as standard, but custom heights are possible by quotation. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 60 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Flat panel display counter with branding - we have designed these branded counter units especially for the exhibition furniture and trade show market. Built to be strong and robust to carry higher weight loads and yet still be portable, so flat pack and then assembled once on site at your event in a few minutes. The body of these counters allow a great promotional branding opportunity, your design could be just a logo or a range of products. Its weight load ability allows heavy items to be place upon it and presented as a display stand or large plinth too. Overall height 1M as standard, but custom heights are possible by quotation. Your branded graphics included on all 4 panels Design comes complete with 4 x full graphic aluminium composite panels and storage inside. Units are capable of taking 60 Kilos. Pack away flat, rapid assembly Can be made special heights widths and length Can be used together to form long counters Shelf option available Carry bag available at extra cost please see carry bags in accessories section Custom top with either a logo or a Pantone colour Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£295
Exhibition Gantry Stand Hire

5 Day Hire Exhibition Gantry only. Square and rectangular builds. Easy self build square and rectangular stands no tools needed. We can deliver directly to you or the venue. Our prices are 1-5 days and so cover the whole show. Please select your stand size from the options below. Note we also offer full size digital PVC banners to fit the stand plus a range of exhibition lighting and carpets, which we can pre-fit to most exhibition venues across the UK. If we don't show your ideal stand size please call with your exact requirements. Our exhibition gantry can be built to suit every exhibition stand floor area, it is the perfect aluminium framework for rental at a trade show or event. It can support banners, literature holders, lighting, LCD screens and whatever else! If you do not wish to setup the lighting truss yourselves we also offer by quotation an installation and removal service. We can print graphics with your branding, even decorate the legs with wraps. We also offer reasonable design service. Stands are normally 2.5M high or 3M High. We can supply scale drawings, system verification, load bearing charts and health and safety docs for our exhibition gantry hire.

5 Day Hire Exhibition Gantry only. Square and rectangular builds. Easy self build square and rectangular stands no tools needed. We can deliver directly to you or the venue. Our prices are 1-5 days and so cover the whole show. Please select your stand size from the options below. Note we also offer full size digital PVC banners to fit the stand plus a range of exhibition lighting and carpets, which we can pre-fit to most exhibition venues across the UK. If we don't show your ideal stand size please call with your exact requirements. Our exhibition gantry can be built to suit every exhibition stand floor area, it is the perfect aluminium framework for rental at a trade show or event. It can support banners, literature holders, lighting, LCD screens and whatever else! If you do not wish to setup the lighting truss yourselves we also offer by quotation an installation and removal service. We can print graphics with your branding, even decorate the legs with wraps. We also offer reasonable design service. Stands are normally 2.5M high or 3M High. We can supply scale drawings, system verification, load bearing charts and health and safety docs for our exhibition gantry hire.

£320
Square over head fabric display sign

Flying display banner frames are powerful magnets to your stand (suspended from the ceiling). Suspended aerial banner displays can be seen from way off across an exhibition hall or large trade show venue. Get your brand noticed at every event with an over head hanging display frame. Free up that expensive exhibition floor area at every event. We offer 4 basic aerial hanging display designs, Square, Rectangle, Eye Circle, Triplet and a Tapered Circle but we can make any shape you need with our custom service. What a great way to be seen you could add lights and or a hanging turntable from our range for a rotating spectacular depending on the size of the structure and the siting of fixing beams at the venue. Price shown is for a 2.4 Meter square x 1067mm high aluminium framed hanging display frame complete with the tailored stretch fit graphic which will be secured with a zip to give the correct tension to the graphic. Hanging banner displays can be made up to 6 Metres in diameter. This type of display can be fitted on top of a gantry stand or similar structure that can provide support strength, but is designed to be suspended from a ceiling beam on wire cables at your show. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand the system. Our normal service time is 5 days production time for this product, but please ask as service times can vary through out the year. For more info on custom size suspended aerial signs call Coker Expo 01256 7618178

Flying display banner frames are powerful magnets to your stand (suspended from the ceiling). Suspended aerial banner displays can be seen from way off across an exhibition hall or large trade show venue. Get your brand noticed at every event with an over head hanging display frame. Free up that expensive exhibition floor area at every event. We offer 4 basic aerial hanging display designs, Square, Rectangle, Eye Circle, Triplet and a Tapered Circle but we can make any shape you need with our custom service. What a great way to be seen you could add lights and or a hanging turntable from our range for a rotating spectacular depending on the size of the structure and the siting of fixing beams at the venue. Price shown is for a 2.4 Meter square x 1067mm high aluminium framed hanging display frame complete with the tailored stretch fit graphic which will be secured with a zip to give the correct tension to the graphic. Hanging banner displays can be made up to 6 Metres in diameter. This type of display can be fitted on top of a gantry stand or similar structure that can provide support strength, but is designed to be suspended from a ceiling beam on wire cables at your show. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand the system. Our normal service time is 5 days production time for this product, but please ask as service times can vary through out the year. For more info on custom size suspended aerial signs call Coker Expo 01256 7618178

£1,310
13x13mm sign fixings.

13mm diameter standoff sign fixings supplied in a box quantity of 12. The height or barrel length is 13mm on this standoff and they are manufactured in solid brass then coated for a quality product. These fixings will require a 10mm hole drilled into your sign board or acrylic. The finishes available are chrome, satin chrome and gold. For large quantities please call for a quotation 01256 768178.

13mm diameter standoff sign fixings supplied in a box quantity of 12. The height or barrel length is 13mm on this standoff and they are manufactured in solid brass then coated for a quality product. These fixings will require a 10mm hole drilled into your sign board or acrylic. The finishes available are chrome, satin chrome and gold. For large quantities please call for a quotation 01256 768178.

£35
Pop up display stand kit, case and graphics

Curved pop up display kits with graphics, 10 Size options 2225mm high 1-5 Metres. Mobile Exhibition stand, curved pop up display kits come in a range of frame sizes 3x3 and 3x4 are the most popular. Full curved popup display stands, a complete mobile exhibition stand in a wheeled case. A quick erect style frame, magnetic bars, graphic panels, wheeled transit case with lighting compartment, the case also comes with beech top insert to make a podium counter from the case, plus two 120 watt pop up lights or Led Lights available as optional extras. The pop up magnetic display stand is the most popular portable display stand used for company promotions at exhibitions, trade shows and conferences. Our Kit price options below include lights, case wrap for the wheeled transport case and double sided graphics if required. It is also possible to link curved pop up display stands together and form a booth or arc to define an area at an exhibition or event. It is often then decided to produce a set of graphics for the rear of these pop up stand structures to make them a 360 degree branded display, ask for a quotation. The complete set of laminated graphic panels with magnets fitted ready for use are included. Sizes of graphics and footprint areas are on the downloadable PDF documents on this page. 3x3 Units are 28 kilos packaged. The high quality output graphics are printed on a 450 micron stoplight media. Our inks are now stable for 100 years according to the manufacturers! Pantone accuracy 67%. We are pleased to offer a perfect combination of quality, price and speed. Our print quality and colour balance is always maintained at the top end of the industry standards. For help and advice with artwork please call 01256 768178. We deliver a test print for your satisfaction and approval without further cost before running your graphics. Production is normally within 3 days after sign off of test print. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Curved pop up display kits with graphics, 10 Size options 2225mm high 1-5 Metres. Mobile Exhibition stand, curved pop up display kits come in a range of frame sizes 3x3 and 3x4 are the most popular. Full curved popup display stands, a complete mobile exhibition stand in a wheeled case. A quick erect style frame, magnetic bars, graphic panels, wheeled transit case with lighting compartment, the case also comes with beech top insert to make a podium counter from the case, plus two 120 watt pop up lights or Led Lights available as optional extras. The pop up magnetic display stand is the most popular portable display stand used for company promotions at exhibitions, trade shows and conferences. Our Kit price options below include lights, case wrap for the wheeled transport case and double sided graphics if required. It is also possible to link curved pop up display stands together and form a booth or arc to define an area at an exhibition or event. It is often then decided to produce a set of graphics for the rear of these pop up stand structures to make them a 360 degree branded display, ask for a quotation. The complete set of laminated graphic panels with magnets fitted ready for use are included. Sizes of graphics and footprint areas are on the downloadable PDF documents on this page. 3x3 Units are 28 kilos packaged. The high quality output graphics are printed on a 450 micron stoplight media. Our inks are now stable for 100 years according to the manufacturers! Pantone accuracy 67%. We are pleased to offer a perfect combination of quality, price and speed. Our print quality and colour balance is always maintained at the top end of the industry standards. For help and advice with artwork please call 01256 768178. We deliver a test print for your satisfaction and approval without further cost before running your graphics. Production is normally within 3 days after sign off of test print. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£331
Lcd exhibition display stand with graphic panel.

22/24 inch Lcd exhibition display stand with curved display panel Our freestanding audio visual display stands with graphic panel can be used in a multitude of ways, every thing from advertisements to educational DVDs. All are Av screen display stands are easily assembled by one person. The stylish and sturdy curved aluminium frames is made up of a 968mm high upright beam and a 560mm wide base. Built to stand up to even the toughest of retail and exhibition environments and holds a 420 x 1020mm graphic, up to 2mm in depth, ideal for sheet Pvcs, which takes on the striking curved shape for added impact. The 1250mm AV pillar is able to support a 22"/24" Lcd screen using a universal VESA screen mounting bracket, which also features a security tab to prevent the screen from being lifted off. The sliding / tilt, clamp bracket allows you to adjust the height of your Lcd screen, while any cables are discretely hidden within the AV pillar. Our freestanding AV Lcd display screen stands are entirely adaptable, your graphics can be easily changed and the stand can be reconfigured with a variety of shelving, literature holders, dispensers and optional lockable casters for mobility, to suit the changing functional requirements of your display. Ask about these accessories, 01256 768178.

22/24 inch Lcd exhibition display stand with curved display panel Our freestanding audio visual display stands with graphic panel can be used in a multitude of ways, every thing from advertisements to educational DVDs. All are Av screen display stands are easily assembled by one person. The stylish and sturdy curved aluminium frames is made up of a 968mm high upright beam and a 560mm wide base. Built to stand up to even the toughest of retail and exhibition environments and holds a 420 x 1020mm graphic, up to 2mm in depth, ideal for sheet Pvcs, which takes on the striking curved shape for added impact. The 1250mm AV pillar is able to support a 22"/24" Lcd screen using a universal VESA screen mounting bracket, which also features a security tab to prevent the screen from being lifted off. The sliding / tilt, clamp bracket allows you to adjust the height of your Lcd screen, while any cables are discretely hidden within the AV pillar. Our freestanding AV Lcd display screen stands are entirely adaptable, your graphics can be easily changed and the stand can be reconfigured with a variety of shelving, literature holders, dispensers and optional lockable casters for mobility, to suit the changing functional requirements of your display. Ask about these accessories, 01256 768178.

£505
Wall Mounted notice board lockable outdoor

Premium 30mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases for wall mounting Metal display cases with a weather resistant anodised frame, the backing board is white powder coated steel which is magnet friendly and an important health and safety requirement. Magnetic backing boards are also used as they do not absorb moisture and this avoids a mini climate inside your display case causing it to steam up! The units also have tiny drain points just in case, this makes it important to hang the units in the correct plain if its a portrait case please ensure it's hung that way. The units are supplied with some magnets but where displays demand we can supply self adhesive magnetic tape allowing you to display your graphic without any visual impediment, this is great for restaurant menu boards. The sizes quoted are exterior for the window display (visual) area please deduct 97mm in both directions. Led lighting kits are available and these must be fitted by a qualified electrician, the lights come with a transformer which must be protected from the weather ideally inside the building, the lights draw very little power and create a tiny amount of welcome heat there real is no need to turn them on and off. Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request (on 58mm cases range) Elastomer seal. Anodised finish. Normal production time anodised units 1 week.

Premium 30mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases for wall mounting Metal display cases with a weather resistant anodised frame, the backing board is white powder coated steel which is magnet friendly and an important health and safety requirement. Magnetic backing boards are also used as they do not absorb moisture and this avoids a mini climate inside your display case causing it to steam up! The units also have tiny drain points just in case, this makes it important to hang the units in the correct plain if its a portrait case please ensure it's hung that way. The units are supplied with some magnets but where displays demand we can supply self adhesive magnetic tape allowing you to display your graphic without any visual impediment, this is great for restaurant menu boards. The sizes quoted are exterior for the window display (visual) area please deduct 97mm in both directions. Led lighting kits are available and these must be fitted by a qualified electrician, the lights come with a transformer which must be protected from the weather ideally inside the building, the lights draw very little power and create a tiny amount of welcome heat there real is no need to turn them on and off. Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request (on 58mm cases range) Elastomer seal. Anodised finish. Normal production time anodised units 1 week.

£126
Square exhibition stand Gantry S35

System 35 The perfect exhibition stand, 35mm diameter tube with machined ends with plug fit conicals. Very fast build time with no spanners with a spigot and pin connection system, huge time savings. This Example is 3x3 meters x 2.5 meters high. As exhibition gantry systems are so flexible we also offer the same kit with a re-configurable component selection so it can be used as a 2x2, 3x2, and 3x3 Meter set up. The lighting truss framework is ideal for lighting and graphics to form the hub of the display, made from 35mm tube with machined ends with and fast fit conicals. This product will last for many years,and has the advantage of compact packing between shows. Easily add to this stand from a wide range of components as your needs change with time. All components are certified so no problems ever with health and safety at exhibition halls. This stand is 3m x 3m x 2.5m high.

System 35 The perfect exhibition stand, 35mm diameter tube with machined ends with plug fit conicals. Very fast build time with no spanners with a spigot and pin connection system, huge time savings. This Example is 3x3 meters x 2.5 meters high. As exhibition gantry systems are so flexible we also offer the same kit with a re-configurable component selection so it can be used as a 2x2, 3x2, and 3x3 Meter set up. The lighting truss framework is ideal for lighting and graphics to form the hub of the display, made from 35mm tube with machined ends with and fast fit conicals. This product will last for many years,and has the advantage of compact packing between shows. Easily add to this stand from a wide range of components as your needs change with time. All components are certified so no problems ever with health and safety at exhibition halls. This stand is 3m x 3m x 2.5m high.

£1,714
Wall mounted notice boards

Premium outdoor lockable display cases and bulletin boards for wall or post mounting Metal units with powder coated paint finish is standard colours Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on 58mm cases. Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, or anodised finish. Matching side posts available with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time anodised units 1 week, coloured units 2 weeks. The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. posts are extra

Premium outdoor lockable display cases and bulletin boards for wall or post mounting Metal units with powder coated paint finish is standard colours Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on 58mm cases. Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, or anodised finish. Matching side posts available with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time anodised units 1 week, coloured units 2 weeks. The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. posts are extra

£171
Desktop folding display stand

A desktop folding display board supplied with its own canvas carry bag. Panel sizes are 600mm x 900mm wide with outer panels of 450mm x 600mm and a header panel of 900mm x 250 mm high. There is a large range of loop nylon fabric colour fabrics for this display, also available and a choice of black or grey pvc trim. Perfect for smaller table and counter presentation needs, create your own mini informational display with these handy little display..

A desktop folding display board supplied with its own canvas carry bag. Panel sizes are 600mm x 900mm wide with outer panels of 450mm x 600mm and a header panel of 900mm x 250 mm high. There is a large range of loop nylon fabric colour fabrics for this display, also available and a choice of black or grey pvc trim. Perfect for smaller table and counter presentation needs, create your own mini informational display with these handy little display..

£80
Magnetic Media Graphics

Magnetic Media Graphics easy as 123 Printed to Stoplight and laminated. Magnetic tape fitted 25mm each side + Metal bar top and bottom Need to Know more or if you would like a quotation Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Magnetic Media Graphics easy as 123 Printed to Stoplight and laminated. Magnetic tape fitted 25mm each side + Metal bar top and bottom Need to Know more or if you would like a quotation Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£100
BM1 Battery Display drive

Our most versatile lightweight battery powered turntable or display drive unit. This unit is for very lightweight use please read more information. The basic drive's unit can be fitted with a variety of battery holders which allow longevity or speed increasing by 2 and 3 times. This suits a multitude of display purposes, the operating speeds will alter with different battery combinations, Battery holders available extras please select single or double options. Note the battery holders simply plug into the drive motor this can be from the side or bottom of the unit. The single battery holder will give a standard speed but this is doubled with the double cell holder. BM1/0.6 rpm 1 battery 1.2 rpm with two batteries. Batteries used are "D" Cells. For quantities and other speeds please get in touch.

Our most versatile lightweight battery powered turntable or display drive unit. This unit is for very lightweight use please read more information. The basic drive's unit can be fitted with a variety of battery holders which allow longevity or speed increasing by 2 and 3 times. This suits a multitude of display purposes, the operating speeds will alter with different battery combinations, Battery holders available extras please select single or double options. Note the battery holders simply plug into the drive motor this can be from the side or bottom of the unit. The single battery holder will give a standard speed but this is doubled with the double cell holder. BM1/0.6 rpm 1 battery 1.2 rpm with two batteries. Batteries used are "D" Cells. For quantities and other speeds please get in touch.

£35
Wall mounted notice boards

Premium outdoor lockable display cases and bulletin boards for wall or post mounting Metal units with powder coated paint finish is standard colours Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on 58mm cases. Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, or anodised finish. Matching side posts available with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time anodised units 1 week, coloured units 2 weeks. The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. posts are extra

Premium outdoor lockable display cases and bulletin boards for wall or post mounting Metal units with powder coated paint finish is standard colours Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on 58mm cases. Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, or anodised finish. Matching side posts available with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time anodised units 1 week, coloured units 2 weeks. The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. posts are extra

£171
Notice board with posts

A range of 30mm deep display cases with posts for root fixing (concrete) Single and dual door models, the cases can also be mounted side by side and at angles this would require special posts if you need this please ask us for a quotation. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing. Elastomer seal. Anodised finish. Matching side posts available with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time anodised units 1 week. 60mm x 40mm posts 2600mm long.

A range of 30mm deep display cases with posts for root fixing (concrete) Single and dual door models, the cases can also be mounted side by side and at angles this would require special posts if you need this please ask us for a quotation. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing. Elastomer seal. Anodised finish. Matching side posts available with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time anodised units 1 week. 60mm x 40mm posts 2600mm long.

£255
Notice board with posts

A range of 30mm deep display cases with posts for root fixing (concrete) Single and dual door models, the cases can also be mounted side by side and at angles this would require special posts if you need this please ask us for a quotation. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing. Elastomer seal. Anodised finish. Matching side posts available with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time anodised units 1 week. 60mm x 40mm posts 2600mm long.

A range of 30mm deep display cases with posts for root fixing (concrete) Single and dual door models, the cases can also be mounted side by side and at angles this would require special posts if you need this please ask us for a quotation. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing. Elastomer seal. Anodised finish. Matching side posts available with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time anodised units 1 week. 60mm x 40mm posts 2600mm long.

£255
Track with polished aluminium lights

1 Metre Lighting track with 3 x GL100 Polished aluminium light units complete with LED lamps plus 5 Metre mains and UK plug This fixing can be cable tied up and ready to go very quickly. The light out put is similar to 70w Halogens but without the heat or power consumption. The unit shown has 4 lights this kit comes with three but you can add the light fixings as required or add track lengths, if you need any help we are glad to talk.

1 Metre Lighting track with 3 x GL100 Polished aluminium light units complete with LED lamps plus 5 Metre mains and UK plug This fixing can be cable tied up and ready to go very quickly. The light out put is similar to 70w Halogens but without the heat or power consumption. The unit shown has 4 lights this kit comes with three but you can add the light fixings as required or add track lengths, if you need any help we are glad to talk.

£238
CU030 Mains powered display turntable

The CU030 display drive. With this little revolving display drive the load is carried by an additional thrust bearing with a flange of 65mm, this unit can carry a max load up to 3 kilos at 2.5 rpm. A small revolving display drive motor designed for little and low weight applications. Perfect for retail shop, showroom and reception rotating displays to catch the customers eye, thanks to the rotating movement.

The CU030 display drive. With this little revolving display drive the load is carried by an additional thrust bearing with a flange of 65mm, this unit can carry a max load up to 3 kilos at 2.5 rpm. A small revolving display drive motor designed for little and low weight applications. Perfect for retail shop, showroom and reception rotating displays to catch the customers eye, thanks to the rotating movement.

£60
Circular tension fabric hanging display

Circular tension fabric hanging displays, great solution to getting your brand seen across any exhibition or event hall. Round shaped aluminium hanging structure – the perfect way to an eye catching element to your display area, a real focal point. With hanging loops to enable the structure to be suspended from ceiling structure via wire cables. Keep the floor area of your exhibition free and get your brand message high in the air over your floor space. This tension fabric circle display is 3 meters diameter and 900mm in height with 4 hanging points. Tool free assembly Available in six different sizes by quotation Easy fit graphic socks with zip fastening Other circle sizes in the range are, 3.0m diameter x 0.6m (4 hanging points) 4.6m diameter x 1.5m (4 hanging points) 6.1m diameter x 1.2m (4 hanging points) Expect 1 week in house production time. We can also offer a custom service for the production of the tension fabric circle displays, call with your requirement and we will supply a quote, 01256 768178

Circular tension fabric hanging displays, great solution to getting your brand seen across any exhibition or event hall. Round shaped aluminium hanging structure – the perfect way to an eye catching element to your display area, a real focal point. With hanging loops to enable the structure to be suspended from ceiling structure via wire cables. Keep the floor area of your exhibition free and get your brand message high in the air over your floor space. This tension fabric circle display is 3 meters diameter and 900mm in height with 4 hanging points. Tool free assembly Available in six different sizes by quotation Easy fit graphic socks with zip fastening Other circle sizes in the range are, 3.0m diameter x 0.6m (4 hanging points) 4.6m diameter x 1.5m (4 hanging points) 6.1m diameter x 1.2m (4 hanging points) Expect 1 week in house production time. We can also offer a custom service for the production of the tension fabric circle displays, call with your requirement and we will supply a quote, 01256 768178

£870
Pop up counter with graphic branding and beech top

Pop up counter unit Two Sizes available If you are looking for a very reasonably priced budget pop up counter that is portable and comes complete with fully branded graphic of your choice this could be for you. The Large counter unit (2x2) is 1.29 metres wide 98.5cm high and only 19 kilos complete. The smaller counter unit (2x1) is 865mm wide and 98.5 cm high. Included is the reinforced wheeled transit bag with either size which houses the frame, mag bars, thermoformed beech laminate top, graphic and the shelves too. Suggested spread weight load for the counter top is 25 kgs and 3 kgs across the shelves. Please watch the you tube video link (may vary slightly as this product is further developed a smaller unit is also scheduled) This unit has been developed from and is based on the very popular and successful pop up display stand, it employs the same folding pop up frame construction that is well know by most and very robust and reliable giving years of use. Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs for a branded pop up display counter.

Pop up counter unit Two Sizes available If you are looking for a very reasonably priced budget pop up counter that is portable and comes complete with fully branded graphic of your choice this could be for you. The Large counter unit (2x2) is 1.29 metres wide 98.5cm high and only 19 kilos complete. The smaller counter unit (2x1) is 865mm wide and 98.5 cm high. Included is the reinforced wheeled transit bag with either size which houses the frame, mag bars, thermoformed beech laminate top, graphic and the shelves too. Suggested spread weight load for the counter top is 25 kgs and 3 kgs across the shelves. Please watch the you tube video link (may vary slightly as this product is further developed a smaller unit is also scheduled) This unit has been developed from and is based on the very popular and successful pop up display stand, it employs the same folding pop up frame construction that is well know by most and very robust and reliable giving years of use. Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs for a branded pop up display counter.

£255
setting up a graphique exhibition counter

Exhibition display counter unit 1000mm wide x 500mm deep. Double round ended "Graphique" exhibition counter unit 1000mm wide x 500mm deep, overall height 1000mm supplied with a velcro on aluminium composite white finish door panel as standard. This revolutionary new exhibition counter design comes complete with a full digital graphic branded wrap and internal storage inside. These counters are purpose designed for events and are capable of taking 40 Kilos. This is a twist lock pole exhibition furniture system with out a tambour wrap to share the weight load. It can be put up or packed away flat in a few minutes flat. Supplied with rear closure panel which acts as a removable door, allows out of sight out of mind security of items stored on your trade show stand. Also available as an optional extras for this counter is Centre height shelf, Carry bag, Four counter top colours, Carry your graphic wrap Cable management port central left/right position (reverseable depending on assembly) Please select your option below Graphic Size: 2100mm x 970mm high. Please see PDF below for full specification, please see the PDF data sheet when designing your graphic. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Exhibition display counter unit 1000mm wide x 500mm deep. Double round ended "Graphique" exhibition counter unit 1000mm wide x 500mm deep, overall height 1000mm supplied with a velcro on aluminium composite white finish door panel as standard. This revolutionary new exhibition counter design comes complete with a full digital graphic branded wrap and internal storage inside. These counters are purpose designed for events and are capable of taking 40 Kilos. This is a twist lock pole exhibition furniture system with out a tambour wrap to share the weight load. It can be put up or packed away flat in a few minutes flat. Supplied with rear closure panel which acts as a removable door, allows out of sight out of mind security of items stored on your trade show stand. Also available as an optional extras for this counter is Centre height shelf, Carry bag, Four counter top colours, Carry your graphic wrap Cable management port central left/right position (reverseable depending on assembly) Please select your option below Graphic Size: 2100mm x 970mm high. Please see PDF below for full specification, please see the PDF data sheet when designing your graphic. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£295
Bespoke childrens bedroom wallpaper

Feature walls As an exhibition company we are specialists in wall decoration and are able to print a variety of wall covering products, we can also offer an installation service of quality materials. You can also have your own wall paper printed and delivered for you to hang yourself, each order will come with installation instructions and a wall plan with numbered strips.Choices of wall coverings range from ready pasted, pre pasted and self adhesive vinyl, all of our wall coverings are printed with latex inks that are non toxic, the inks are heat treated after printing giving a super tough damage resistant surface. Products are suitable for high traffic areas such as restaurants and showrooms. We can help with the design process and the selection of suitable images for giant super sharp results. Here is a Useful Image Library link resource: click here! please select requesting a vector image filter first! This will allow endless enlargement without loss of clarity as the shapes are stored within the files as shapes and not bitmaps or pixels Image Library (Fotolia) Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

Feature walls As an exhibition company we are specialists in wall decoration and are able to print a variety of wall covering products, we can also offer an installation service of quality materials. You can also have your own wall paper printed and delivered for you to hang yourself, each order will come with installation instructions and a wall plan with numbered strips.Choices of wall coverings range from ready pasted, pre pasted and self adhesive vinyl, all of our wall coverings are printed with latex inks that are non toxic, the inks are heat treated after printing giving a super tough damage resistant surface. Products are suitable for high traffic areas such as restaurants and showrooms. We can help with the design process and the selection of suitable images for giant super sharp results. Here is a Useful Image Library link resource: click here! please select requesting a vector image filter first! This will allow endless enlargement without loss of clarity as the shapes are stored within the files as shapes and not bitmaps or pixels Image Library (Fotolia) Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

£20
Notice board with posts

Coker Expo supply premium outdoor 30mm deep lockable poster display cases with posts mounting. Quality, painted wall display poster cases 30mm deep with posts. The strong, weather-resistant metal display units have a powder coated paint finish available in red, green, blue or black. The backboard of the wall display units is white powder coated steel for magnet fixings. The units are supplied with some free magnets and we can also provide self-adhesive magnetic tape if you require your graphics or posters to be completely visible. Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing. Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, or anodised finish. Matching side posts with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time 2 weeks. Factory slows down end July and August. posts are 60mm x 40mm and 2600mm high The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. For more information on the promotional wall poster display stands available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178

Coker Expo supply premium outdoor 30mm deep lockable poster display cases with posts mounting. Quality, painted wall display poster cases 30mm deep with posts. The strong, weather-resistant metal display units have a powder coated paint finish available in red, green, blue or black. The backboard of the wall display units is white powder coated steel for magnet fixings. The units are supplied with some free magnets and we can also provide self-adhesive magnetic tape if you require your graphics or posters to be completely visible. Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing. Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, or anodised finish. Matching side posts with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time 2 weeks. Factory slows down end July and August. posts are 60mm x 40mm and 2600mm high The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. For more information on the promotional wall poster display stands available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178

£334
CUH030 Hanging rotating display drive

Hanging rotating display drive CUH030, a ceiling mounted display drive that can carry a hanging weight load of 3 Kg at 2.5 rpm rotation speed. Ideal for smaller suspended revolving displays, retail shop, showroom and reception applications.

Hanging rotating display drive CUH030, a ceiling mounted display drive that can carry a hanging weight load of 3 Kg at 2.5 rpm rotation speed. Ideal for smaller suspended revolving displays, retail shop, showroom and reception applications.

£72
Pendulum movement display drive turntable

Pendulum display motor for lightweight displays only this display moves one way and then the other, reversing pendulum movement to show the full front but not the back of the display product. Display motor 220 - 240 V Load: Depends on type and size of moving display we can make these motors to the following specifications Pendulum movements: 5 times per minute Pendulum angle: 45° or 60 depending on which end of the cam is used.Other speeds are possible by special order for quantities 5+ only. The stock unit is our standard please see the video. We recommend testing one to suit the application as this is the only way to check specific applications Unit weight is .3 kilos

Pendulum display motor for lightweight displays only this display moves one way and then the other, reversing pendulum movement to show the full front but not the back of the display product. Display motor 220 - 240 V Load: Depends on type and size of moving display we can make these motors to the following specifications Pendulum movements: 5 times per minute Pendulum angle: 45° or 60 depending on which end of the cam is used.Other speeds are possible by special order for quantities 5+ only. The stock unit is our standard please see the video. We recommend testing one to suit the application as this is the only way to check specific applications Unit weight is .3 kilos

£90
Bespoke childrens bedroom wallpaper

Feature walls As an exhibition company we are specialists in wall decoration and are able to print a variety of wall covering products, we can also offer an installation service of quality materials. You can also have your own wall paper printed and delivered for you to hang yourself, each order will come with installation instructions and a wall plan with numbered strips.Choices of wall coverings range from ready pasted, pre pasted and self adhesive vinyl, all of our wall coverings are printed with latex inks that are non toxic, the inks are heat treated after printing giving a super tough damage resistant surface. Products are suitable for high traffic areas such as restaurants and showrooms. We can help with the design process and the selection of suitable images for giant super sharp results. Here is a Useful Image Library link resource: click here! please select requesting a vector image filter first! This will allow endless enlargement without loss of clarity as the shapes are stored within the files as shapes and not bitmaps or pixels Image Library (Fotolia) Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

Feature walls As an exhibition company we are specialists in wall decoration and are able to print a variety of wall covering products, we can also offer an installation service of quality materials. You can also have your own wall paper printed and delivered for you to hang yourself, each order will come with installation instructions and a wall plan with numbered strips.Choices of wall coverings range from ready pasted, pre pasted and self adhesive vinyl, all of our wall coverings are printed with latex inks that are non toxic, the inks are heat treated after printing giving a super tough damage resistant surface. Products are suitable for high traffic areas such as restaurants and showrooms. We can help with the design process and the selection of suitable images for giant super sharp results. Here is a Useful Image Library link resource: click here! please select requesting a vector image filter first! This will allow endless enlargement without loss of clarity as the shapes are stored within the files as shapes and not bitmaps or pixels Image Library (Fotolia) Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

£20
Notice board with posts

Coker Expo supply premium outdoor 30mm deep lockable poster display cases with posts mounting. Quality, painted wall display poster cases 30mm deep with posts. The strong, weather-resistant metal display units have a powder coated paint finish available in red, green, blue or black. The backboard of the wall display units is white powder coated steel for magnet fixings. The units are supplied with some free magnets and we can also provide self-adhesive magnetic tape if you require your graphics or posters to be completely visible. Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing. Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, or anodised finish. Matching side posts with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time 2 weeks. Factory slows down end July and August. posts are 60mm x 40mm and 2600mm high The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. For more information on the promotional wall poster display stands available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178

Coker Expo supply premium outdoor 30mm deep lockable poster display cases with posts mounting. Quality, painted wall display poster cases 30mm deep with posts. The strong, weather-resistant metal display units have a powder coated paint finish available in red, green, blue or black. The backboard of the wall display units is white powder coated steel for magnet fixings. The units are supplied with some free magnets and we can also provide self-adhesive magnetic tape if you require your graphics or posters to be completely visible. Strong weather resistant construction. Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish. Warp proof integral hinge. Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside. Reversible door without the need for tools. Plexichoc glazing. Elastomer seal. Colour Choice. red, green, blue, black, or anodised finish. Matching side posts with base fixing or root fixing (for concrete). Normal production time 2 weeks. Factory slows down end July and August. posts are 60mm x 40mm and 2600mm high The sizes given are exterior dimensions please deduct 97mm from both dimensions for the window size. For more information on the promotional wall poster display stands available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178

£334
A shell scheme booth clad with graphics

Service coming soon. Looking for printed graphics for a shell scheme booth, may be we can help. Pretty much every company that exhibits at shows and events will have at some time in the past used a shell scheme booth. A simple walling and ceiling grid that defines your floor area at an exhibition or trade show. The panels in a shell scheme system of which there are many brands of profile used are either covered in fabric or a hard panel with painted surface. All of the upright aluminium profiles are slotted and this allows for a clever range of Pvc trim strips to be fixed into that slot to allow a board to be fixed to the shell scheme structure. The Pvc trims have a hook velcro receiver applied to them which allows for the printed board or printed rollable graphics panel to be fixed to the wall. The are a number of shaped panel fixing trims so as we can secure graphics panels into the corners of a exhibition booth too. This method allows a shell scheme booth to be clad with full colour graphics in a seemless fashion with ease and speed. The rollable tambour also means we can dispatch far more cheaply as with a flat panel and door to door courier is really the only option. A graphics tube should also be considered to keep your rollable display graphics in tip top condition. You should get many uses out of out hard wear quality printed graphics. With this method of cladding a shell scheme stand the graphics will be supported well at the joint unlike a basic paper or stoplight graphic which is then and can pucker and lift and the joins. So when it comes to cladding a shell scheme stand always ask for a quote and send in the systems dims, most exhibition organisers will give you a drawing of your floor are with panel dims, we can then quote from this and advise the correct fixing trims required to, call on 01256 768178 to discuss cladding your exhibition stand.

Service coming soon. Looking for printed graphics for a shell scheme booth, may be we can help. Pretty much every company that exhibits at shows and events will have at some time in the past used a shell scheme booth. A simple walling and ceiling grid that defines your floor area at an exhibition or trade show. The panels in a shell scheme system of which there are many brands of profile used are either covered in fabric or a hard panel with painted surface. All of the upright aluminium profiles are slotted and this allows for a clever range of Pvc trim strips to be fixed into that slot to allow a board to be fixed to the shell scheme structure. The Pvc trims have a hook velcro receiver applied to them which allows for the printed board or printed rollable graphics panel to be fixed to the wall. The are a number of shaped panel fixing trims so as we can secure graphics panels into the corners of a exhibition booth too. This method allows a shell scheme booth to be clad with full colour graphics in a seemless fashion with ease and speed. The rollable tambour also means we can dispatch far more cheaply as with a flat panel and door to door courier is really the only option. A graphics tube should also be considered to keep your rollable display graphics in tip top condition. You should get many uses out of out hard wear quality printed graphics. With this method of cladding a shell scheme stand the graphics will be supported well at the joint unlike a basic paper or stoplight graphic which is then and can pucker and lift and the joins. So when it comes to cladding a shell scheme stand always ask for a quote and send in the systems dims, most exhibition organisers will give you a drawing of your floor are with panel dims, we can then quote from this and advise the correct fixing trims required to, call on 01256 768178 to discuss cladding your exhibition stand.

£180
Bespoke childrens bedroom wallpaper

Feature walls As an exhibition company we are specialists in wall decoration and are able to print a variety of wall covering products, we can also offer an installation service of quality materials. You can also have your own wall paper printed and delivered for you to hang yourself, each order will come with installation instructions and a wall plan with numbered strips.Choices of wall coverings range from ready pasted, pre pasted and self adhesive vinyl, all of our wall coverings are printed with latex inks that are non toxic, the inks are heat treated after printing giving a super tough damage resistant surface. Products are suitable for high traffic areas such as restaurants and showrooms. We can help with the design process and the selection of suitable images for giant super sharp results. Here is a Useful Image Library link resource: click here! please select requesting a vector image filter first! This will allow endless enlargement without loss of clarity as the shapes are stored within the files as shapes and not bitmaps or pixels Image Library (Fotolia) Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

Feature walls As an exhibition company we are specialists in wall decoration and are able to print a variety of wall covering products, we can also offer an installation service of quality materials. You can also have your own wall paper printed and delivered for you to hang yourself, each order will come with installation instructions and a wall plan with numbered strips.Choices of wall coverings range from ready pasted, pre pasted and self adhesive vinyl, all of our wall coverings are printed with latex inks that are non toxic, the inks are heat treated after printing giving a super tough damage resistant surface. Products are suitable for high traffic areas such as restaurants and showrooms. We can help with the design process and the selection of suitable images for giant super sharp results. Here is a Useful Image Library link resource: click here! please select requesting a vector image filter first! This will allow endless enlargement without loss of clarity as the shapes are stored within the files as shapes and not bitmaps or pixels Image Library (Fotolia) Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here!

£20
Special offer 3 x 3 curved pop up display stand

Curved 3x3 Pop up display at a budget price, an Eco Magnetic stand complete with laminated graphics. A pop up display stand special offer at a truly discount price. Pop up display stands are still very popular as a quick portable promotional display back drop at exhibitions events and trade shows. There easy of portability makes them ideal for short term publicity and promotions events at any nember of public venues. Our budget pop up display kit Includes eco friendly magnetic fitting graphics to magnetic bars with click locks on an aluminium folding frame work. Included in this offer is the Budget lite carry case with wheels and 2 x 120w halogen Lights. Optional Upgrades are 20w LED lights instead of halogen, also a case upgrade to a deluxe transit case, which also comes with a graphic wrap for use on the stand to make a podium. We can design your stand at very reasonable cost if required, all production is at our Hook factory in Hampshire. Our service time from receipt of your artwork is just 3 working days after sign off of a free test print ( which we sent to you to check you files output is correct ) + overnight carrier. You can pay by telephone, online via our secure system or by bank transfer please call if we can help. All graphics are printed with water based dye and according to the manufactures will last 100years. Our media is thick stoplight 100% Polyester grey backed, the media has an anti curl layer. 3x3 Pop Up Stands Artwork Dimensions: Footprint size of the stand is 2225mm (h) x 2540mm (w) x 685mm (d) The visible graphic area 2225mm (h) x 2692mm (w) Overall Printing area 2225mm (h) x 3365mm (w) Please make your artwork at 25% Size 556.25mm (h) x 841.25mm (w) We need a PDF Without bleed or crop marks please in CMYK Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For pop up systems – artwork at quarter size and 450 to 600dpi A single page document please. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Curved 3x3 Pop up display at a budget price, an Eco Magnetic stand complete with laminated graphics. A pop up display stand special offer at a truly discount price. Pop up display stands are still very popular as a quick portable promotional display back drop at exhibitions events and trade shows. There easy of portability makes them ideal for short term publicity and promotions events at any nember of public venues. Our budget pop up display kit Includes eco friendly magnetic fitting graphics to magnetic bars with click locks on an aluminium folding frame work. Included in this offer is the Budget lite carry case with wheels and 2 x 120w halogen Lights. Optional Upgrades are 20w LED lights instead of halogen, also a case upgrade to a deluxe transit case, which also comes with a graphic wrap for use on the stand to make a podium. We can design your stand at very reasonable cost if required, all production is at our Hook factory in Hampshire. Our service time from receipt of your artwork is just 3 working days after sign off of a free test print ( which we sent to you to check you files output is correct ) + overnight carrier. You can pay by telephone, online via our secure system or by bank transfer please call if we can help. All graphics are printed with water based dye and according to the manufactures will last 100years. Our media is thick stoplight 100% Polyester grey backed, the media has an anti curl layer. 3x3 Pop Up Stands Artwork Dimensions: Footprint size of the stand is 2225mm (h) x 2540mm (w) x 685mm (d) The visible graphic area 2225mm (h) x 2692mm (w) Overall Printing area 2225mm (h) x 3365mm (w) Please make your artwork at 25% Size 556.25mm (h) x 841.25mm (w) We need a PDF Without bleed or crop marks please in CMYK Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For pop up systems – artwork at quarter size and 450 to 600dpi A single page document please. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£450
POS multimedia ipad stand range

POS multimedia ipad stand can be more than just a pole with a tablet fixed to the top, the addition of branding, a sign board of some form can really bring your media display to the forefront. The simple addition of easy-fit screw clips and graphic panels magnify the iPad column's brilliance as an interactive multimedia display, unleashing a powerful promotional display. Branding and messaging can be used to drive and enhance the iPad user experience as well as increase visibility from a distance. The easy-fit face thumb screw kit enables the iPad column to work even harder with the addition of graphic panels for tailored branding. This enhances the fully-interactive multimedia capabilities of the iPad making it the perfect solution for wayfinding, menus, seminars, exhibitions and demonstrations. For the sign board suggestions shown, 2 thumb screws, 5mm ridged pvc panel, max height of 1265mm. Make displays double sided with 4x thumb screws. • Designed for use with iPad 2, 3, 4, iPad Air 1, iPad Air 2, iPad Pro 9.7” iPad 9.7” (launched March 2017) • Post and base with versatile iPad holder • Enclosures in textured black or white finish • Continuous iPad power supply • Combined post height 1265mm • Heavy duty steel base finished silver with rubber foot pads - 464(w) x 406mm(d) • Supplied dismantled for ease of transportation • Special ship safe carton - 1020(w) x 500(d) x 240mm(h) or optional moulded wheeled trolley case • Maximum overall dimensions - 464(w) x 425(d) x 1595mm(h) • Packaged weight - 15kg (carton) or 24kg (case • Sign costs by quotation, discuss your requirements, 01256 768178.

POS multimedia ipad stand can be more than just a pole with a tablet fixed to the top, the addition of branding, a sign board of some form can really bring your media display to the forefront. The simple addition of easy-fit screw clips and graphic panels magnify the iPad column's brilliance as an interactive multimedia display, unleashing a powerful promotional display. Branding and messaging can be used to drive and enhance the iPad user experience as well as increase visibility from a distance. The easy-fit face thumb screw kit enables the iPad column to work even harder with the addition of graphic panels for tailored branding. This enhances the fully-interactive multimedia capabilities of the iPad making it the perfect solution for wayfinding, menus, seminars, exhibitions and demonstrations. For the sign board suggestions shown, 2 thumb screws, 5mm ridged pvc panel, max height of 1265mm. Make displays double sided with 4x thumb screws. • Designed for use with iPad 2, 3, 4, iPad Air 1, iPad Air 2, iPad Pro 9.7” iPad 9.7” (launched March 2017) • Post and base with versatile iPad holder • Enclosures in textured black or white finish • Continuous iPad power supply • Combined post height 1265mm • Heavy duty steel base finished silver with rubber foot pads - 464(w) x 406mm(d) • Supplied dismantled for ease of transportation • Special ship safe carton - 1020(w) x 500(d) x 240mm(h) or optional moulded wheeled trolley case • Maximum overall dimensions - 464(w) x 425(d) x 1595mm(h) • Packaged weight - 15kg (carton) or 24kg (case • Sign costs by quotation, discuss your requirements, 01256 768178.

£250
Header sign painted and including sign writing

Information signs for display cases 30 and 58mm deep ranges. The header signs are directly fitted to the notice boards offered in three designs and nine widths to match your case choice. Available in the same colour as the notice boards and matching widths 550-1600mm wide The top signs are also available in three designs, dome, wave and point. Standard single colour sign-writing is included special logos etc can attract an extra charge, please select your case width and style choice in the drop downs below, the sign colour will be as per your display case order.

Information signs for display cases 30 and 58mm deep ranges. The header signs are directly fitted to the notice boards offered in three designs and nine widths to match your case choice. Available in the same colour as the notice boards and matching widths 550-1600mm wide The top signs are also available in three designs, dome, wave and point. Standard single colour sign-writing is included special logos etc can attract an extra charge, please select your case width and style choice in the drop downs below, the sign colour will be as per your display case order.

£65
Maxi desktop display

The larger of our two desktop folding display boards supplied with its own canvas carry bag. Ideal for table top and counter presentations. Panel sizes are 600mm x 900mm high (x3) with one header panel of 600mm x 250 mm high. Posters and graphics are attached by velcro hook fastener tapes A large range of loop nylon fabric colours are available for this unit and a choice of black or grey pvc trim too. Buy online or call Coker Expo 01256 768178

The larger of our two desktop folding display boards supplied with its own canvas carry bag. Ideal for table top and counter presentations. Panel sizes are 600mm x 900mm high (x3) with one header panel of 600mm x 250 mm high. Posters and graphics are attached by velcro hook fastener tapes A large range of loop nylon fabric colours are available for this unit and a choice of black or grey pvc trim too. Buy online or call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£90
Header sign painted and including sign writing

Information signs for display cases 30 and 58mm deep ranges. The header signs are directly fitted to the notice boards offered in three designs and nine widths to match your case choice. Available in the same colour as the notice boards and matching widths 550-1600mm wide The top signs are also available in three designs, dome, wave and point. Standard single colour sign-writing is included special logos etc can attract an extra charge, please select your case width and style choice in the drop downs below, the sign colour will be as per your display case order.

Information signs for display cases 30 and 58mm deep ranges. The header signs are directly fitted to the notice boards offered in three designs and nine widths to match your case choice. Available in the same colour as the notice boards and matching widths 550-1600mm wide The top signs are also available in three designs, dome, wave and point. Standard single colour sign-writing is included special logos etc can attract an extra charge, please select your case width and style choice in the drop downs below, the sign colour will be as per your display case order.

£65
Exhibition track light with 3x 50w halogen bulbs

Track light fitting with 5W LED lamps, 1M high quality track in either satin silver or white. The 16amp track is rugged enough to be fitted to trade shows with ease. 1M length and comes with live and dead ends, this is a self wire lighting track but, we offer an option to pre wire a mains lead and plug for plug and play easy solution for events and shows The bulbs are replaceable GU10 LEDs they have extremely long life and dont get hot! 3 day supply time. Need advice call 01256 768178.

Track light fitting with 5W LED lamps, 1M high quality track in either satin silver or white. The 16amp track is rugged enough to be fitted to trade shows with ease. 1M length and comes with live and dead ends, this is a self wire lighting track but, we offer an option to pre wire a mains lead and plug for plug and play easy solution for events and shows The bulbs are replaceable GU10 LEDs they have extremely long life and dont get hot! 3 day supply time. Need advice call 01256 768178.

£82
Exhibition track light with 3x 50w halogen bulbs

Track light fitting with 5W LED lamps, 1M high quality track in either satin silver or white. The 16amp track is rugged enough to be fitted to trade shows with ease. 1M length and comes with live and dead ends, this is a self wire lighting track but, we offer an option to pre wire a mains lead and plug for plug and play easy solution for events and shows The bulbs are replaceable GU10 LEDs they have extremely long life and dont get hot! 3 day supply time. Need advice call 01256 768178.

Track light fitting with 5W LED lamps, 1M high quality track in either satin silver or white. The 16amp track is rugged enough to be fitted to trade shows with ease. 1M length and comes with live and dead ends, this is a self wire lighting track but, we offer an option to pre wire a mains lead and plug for plug and play easy solution for events and shows The bulbs are replaceable GU10 LEDs they have extremely long life and dont get hot! 3 day supply time. Need advice call 01256 768178.

£82
Backlit fabric graphic light box mounted to a wall

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We offer 4 Standard sizes 2M high 1-4M wide, but we can make these large light boxes to order, any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge, made to the very highest quality, a smart aluminium 150mm wide profile and European super bright Led lights. Led powered 35 Watts per square meter, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a European quality transformer. 200mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. 4 sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 68 to 285 Watts depending on size. These units are supplied in 1m, 2m and 1.5m modular sections, made to be free standing, supplied with sturdy base plates, we also offer wall mounting light boxes. These backlit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. A backing sheet is not required, but is advisable for a free standing display light box. Siting a free standing display light box as this back to a wall can aid reflection if you are on a very tight budget application. Options below for free standing light boxes with single sided banner, double sided or a plain white backing banner to aid light reflection. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Expect a 2 week production time for these back lit display light boxes, made to order 01256 768178.

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We offer 4 Standard sizes 2M high 1-4M wide, but we can make these large light boxes to order, any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge, made to the very highest quality, a smart aluminium 150mm wide profile and European super bright Led lights. Led powered 35 Watts per square meter, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a European quality transformer. 200mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. 4 sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 68 to 285 Watts depending on size. These units are supplied in 1m, 2m and 1.5m modular sections, made to be free standing, supplied with sturdy base plates, we also offer wall mounting light boxes. These backlit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. A backing sheet is not required, but is advisable for a free standing display light box. Siting a free standing display light box as this back to a wall can aid reflection if you are on a very tight budget application. Options below for free standing light boxes with single sided banner, double sided or a plain white backing banner to aid light reflection. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Expect a 2 week production time for these back lit display light boxes, made to order 01256 768178.

£1,413
High quality external notice board fixed on to a wall.

This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm Most poster display case models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. The 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week,factory slows for holiday periods For more information on poster display case options available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178.

This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm Most poster display case models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. The 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week,factory slows for holiday periods For more information on poster display case options available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178.

£176
High quality external notice board fixed on to a wall.

This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm Most poster display case models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. The 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week,factory slows for holiday periods For more information on poster display case options available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178.

This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm Most poster display case models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. The 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week,factory slows for holiday periods For more information on poster display case options available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178.

£176
Header sign painted and including sign writing

Information signs for display cases 30 and 58mm deep ranges. The header signs are directly fitted to the notice boards offered in three designs and nine widths to match your case choice. Available in the same colour as the notice boards and matching widths 550-1600mm wide The top signs are also available in three designs, dome, wave and point. Standard single colour sign-writing is included special logos etc can attract an extra charge, please select your case width and style choice in the drop downs below, the sign colour will be as per your display case order.

Information signs for display cases 30 and 58mm deep ranges. The header signs are directly fitted to the notice boards offered in three designs and nine widths to match your case choice. Available in the same colour as the notice boards and matching widths 550-1600mm wide The top signs are also available in three designs, dome, wave and point. Standard single colour sign-writing is included special logos etc can attract an extra charge, please select your case width and style choice in the drop downs below, the sign colour will be as per your display case order.

£65
Backlit fabric graphic light box mounted to a wall

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We offer 4 Standard sizes 2M high 1-4M wide, but we can make these large light boxes to order, any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge, made to the very highest quality, a smart aluminium 150mm wide profile and European super bright Led lights. Led powered 35 Watts per square meter, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a European quality transformer. 200mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. 4 sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 68 to 285 Watts depending on size. These units are supplied in 1m, 2m and 1.5m modular sections, made to be free standing, supplied with sturdy base plates, we also offer wall mounting light boxes. These backlit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. A backing sheet is not required, but is advisable for a free standing display light box. Siting a free standing display light box as this back to a wall can aid reflection if you are on a very tight budget application. Options below for free standing light boxes with single sided banner, double sided or a plain white backing banner to aid light reflection. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Expect a 2 week production time for these back lit display light boxes, made to order 01256 768178.

Grand Light Boxes, tension fabric light box Illuminated tension fabric light boxes are the next generation of large display light boxes for high impact backlit visual displays. By printing to a soft stretch fabric it allows for huge seamless light box display walls, ideal for exhibition, retail and interior design applications. We offer 4 Standard sizes 2M high 1-4M wide, but we can make these large light boxes to order, any size by quotation. Designed for Fabric back lit graphics with silicone beading edge, made to the very highest quality, a smart aluminium 150mm wide profile and European super bright Led lights. Led powered 35 Watts per square meter, 5-6000 Kelvin, via a European quality transformer. 200mm deep Anodised aluminium Satin Silver display frames. 4 sizes to choose from, prices exclude the graphic. Overall power consumption from 68 to 285 Watts depending on size. These units are supplied in 1m, 2m and 1.5m modular sections, made to be free standing, supplied with sturdy base plates, we also offer wall mounting light boxes. These backlit display boxes are easy to assemble on site with a simple allen key tool. A backing sheet is not required, but is advisable for a free standing display light box. Siting a free standing display light box as this back to a wall can aid reflection if you are on a very tight budget application. Options below for free standing light boxes with single sided banner, double sided or a plain white backing banner to aid light reflection. Backlit illuminated displays bring a real edge to any exhibition display, showroom, reception area or promotional event. We also offer a protective packing and transport case, foam lined and fitted with carry handles, these are made to order, call and check we have stock. Expect a 2 week production time for these back lit display light boxes, made to order 01256 768178.

£1,413
This turntable is battery operated

Rotating battery operated turntable, this unit is perfect for exhibition and shop window displays, rotating display exhibits up to 300 - 400mm, the display needs to be balanced and the batteries will keep it turning for a very long time (months) Battery Powered turntable for 1 or Two "D-Cells" (not supplied) with on off switch. Capable of turning up to 4 Kilos with a maximum display of 12" cube. Rotates 1.7 RPM Clockwise which is the optimum display speed for this size. Unit dimensions are 150mm Dia x 60mm High with an egg shell white plastic casing and an on off switch. The unit incorporates a radial ball bearing. Use 1 or 2 batteries to the double life span. The bottom plate has bore holes for easy mounting. Applicable as display turntable, a built in turntable or revolving stand, the unit can take a lightweight additional display top and this can be easily covered with a fabric by the end user to suit the display. We do not supply additional tops and would suggest items such as foil cake bases which make ideal revolving platform extensions that can easily be glued or double sided taped to the unit. Please ensure to keep the load central and balanced. We note that some customers have sprayed the units to match their brand. These units are plastic so please be careful with solvents that could effect on the unit. A balanced load is a requirement for any turntable to work properly you can use one or two D-Cells batteries (not supplied). They will keep it turning for months, D cells are the big fat 1.5 volts ones we used to put in torches, this is an impressive popular unit supplied for so many display purposes not only in shops, but also extensively by photographers for video film production. The units run quietly but are not silent, in normal display environments the small sound is not noticed. Please watch the attached video to help fully understand this battery operated display turntable. Normally the lead time is 1 day dispatched by next day courier if ordered before 2pm For more information call us on 01256 768178

Rotating battery operated turntable, this unit is perfect for exhibition and shop window displays, rotating display exhibits up to 300 - 400mm, the display needs to be balanced and the batteries will keep it turning for a very long time (months) Battery Powered turntable for 1 or Two "D-Cells" (not supplied) with on off switch. Capable of turning up to 4 Kilos with a maximum display of 12" cube. Rotates 1.7 RPM Clockwise which is the optimum display speed for this size. Unit dimensions are 150mm Dia x 60mm High with an egg shell white plastic casing and an on off switch. The unit incorporates a radial ball bearing. Use 1 or 2 batteries to the double life span. The bottom plate has bore holes for easy mounting. Applicable as display turntable, a built in turntable or revolving stand, the unit can take a lightweight additional display top and this can be easily covered with a fabric by the end user to suit the display. We do not supply additional tops and would suggest items such as foil cake bases which make ideal revolving platform extensions that can easily be glued or double sided taped to the unit. Please ensure to keep the load central and balanced. We note that some customers have sprayed the units to match their brand. These units are plastic so please be careful with solvents that could effect on the unit. A balanced load is a requirement for any turntable to work properly you can use one or two D-Cells batteries (not supplied). They will keep it turning for months, D cells are the big fat 1.5 volts ones we used to put in torches, this is an impressive popular unit supplied for so many display purposes not only in shops, but also extensively by photographers for video film production. The units run quietly but are not silent, in normal display environments the small sound is not noticed. Please watch the attached video to help fully understand this battery operated display turntable. Normally the lead time is 1 day dispatched by next day courier if ordered before 2pm For more information call us on 01256 768178

£30
1m Led lighting track in satin silver finish

Led Display Track Light, this 1m lighting track comes with three 10W led lighting fixtures as standard, ideal for exhibition and retail applications. This is a kit form light track that is supplied ready to wire by yourself, add a cable if you wish us to wire it for you. These Led bulbs are equivalent to a 50w halogen. These units have 360 degree rotation with 180 degree tilt on the bracket. Bulbs use a mirror finished reflector with anti glare for visual comfort and 44 degree beam angle - 690 lumens. This track light is non dimmable and comes in a choice of satin silver finish or white. We can offer both warm and cool white light output with this track lighting fixture. Please see selection menu below 3 days supply time is standard, call on 01256 768178 for more information on track lighting set up.

Led Display Track Light, this 1m lighting track comes with three 10W led lighting fixtures as standard, ideal for exhibition and retail applications. This is a kit form light track that is supplied ready to wire by yourself, add a cable if you wish us to wire it for you. These Led bulbs are equivalent to a 50w halogen. These units have 360 degree rotation with 180 degree tilt on the bracket. Bulbs use a mirror finished reflector with anti glare for visual comfort and 44 degree beam angle - 690 lumens. This track light is non dimmable and comes in a choice of satin silver finish or white. We can offer both warm and cool white light output with this track lighting fixture. Please see selection menu below 3 days supply time is standard, call on 01256 768178 for more information on track lighting set up.

£115
Premium wall mounted display case for notices

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied ready for wall mounting. This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied ready for wall mounting. This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

£230
Premium wall mounted display case for notices

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied ready for wall mounting. This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied ready for wall mounting. This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

£230
1m Led lighting track in satin silver finish

Led Display Track Light, this 1m lighting track comes with three 10W led lighting fixtures as standard, ideal for exhibition and retail applications. This is a kit form light track that is supplied ready to wire by yourself, add a cable if you wish us to wire it for you. These Led bulbs are equivalent to a 50w halogen. These units have 360 degree rotation with 180 degree tilt on the bracket. Bulbs use a mirror finished reflector with anti glare for visual comfort and 44 degree beam angle - 690 lumens. This track light is non dimmable and comes in a choice of satin silver finish or white. We can offer both warm and cool white light output with this track lighting fixture. Please see selection menu below 3 days supply time is standard, call on 01256 768178 for more information on track lighting set up.

Led Display Track Light, this 1m lighting track comes with three 10W led lighting fixtures as standard, ideal for exhibition and retail applications. This is a kit form light track that is supplied ready to wire by yourself, add a cable if you wish us to wire it for you. These Led bulbs are equivalent to a 50w halogen. These units have 360 degree rotation with 180 degree tilt on the bracket. Bulbs use a mirror finished reflector with anti glare for visual comfort and 44 degree beam angle - 690 lumens. This track light is non dimmable and comes in a choice of satin silver finish or white. We can offer both warm and cool white light output with this track lighting fixture. Please see selection menu below 3 days supply time is standard, call on 01256 768178 for more information on track lighting set up.

£115
Clanzia track light in silver colour

Clanzia lighting track Fitting, available with 50 watt halogen or 5w Led bulb to best suit your application, with a choice of colours, black, white or silver. These small track light fixtures are ideal for retail, display and exhibition uses. This little spot light has a 360 degree rotation, tilt angle of 90 degrees on the head.

Clanzia lighting track Fitting, available with 50 watt halogen or 5w Led bulb to best suit your application, with a choice of colours, black, white or silver. These small track light fixtures are ideal for retail, display and exhibition uses. This little spot light has a 360 degree rotation, tilt angle of 90 degrees on the head.

£28
Poster display case with posts

Premium 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with posts This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week,factory slows for holiday periods

Premium 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with posts This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week,factory slows for holiday periods

£320
Poster display case with posts

Premium 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with posts This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week,factory slows for holiday periods

Premium 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with posts This is our 58mm profile range it's slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Anodised finish Normal production time anodised units 1 week,factory slows for holiday periods

£320
Turntable display unit CSWD100

Mains powered turntable motor unit for rotating items for display purposes, This unit will rotate up to 10 Kilos based on a flat concentric load, please ask for our advice regarding size of display.The standard unit rotates at 2.5 times per minute clockwise 124mm diameter turning plate with 130mm base, 75mm high. 2 metre mains lead with standard UK plug.

Mains powered turntable motor unit for rotating items for display purposes, This unit will rotate up to 10 Kilos based on a flat concentric load, please ask for our advice regarding size of display.The standard unit rotates at 2.5 times per minute clockwise 124mm diameter turning plate with 130mm base, 75mm high. 2 metre mains lead with standard UK plug.

£142
Pop up display lights, 20w output, silver grey colour

20w Led pop up display light, white light output in a flood beam and only 20w power draw so cheap to run at events and exhibitions. Ideal for flood lighting a pop up display stand and a easy on the eye colour being silver - grey. This LED Pop Up Light is 110-240 Volts AC so can also be used in the USA. The arm of this Led flood light is 400mm long, 3.5m length lead and 1800 lumens output. Please look at the extra images which give an idea how this unit can be used in a variety of display applications, with the various clamp options offered. The unit has a UK mains lead but can be used throughout Europe and a US mains lead is an optional extra. Daisy link, in series is possible with this lighting fixture to make a complete solution.

20w Led pop up display light, white light output in a flood beam and only 20w power draw so cheap to run at events and exhibitions. Ideal for flood lighting a pop up display stand and a easy on the eye colour being silver - grey. This LED Pop Up Light is 110-240 Volts AC so can also be used in the USA. The arm of this Led flood light is 400mm long, 3.5m length lead and 1800 lumens output. Please look at the extra images which give an idea how this unit can be used in a variety of display applications, with the various clamp options offered. The unit has a UK mains lead but can be used throughout Europe and a US mains lead is an optional extra. Daisy link, in series is possible with this lighting fixture to make a complete solution.

£70
Zala 50w halogen track light

The Zala track light fitting comes with a 5w Led bulb, that equal to 50w in halogen but without the heat output and a very long life span.The units are available in a choice of colours, Silver or White. Each fitting plugs straight into the track and are locked into position by twisting the round dial at the base. The Units must be inserted into the track correctly to allow correct locking and power connections. There is also an option to add a ring fitting to enclose the bulb should you prefer this look.

The Zala track light fitting comes with a 5w Led bulb, that equal to 50w in halogen but without the heat output and a very long life span.The units are available in a choice of colours, Silver or White. Each fitting plugs straight into the track and are locked into position by twisting the round dial at the base. The Units must be inserted into the track correctly to allow correct locking and power connections. There is also an option to add a ring fitting to enclose the bulb should you prefer this look.

£30
poster display case with posts in blue

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with matching coloured posts. This is our 58mm profile range it is slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with matching coloured posts. This is our 58mm profile range it is slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

£400
poster display case with posts in blue

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with matching coloured posts. This is our 58mm profile range it is slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

Premium Painted with a choice of colours 58mm deep outdoor lockable poster display cases supplied with matching coloured posts. This is our 58mm profile range it is slightly up on the 30mm profile and even more robust construction and the range consists of 8 sizes with external dimensions 750x550mm to 1130x1600mm most models have side hung (reversible left or right doors) and the larger landscape models have rising doors with gas assisted struts this range can be fitted with tempered safety glass or or standard plexichoc. the 58mm profile not only gives extra structural integrity but also allows makes possible some dimension to the display depth, tamper proof safety locks are fitted in the frame and supplied with two keys two locks on models over 1350mm high and all raising door models To calculate the visual display area deduct 97mm from the dimensions. Strong weather resistant construction Zinc electroplated steel backboard with white lacquer finish Warp proof integral hinge Safety lock within the frame latch unseen from the outside Reversible door without the need for tools Plexichoc glazing or safety glass by special request on this range of 58mm cases Elastomer seal Powder coated paint finish Normal production time anodised units 2 week,factory slows for holiday periods

£400
Exhibition counter foldable with graphics and locking door

A high quality Folding aluminium exhibition counter with smart white top, 25kg spread load carrying capability on the counter top. This unit has a mid shelf included. Dimensions: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 772mm wide. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame and open back. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with aluminium frame. With the addition of your own branding these counters are taken to another promotional level. Please have a look at the PDF detail for production of graphics and sizes of panels Optional Extras: Graphic panels Sliding Locking doors Carry Bag or Carry case. Choice of height

A high quality Folding aluminium exhibition counter with smart white top, 25kg spread load carrying capability on the counter top. This unit has a mid shelf included. Dimensions: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 772mm wide. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame and open back. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with aluminium frame. With the addition of your own branding these counters are taken to another promotional level. Please have a look at the PDF detail for production of graphics and sizes of panels Optional Extras: Graphic panels Sliding Locking doors Carry Bag or Carry case. Choice of height

£300
Aero Plus banner system 3 displays

Aero plus banner display system, an innovative modular cassette roller banner system, which can be assembled in many configurations. The core system comprises of two adjustable posts and a roller banner cassette, graphics retract into the body of the cassette for protection whist in transport or storage. Various banner media’s can be used but the standard is rollable pvc. Additional telescopic posts and banners can be added to extend the system to any size or shape you might require for your event. This roller banner system really does allow you to create a simple back drop or display wall very quickly. Another solution to make a simple booth or define a display floor area with a portable wall. Banner cassettes can mounted at eight principle points, radiating from the post hub. Banner and posts can be adjusted for 11 different graphic configurations and the rails are available in three different widths, 1m – 1.5m and 2m, so adaptability is huge. Made from aluminium to keep weight down and supplied in a padded carry bag. As this is a cassette banner system, you could have various promotions or products on a number of cassettes and use as is appropriate for each event or promotion. The angular feature of this display system allows floor sizes from 2065mm to 4430mm to be covered depending on the roller banner widths chosen. Three Banner display heights can be achieved thanks to the telescopic nature of the support poles, 2120mm, 1620mm and 1145mm high. Price shown for 1 unit at 1500mm wide and 2 at 1000mm wide. Available in 1000mm, 1500mm and 2000mm widths Linkable Adjustable telescopic post with streamlined fold out foot Tension the cassette banner with coin or screwdriver Secure rail hook Versatile graphic options Anodised finish Optional lighting Optional shelf Optional ipad holder

Aero plus banner display system, an innovative modular cassette roller banner system, which can be assembled in many configurations. The core system comprises of two adjustable posts and a roller banner cassette, graphics retract into the body of the cassette for protection whist in transport or storage. Various banner media’s can be used but the standard is rollable pvc. Additional telescopic posts and banners can be added to extend the system to any size or shape you might require for your event. This roller banner system really does allow you to create a simple back drop or display wall very quickly. Another solution to make a simple booth or define a display floor area with a portable wall. Banner cassettes can mounted at eight principle points, radiating from the post hub. Banner and posts can be adjusted for 11 different graphic configurations and the rails are available in three different widths, 1m – 1.5m and 2m, so adaptability is huge. Made from aluminium to keep weight down and supplied in a padded carry bag. As this is a cassette banner system, you could have various promotions or products on a number of cassettes and use as is appropriate for each event or promotion. The angular feature of this display system allows floor sizes from 2065mm to 4430mm to be covered depending on the roller banner widths chosen. Three Banner display heights can be achieved thanks to the telescopic nature of the support poles, 2120mm, 1620mm and 1145mm high. Price shown for 1 unit at 1500mm wide and 2 at 1000mm wide. Available in 1000mm, 1500mm and 2000mm widths Linkable Adjustable telescopic post with streamlined fold out foot Tension the cassette banner with coin or screwdriver Secure rail hook Versatile graphic options Anodised finish Optional lighting Optional shelf Optional ipad holder

£600
Hanging exhibition banners

Hanging exhibition banners, this large wedge shape hanging exhibition banner provides three large faces with which to create an attention grabbing tension fabric graphic that can be displayed high above your exhibition stands at any event. Suspended from any venue ceiling structure that will allow the cables or wires to be securely fixed. • Tool free assembly • Easy fit graphic socks with zip fastening • With hanging loops to enable the structure to suspend from ceiling The dimensions for this Triangle Hanging Structure are 4.3m - 1067 x 4267 x 4267mm (3 hanging points) If you have a need for a custom size we can produce this to, allow us to quote. Production times are 1 week in house.

Hanging exhibition banners, this large wedge shape hanging exhibition banner provides three large faces with which to create an attention grabbing tension fabric graphic that can be displayed high above your exhibition stands at any event. Suspended from any venue ceiling structure that will allow the cables or wires to be securely fixed. • Tool free assembly • Easy fit graphic socks with zip fastening • With hanging loops to enable the structure to suspend from ceiling The dimensions for this Triangle Hanging Structure are 4.3m - 1067 x 4267 x 4267mm (3 hanging points) If you have a need for a custom size we can produce this to, allow us to quote. Production times are 1 week in house.

£1,525
Satin chrome, chrome or gold colour standoffs 13mm Diameter

Trade prices for Box quantities. 13mm Diameter Stand offs for sign fixings 10mm hole in the display being fixed is required, bulk box quantities vary with size of stand-off. Pictures shown are illustrative only. Sizes are given as stand off diameter followed by distance from the wall to the back of the display or sign.

Trade prices for Box quantities. 13mm Diameter Stand offs for sign fixings 10mm hole in the display being fixed is required, bulk box quantities vary with size of stand-off. Pictures shown are illustrative only. Sizes are given as stand off diameter followed by distance from the wall to the back of the display or sign.

£250
Swing sign on springs with a wheeled and water filled base.

The Wobbly Board is an all weather heavy duty A1 A board pavement sign designed to swing or wobble in the wind. The sign board is mounted on to a spring frame foot, that requires filling with water or sand, 30 litres. Ideal for the forecourt or shop frontage, it has a set of wheels to one side for easy night time storage. This unit stands at 1060mm high and weighs 19 kilos. Tested in wind speeds up to 24 mph. The graphics are protected by an anti glare plastic overlay, graphic size for A1 – 841 x 594mm, visual area 827 x 580mm We print graphics for pavement signs. Call 01256 768178 with any questions.

The Wobbly Board is an all weather heavy duty A1 A board pavement sign designed to swing or wobble in the wind. The sign board is mounted on to a spring frame foot, that requires filling with water or sand, 30 litres. Ideal for the forecourt or shop frontage, it has a set of wheels to one side for easy night time storage. This unit stands at 1060mm high and weighs 19 kilos. Tested in wind speeds up to 24 mph. The graphics are protected by an anti glare plastic overlay, graphic size for A1 – 841 x 594mm, visual area 827 x 580mm We print graphics for pavement signs. Call 01256 768178 with any questions.

£98
Exhibition back wall in trussing.

A Trio goal post or portal style build with dimensions of 2.5m high x 3m wide. This style of display truss build MUST be bolted into the floor or exhibiting platform to maintain stability. 35mm diameter tube with our spigot and pin quick set up and connection system. Consider hanging lights, a Pvc banner or even a high quality 3mm Pvc mounted graphic display on this build and you have an eye catching, cost effective back drop display, call for further info. Supply time for this build is about a week. If you can not bolt this structure into the floor consider our XL base plates, 23 kgs each and 800mm sq.

A Trio goal post or portal style build with dimensions of 2.5m high x 3m wide. This style of display truss build MUST be bolted into the floor or exhibiting platform to maintain stability. 35mm diameter tube with our spigot and pin quick set up and connection system. Consider hanging lights, a Pvc banner or even a high quality 3mm Pvc mounted graphic display on this build and you have an eye catching, cost effective back drop display, call for further info. Supply time for this build is about a week. If you can not bolt this structure into the floor consider our XL base plates, 23 kgs each and 800mm sq.

£716
Top Quality notice board range

Top Quality Notice board cases 75mm deep. Notice display cases and street bulletin boards Outdoor use weatherproof Top Quality, 75mm Deep profile Magnetic backboard with magnets supplied Locks in the frames Wall or post mounting. 10 Sizes Range of colours Or Silver Anodised Plexichoc glazing The units have a standard white powder coated steel backing board for use with magnets, this complies with health and safety rules and also prevents micro climates within the units causing misty glazing issues. The 75mm cases when post mounted can also be mounted in a row straight or at ninety degrees. Posts include the mounting brackets in the photographs. These are high quality premium notice boards designed and built to last, giving years of service in the UK's varied weather conditions. Quatro Root Fix Post for 750/1000mm external notice boards - 2475mm long - 500mm to be set into the concrete base.

Top Quality Notice board cases 75mm deep. Notice display cases and street bulletin boards Outdoor use weatherproof Top Quality, 75mm Deep profile Magnetic backboard with magnets supplied Locks in the frames Wall or post mounting. 10 Sizes Range of colours Or Silver Anodised Plexichoc glazing The units have a standard white powder coated steel backing board for use with magnets, this complies with health and safety rules and also prevents micro climates within the units causing misty glazing issues. The 75mm cases when post mounted can also be mounted in a row straight or at ninety degrees. Posts include the mounting brackets in the photographs. These are high quality premium notice boards designed and built to last, giving years of service in the UK's varied weather conditions. Quatro Root Fix Post for 750/1000mm external notice boards - 2475mm long - 500mm to be set into the concrete base.

£290
Leonardo compact, wheeled transit case, black

The Leonardo wheeled transit case is a small, compact storage drum for graphics and small exhibition, display system parts. You can also use this handy exhibition graphics case as a podium or counter by adding a smart table top and a graphic wrap to brand it with your company name or a suitable product to your presentation. The wrap size is 1230mm x 770mm high ( visible area ). Manufactured from tough moulded polyethylene (MDPE) External dims of 935mm (h) x 340 (w) x 275mm (d) Internal size 850mm (h) x 355mm (w) x 280mm (d) Wheels and handle for easy transportation 0.1m3 carry capacity Case can be locked using padlocks (not supplied) Can serve as a display counter - supporting a graphic wrap Two Leonardo’s can be joined together to serve as an oval shaped display counter.

The Leonardo wheeled transit case is a small, compact storage drum for graphics and small exhibition, display system parts. You can also use this handy exhibition graphics case as a podium or counter by adding a smart table top and a graphic wrap to brand it with your company name or a suitable product to your presentation. The wrap size is 1230mm x 770mm high ( visible area ). Manufactured from tough moulded polyethylene (MDPE) External dims of 935mm (h) x 340 (w) x 275mm (d) Internal size 850mm (h) x 355mm (w) x 280mm (d) Wheels and handle for easy transportation 0.1m3 carry capacity Case can be locked using padlocks (not supplied) Can serve as a display counter - supporting a graphic wrap Two Leonardo’s can be joined together to serve as an oval shaped display counter.

£99
Chrome post and base for rope with base and ball top

RopeMaster (trademark) is a high quality indoor post and rope barrier system for crowd control. We offer 3 different finishes polished stainless, satin stainless and brass. Each stand is also offered with three different post tops all at at highly competitive prices. The posts all have concrete filled steel bases with full circumference anti-slip rubber floor protectors as standard. The ropes offered separately are available in three ranges- twisted, velour and bespoke "posh English". The twist and velour ropes come in 1.8m lengths and are available in three colours with trigger hook fittings which are offered in gold or chrome finish. Our English ropes are traditionally made and cut to size as required and the range of colours is also larger. We offer all RopeMaster post barriers on a sliding scale the more you buy the better the price. RopeMaster offers a perfect solution for queue management and crowd control. Posts are available with flat, crown or ball post top finials, the same final height what ever the style and come in a polished stainless steel, satin stainless steel or a polished brass finish. Please note we do offer an extensive range of RopeMaster crown control barriers this range is for indoor use. All of the RopeMaster products have a three year guarantee. Dimensions: RopeMaster stanchions are an ideal product for a more traditional queue management solution. Total Height 990mm Base Diameter 320mm, post diameter 50mm and weight 9kgs. Covered by a 3 year warranty. Fast Delivery

RopeMaster (trademark) is a high quality indoor post and rope barrier system for crowd control. We offer 3 different finishes polished stainless, satin stainless and brass. Each stand is also offered with three different post tops all at at highly competitive prices. The posts all have concrete filled steel bases with full circumference anti-slip rubber floor protectors as standard. The ropes offered separately are available in three ranges- twisted, velour and bespoke "posh English". The twist and velour ropes come in 1.8m lengths and are available in three colours with trigger hook fittings which are offered in gold or chrome finish. Our English ropes are traditionally made and cut to size as required and the range of colours is also larger. We offer all RopeMaster post barriers on a sliding scale the more you buy the better the price. RopeMaster offers a perfect solution for queue management and crowd control. Posts are available with flat, crown or ball post top finials, the same final height what ever the style and come in a polished stainless steel, satin stainless steel or a polished brass finish. Please note we do offer an extensive range of RopeMaster crown control barriers this range is for indoor use. All of the RopeMaster products have a three year guarantee. Dimensions: RopeMaster stanchions are an ideal product for a more traditional queue management solution. Total Height 990mm Base Diameter 320mm, post diameter 50mm and weight 9kgs. Covered by a 3 year warranty. Fast Delivery

£46
A large white display turntable.

Mains powered display turntable with out power rings (Power output for display item) this high quality turntable is ready for your own deck or straight fitting of your display item. The TTCSW1000 turntable will carry a flat concentric load of up to 100 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard. If you are looking to create a revolving display for a shop, exhibition or showroom that a quality and reliable drive motor is a must. A rotating display stand is only a good as the display drive that keeps it going around day after day. These motors do have brushes that can be changed after long service. Please see various options below. These units have a 400mm solid steel base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These mains powered rotating display drive units weigh 17 kilos and are built to last. We are here to advise and discuss your display ideas, feel free to call on 01256 768178

Mains powered display turntable with out power rings (Power output for display item) this high quality turntable is ready for your own deck or straight fitting of your display item. The TTCSW1000 turntable will carry a flat concentric load of up to 100 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard. If you are looking to create a revolving display for a shop, exhibition or showroom that a quality and reliable drive motor is a must. A rotating display stand is only a good as the display drive that keeps it going around day after day. These motors do have brushes that can be changed after long service. Please see various options below. These units have a 400mm solid steel base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These mains powered rotating display drive units weigh 17 kilos and are built to last. We are here to advise and discuss your display ideas, feel free to call on 01256 768178

£498
2 Metre light bar and lights

Clamp on lighting bar 2M with three LED Polished lights So versatile, the two clamp fixings have jaws of 0-55mm and can be clamped almost anywhere with ease. You can swivel the clamps 360°round in both directions and the clamps can be positioned anywhere on the 2M bar! The unit is supplied with three Expo can spotlights complete with super bright 15W LED lamps. Each of the lights are fitted with daisy plugs and connectors and the whole thing then comes with a 5 Metre mains lead. This system is perfect for multiple shell scheme shows every time offering a hassle free installation. Fixing to a ceiling grid in any exhibition shell scheme now becomes a brezze. Each of the lighting fixtures has a gel holder allowing the colour temperature to be altered to suit your products. Options would include Gel filters and daisy extension leads.

Clamp on lighting bar 2M with three LED Polished lights So versatile, the two clamp fixings have jaws of 0-55mm and can be clamped almost anywhere with ease. You can swivel the clamps 360°round in both directions and the clamps can be positioned anywhere on the 2M bar! The unit is supplied with three Expo can spotlights complete with super bright 15W LED lamps. Each of the lights are fitted with daisy plugs and connectors and the whole thing then comes with a 5 Metre mains lead. This system is perfect for multiple shell scheme shows every time offering a hassle free installation. Fixing to a ceiling grid in any exhibition shell scheme now becomes a brezze. Each of the lighting fixtures has a gel holder allowing the colour temperature to be altered to suit your products. Options would include Gel filters and daisy extension leads.

£350
Wall Washer Led Track Light in white

17w Wall washer Led track light available in black and white for our 16 amp, 240 volt, lighting track system, single circuit. This lighting fixtures need not be used only on a light track it can be locked into a wall or ceiling mount to give even greater adaptability. This lighting fixture is available in black or white and two bulb colour ranges, 4000k and 3000k. 3000K is the warmer light normally for cloths displays 4000K is a cooler light for bathroom dsiplays etc. A built in driver powers this light fixture, comparable to a 35w halogen bulb, its special reflector makes for maximum light efficiency and output, expect 529 Lumens of light out put and 100 degree beam angle. 355 degrees rotation with 0 - 180 degrees of tilt on the bracket. 50,000 hrs life quoted by the manufacturer.

17w Wall washer Led track light available in black and white for our 16 amp, 240 volt, lighting track system, single circuit. This lighting fixtures need not be used only on a light track it can be locked into a wall or ceiling mount to give even greater adaptability. This lighting fixture is available in black or white and two bulb colour ranges, 4000k and 3000k. 3000K is the warmer light normally for cloths displays 4000K is a cooler light for bathroom dsiplays etc. A built in driver powers this light fixture, comparable to a 35w halogen bulb, its special reflector makes for maximum light efficiency and output, expect 529 Lumens of light out put and 100 degree beam angle. 355 degrees rotation with 0 - 180 degrees of tilt on the bracket. 50,000 hrs life quoted by the manufacturer.

£112
2 twist banner stands with a flexible link.

Shown here are two twist banner stand units with a flexi link panel. The flexible link allows the twist banner stands to bend in or out or even joggle both ways to create a freeform backdrop or presentation display wall. Printed with a tough graphic its a very robust display stand. The twist will also cope with uneven flooring which can be the case at many exhibition halls and event venues. These units come in various height options and come complete with a protective wheeled carry bag and display light. Use the twist system to create long flexible displays, for inside and outside corners, bend it to form around a curve or a structure that is in the way so as to fit into your exhibit floor space. This display system is available in single or double sided displays too. The graphic sizes shown are 2000mm x 900mm with a 500mm centre panel. However we can create a flexible bespoke stand for your requirements please asks for a drawing and a price! We can also demonstrate the system at our showroom in Hook Hampshire 01256 768178.

Shown here are two twist banner stand units with a flexi link panel. The flexible link allows the twist banner stands to bend in or out or even joggle both ways to create a freeform backdrop or presentation display wall. Printed with a tough graphic its a very robust display stand. The twist will also cope with uneven flooring which can be the case at many exhibition halls and event venues. These units come in various height options and come complete with a protective wheeled carry bag and display light. Use the twist system to create long flexible displays, for inside and outside corners, bend it to form around a curve or a structure that is in the way so as to fit into your exhibit floor space. This display system is available in single or double sided displays too. The graphic sizes shown are 2000mm x 900mm with a 500mm centre panel. However we can create a flexible bespoke stand for your requirements please asks for a drawing and a price! We can also demonstrate the system at our showroom in Hook Hampshire 01256 768178.

£735
freestanding display frame work with cables and acrylic poster pockets.

Lockwall Linear freestanding cable display frames for acrylic displays. These frames are made from our lockwall system and are not the same as other cable display systems we provide. Used for shop windows and public areas to display information, sales leaflets and brochures. Available in three standard sizes, complete with cables and A4 acrylics for double sided display too however we can make these stands to suit your personal needs, from A3 to A0 acrylics. A robust freestanding presentation unit with integral wire kit and poster holders; ideal for permanent and semi-permanent displays. Wires can be adjusted, making the display flexible enough for different display formats. Available 2000mm (h) in 3 standard widths: 750 (w) with 3 x A4 acrylic literature holders 1250 (w) with 6 x A4 acrylic literature holders 2250 (w) with 12 x A4 acrylic literature holders Anodised aluminium construction Available with 75mm round post Steel oval bases supplied as standard Additional wire kit and Linear accessories are available

Lockwall Linear freestanding cable display frames for acrylic displays. These frames are made from our lockwall system and are not the same as other cable display systems we provide. Used for shop windows and public areas to display information, sales leaflets and brochures. Available in three standard sizes, complete with cables and A4 acrylics for double sided display too however we can make these stands to suit your personal needs, from A3 to A0 acrylics. A robust freestanding presentation unit with integral wire kit and poster holders; ideal for permanent and semi-permanent displays. Wires can be adjusted, making the display flexible enough for different display formats. Available 2000mm (h) in 3 standard widths: 750 (w) with 3 x A4 acrylic literature holders 1250 (w) with 6 x A4 acrylic literature holders 2250 (w) with 12 x A4 acrylic literature holders Anodised aluminium construction Available with 75mm round post Steel oval bases supplied as standard Additional wire kit and Linear accessories are available

£349
Six fold display board in blue with lights

Six folding display stand with header (not including lights) Fast flexible hinged system, made from light weight 15mm honey comb, warp resistant board, UK made with loop nylon fabric covering, so they are velcro acceptable. Folding display stands are reversible so you may decide to have a different colour fabric on each side giving your more options to compliment your brand colours and suit your presentations. There is a swatch showing the large colour available, we offer a choice of Pvc trim colour, grey or black and 2 panel sizes, 600 x 900mm or 1000x 700mm panels, with 250mm x 600/700mm header panel. Complete with a free correx carry case as standard, normal dispatch is within 3 working days, call to confirm 01256 768178. 9 kilos weight. How do I set up my folding display stand? The panels are connected in runs of 4, take ever thing out of the box, find the row of boards which do not have the small connectors standing out of the pvc trim. These are the bottom row of your folding panel stand, place them on the floor. Now take the second row of hinged panels with the connectors hover them over the top of the lower set of boards and with the palm of your hand bump them down, the little connects will pop and grab the lower set of panels, now do the same with the header panels.

Six folding display stand with header (not including lights) Fast flexible hinged system, made from light weight 15mm honey comb, warp resistant board, UK made with loop nylon fabric covering, so they are velcro acceptable. Folding display stands are reversible so you may decide to have a different colour fabric on each side giving your more options to compliment your brand colours and suit your presentations. There is a swatch showing the large colour available, we offer a choice of Pvc trim colour, grey or black and 2 panel sizes, 600 x 900mm or 1000x 700mm panels, with 250mm x 600/700mm header panel. Complete with a free correx carry case as standard, normal dispatch is within 3 working days, call to confirm 01256 768178. 9 kilos weight. How do I set up my folding display stand? The panels are connected in runs of 4, take ever thing out of the box, find the row of boards which do not have the small connectors standing out of the pvc trim. These are the bottom row of your folding panel stand, place them on the floor. Now take the second row of hinged panels with the connectors hover them over the top of the lower set of boards and with the palm of your hand bump them down, the little connects will pop and grab the lower set of panels, now do the same with the header panels.

£135
Lighting truss structure with 6 legs

Six leg design System 35 Lighting truss exhibition stand. Easy to build and store. Fast construction without deflection this modular exhibition stand can be re-built to accommodate. A popular perimeter design in our 32mm diameter decorative trio gantry with dimensions of 9M x 3.5m x 3m high. Exhibition gantry stand and exhibition gantry designs, probably one of the best investments possible in display advertising! The product ranges offered will last for years and years and can be re used over and over without loss in presentation add this to the flexibility of reconfigurability and timeless fashion appeal. The aluminium alloy composition of the exhibition gantry gives exceptional strength and load bearing abilities this is backed up with TUV certification which is recognised throughout Europe not only very reassuring but possibly essential. The Coker Expo lighting truss platforms are constructed to be functional stylish and the strong various manufactured lengths can easily be connected in lines or with junctions to create practically any design required. This is a complete system and various clamps are readily available to provide....... Gantry Accessories We also print large format graphics on a range of materials single or double sided. medias offered include PVC canvas and fabrics.

Six leg design System 35 Lighting truss exhibition stand. Easy to build and store. Fast construction without deflection this modular exhibition stand can be re-built to accommodate. A popular perimeter design in our 32mm diameter decorative trio gantry with dimensions of 9M x 3.5m x 3m high. Exhibition gantry stand and exhibition gantry designs, probably one of the best investments possible in display advertising! The product ranges offered will last for years and years and can be re used over and over without loss in presentation add this to the flexibility of reconfigurability and timeless fashion appeal. The aluminium alloy composition of the exhibition gantry gives exceptional strength and load bearing abilities this is backed up with TUV certification which is recognised throughout Europe not only very reassuring but possibly essential. The Coker Expo lighting truss platforms are constructed to be functional stylish and the strong various manufactured lengths can easily be connected in lines or with junctions to create practically any design required. This is a complete system and various clamps are readily available to provide....... Gantry Accessories We also print large format graphics on a range of materials single or double sided. medias offered include PVC canvas and fabrics.

£4,452
The Efficio can be used inside or out 120 degree floodlight

This new Effico Exhibition display Led floodlight may only draw 50 watts but wow its bright. With Led lighting fixtures the benefits are a bright light, cool - no heat output, low power consumption and long lasting. These lights are ideal for use in the exhibition and display environment, the hasp allows any style of clamp, screw or bolt fixing method to fix the light in position on your exhibition stand or in your premises. mains powered black case IP65 rated Super Bright, but only 50 watts but equal to a 500 watt halogen Size is 260mm wide x 190mm high and 80mm deep 1.85 Kilos Need advice, 01256 768178.

This new Effico Exhibition display Led floodlight may only draw 50 watts but wow its bright. With Led lighting fixtures the benefits are a bright light, cool - no heat output, low power consumption and long lasting. These lights are ideal for use in the exhibition and display environment, the hasp allows any style of clamp, screw or bolt fixing method to fix the light in position on your exhibition stand or in your premises. mains powered black case IP65 rated Super Bright, but only 50 watts but equal to a 500 watt halogen Size is 260mm wide x 190mm high and 80mm deep 1.85 Kilos Need advice, 01256 768178.

£45
group of portable display showcases

Display column product details: Innovative multifunctional portable display showcase unit which can be used in a variety of combinations including 'fully closed' dual aspect viewing. Featuring ingenious RotrLink post/base & post/post connection. The uniquely shaped 8mm thick 'green edge' acyclic shelves supported by chrome adjustable shelf brackets will, each accept 12kg of evenly distributed product load. Generous individual display spaces - 616(w) x 300(d) x 360mm(h) Maximum overall stand dimensions - 868(w) x 380(d) x 2016mm(h) Includes 4 off 3mm Foamex header and base panels for promotional graphic display/corporate information. Supplied with 8 off 'glass clear' 2mm polycarbonate infill panels to shield and protect display products. Individual panels can be replaced with printed graphics to create a distinctive visual backdrop. A 4mm hex key and cross head screw driver are supplied for complete assembly. Ship safe durable carton measurements - 2 x 1030(w) x 500(d) x 210mm(h) Gross weight of both cartons 34kg. This display column requires dismantling for transportation and storage. Optional 2 off moulded wheeled trolley cases at extra cost. Product details, Carry Case - stylish and durable moulded plastic case with rubber wheels, detachable lid with moulded handle and 3 lockable latches. Convenient side carry handle. White lined tube 254mm dia. x 980mm (holds 4 x 1990mm graphics) Overall dimensions 520(w) x 440(d) x 1130mm(h) Nominal net weight including tube without graphics 8.9kg Optional laminated folding top available in beech or black with padded bag. Converts to counter display with simple application of graphic wrap. Quality assured - 12 months guarantee.

Display column product details: Innovative multifunctional portable display showcase unit which can be used in a variety of combinations including 'fully closed' dual aspect viewing. Featuring ingenious RotrLink post/base & post/post connection. The uniquely shaped 8mm thick 'green edge' acyclic shelves supported by chrome adjustable shelf brackets will, each accept 12kg of evenly distributed product load. Generous individual display spaces - 616(w) x 300(d) x 360mm(h) Maximum overall stand dimensions - 868(w) x 380(d) x 2016mm(h) Includes 4 off 3mm Foamex header and base panels for promotional graphic display/corporate information. Supplied with 8 off 'glass clear' 2mm polycarbonate infill panels to shield and protect display products. Individual panels can be replaced with printed graphics to create a distinctive visual backdrop. A 4mm hex key and cross head screw driver are supplied for complete assembly. Ship safe durable carton measurements - 2 x 1030(w) x 500(d) x 210mm(h) Gross weight of both cartons 34kg. This display column requires dismantling for transportation and storage. Optional 2 off moulded wheeled trolley cases at extra cost. Product details, Carry Case - stylish and durable moulded plastic case with rubber wheels, detachable lid with moulded handle and 3 lockable latches. Convenient side carry handle. White lined tube 254mm dia. x 980mm (holds 4 x 1990mm graphics) Overall dimensions 520(w) x 440(d) x 1130mm(h) Nominal net weight including tube without graphics 8.9kg Optional laminated folding top available in beech or black with padded bag. Converts to counter display with simple application of graphic wrap. Quality assured - 12 months guarantee.

£625
Aerial lighting truss 3m diameter circle, Trio.

A 3m diameter circle, aerial lighting rig in our Trio system 35 modular trussing. Perfect to suspend from a ceiling and carry some additional room lighting, raise the image of your premises and brighten an area in a stylish way. A light weight Trio 35mm diameter tube size lighting truss system that uses our spigot and pin quick connection system, no time consuming nuts and bolts and tighter joints for low deflection rates. For exhibition and events you can hang a banner around the circles circumference and get your brand seen across the exhibition hall floor area. This lighting truss circle is supplied with 4 lifting eyes. 4 off 1.4m radius sections, weight of 35 kilos. Need a painted truss system, any colour is possible by quotation, 01256 768178.

A 3m diameter circle, aerial lighting rig in our Trio system 35 modular trussing. Perfect to suspend from a ceiling and carry some additional room lighting, raise the image of your premises and brighten an area in a stylish way. A light weight Trio 35mm diameter tube size lighting truss system that uses our spigot and pin quick connection system, no time consuming nuts and bolts and tighter joints for low deflection rates. For exhibition and events you can hang a banner around the circles circumference and get your brand seen across the exhibition hall floor area. This lighting truss circle is supplied with 4 lifting eyes. 4 off 1.4m radius sections, weight of 35 kilos. Need a painted truss system, any colour is possible by quotation, 01256 768178.

£1,474
Top Quality notice board range

Top Quality Notice board cases 75mm deep. Notice display cases and street bulletin boards Outdoor use weatherproof Top Quality, 75mm Deep profile Magnetic backboard with magnets supplied Locks in the frames Wall or post mounting. 10 Sizes Range of colours Or Silver Anodised Plexichoc glazing The units have a standard white powder coated steel backing board for use with magnets, this complies with health and safety rules and also prevents micro climates within the units causing misty glazing issues. The 75mm cases when post mounted can also be mounted in a row straight or at ninety degrees. Posts include the mounting brackets in the photographs. These are high quality premium notice boards designed and built to last, giving years of service in the UK's varied weather conditions. Quatro Root Fix Post for 750/1000mm external notice boards - 2475mm long - 500mm to be set into the concrete base.

Top Quality Notice board cases 75mm deep. Notice display cases and street bulletin boards Outdoor use weatherproof Top Quality, 75mm Deep profile Magnetic backboard with magnets supplied Locks in the frames Wall or post mounting. 10 Sizes Range of colours Or Silver Anodised Plexichoc glazing The units have a standard white powder coated steel backing board for use with magnets, this complies with health and safety rules and also prevents micro climates within the units causing misty glazing issues. The 75mm cases when post mounted can also be mounted in a row straight or at ninety degrees. Posts include the mounting brackets in the photographs. These are high quality premium notice boards designed and built to last, giving years of service in the UK's varied weather conditions. Quatro Root Fix Post for 750/1000mm external notice boards - 2475mm long - 500mm to be set into the concrete base.

£290
A freeform display, great for a meeting pod with easy fit slip on stretch fabric graphics

Exhibition meeting pod or sales area 2280mm high x 3000mm wide x 2495mm deep complete with frame and graphic. This is a budget special display and is made with connecting tubes to create a light weight frame for support and then a fully tailored fabric printed graphic like a sock is pulled over the frame and zipped up, easy, light and quick. Only possible with the latest digital printing which can be on one side or both. Please watch the video to fully understand how the system works Comes with a carry bag for the frame work components. Furniture not included. The formulate tube frames are simple to erect and move to the desired position. In no time the fabric graphics are positioned and "Voila" a meeting pod or sales area is created. Graphics can be designed and are interchangeable within minutes. We can help if you need us For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Exhibition meeting pod or sales area 2280mm high x 3000mm wide x 2495mm deep complete with frame and graphic. This is a budget special display and is made with connecting tubes to create a light weight frame for support and then a fully tailored fabric printed graphic like a sock is pulled over the frame and zipped up, easy, light and quick. Only possible with the latest digital printing which can be on one side or both. Please watch the video to fully understand how the system works Comes with a carry bag for the frame work components. Furniture not included. The formulate tube frames are simple to erect and move to the desired position. In no time the fabric graphics are positioned and "Voila" a meeting pod or sales area is created. Graphics can be designed and are interchangeable within minutes. We can help if you need us For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£959
Lecturn host counter

This smart reception host counter doubles up as a lecturn too, comes flat packed and can be assembled quickly with ease, there is an integral shelf included and front graphic option. Supported by aluminium posts with an MDF base and table top which come in a choice of 4 colours. An attractive acrylic top shelf supported with stand offs. Total size is 1015mm (h) x 525mm (w) x 325mm (d) The visual graphic panel is 885 x 525 (w) Service time is about 5 days. Need to know more call Coker Expo 01256 768178

This smart reception host counter doubles up as a lecturn too, comes flat packed and can be assembled quickly with ease, there is an integral shelf included and front graphic option. Supported by aluminium posts with an MDF base and table top which come in a choice of 4 colours. An attractive acrylic top shelf supported with stand offs. Total size is 1015mm (h) x 525mm (w) x 325mm (d) The visual graphic panel is 885 x 525 (w) Service time is about 5 days. Need to know more call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£140
Turntable base unit with power rings CSWD100

Rotating display stand turntable, mains powered unit with slip or power rings (power supply to display item above) This unit will rotate 10 Kilos with a flat concentric load,standard rotating speed at 2.5 times per minute clockwise, The unit has a 124mm Dia turning Plate with 130mm base 75mm height. Power outlet models 4A.

Rotating display stand turntable, mains powered unit with slip or power rings (power supply to display item above) This unit will rotate 10 Kilos with a flat concentric load,standard rotating speed at 2.5 times per minute clockwise, The unit has a 124mm Dia turning Plate with 130mm base 75mm height. Power outlet models 4A.

£196
Aerial lighting truss 3m diameter circle, Trio.

A 3m diameter circle, aerial lighting rig in our Trio system 35 modular trussing. Perfect to suspend from a ceiling and carry some additional room lighting, raise the image of your premises and brighten an area in a stylish way. A light weight Trio 35mm diameter tube size lighting truss system that uses our spigot and pin quick connection system, no time consuming nuts and bolts and tighter joints for low deflection rates. For exhibition and events you can hang a banner around the circles circumference and get your brand seen across the exhibition hall floor area. This lighting truss circle is supplied with 4 lifting eyes. 4 off 1.4m radius sections, weight of 35 kilos. Need a painted truss system, any colour is possible by quotation, 01256 768178.

A 3m diameter circle, aerial lighting rig in our Trio system 35 modular trussing. Perfect to suspend from a ceiling and carry some additional room lighting, raise the image of your premises and brighten an area in a stylish way. A light weight Trio 35mm diameter tube size lighting truss system that uses our spigot and pin quick connection system, no time consuming nuts and bolts and tighter joints for low deflection rates. For exhibition and events you can hang a banner around the circles circumference and get your brand seen across the exhibition hall floor area. This lighting truss circle is supplied with 4 lifting eyes. 4 off 1.4m radius sections, weight of 35 kilos. Need a painted truss system, any colour is possible by quotation, 01256 768178.

£1,474
5w Led track spotlight in white finish

Codara Led track spotlight supplied with a 5w bulb, smart robust light fixing plugs straight into Coker Epxo single circuit lighting track , perfect solution for jewellery shops showrooms and museums. Long life without heat can easily be fitted into situ This track light fixture has 355degrees rotation with a spot head tilt angle to 90degrees.

Codara Led track spotlight supplied with a 5w bulb, smart robust light fixing plugs straight into Coker Epxo single circuit lighting track , perfect solution for jewellery shops showrooms and museums. Long life without heat can easily be fitted into situ This track light fixture has 355degrees rotation with a spot head tilt angle to 90degrees.

£26
Transparency Printing

Digital Transparency printing. Proper display transparencies for back lit light boxes, printed with stable latex inks on HP backlit display film with a diffused layer built in, this is a high quality system where image matters. Remember the quality that Duratrans photographic film gave, we can match it. Our maximum width is 1.5 Metres x 30 Metres. Prices are in the drop down menu below up to 1x2M if you need more or a quantity please ask us for a quote.

Digital Transparency printing. Proper display transparencies for back lit light boxes, printed with stable latex inks on HP backlit display film with a diffused layer built in, this is a high quality system where image matters. Remember the quality that Duratrans photographic film gave, we can match it. Our maximum width is 1.5 Metres x 30 Metres. Prices are in the drop down menu below up to 1x2M if you need more or a quantity please ask us for a quote.

£16
Aerial lighting truss 3m diameter circle, Trio.

A 3m diameter circle, aerial lighting rig in our Trio system 35 modular trussing. Perfect to suspend from a ceiling and carry some additional room lighting, raise the image of your premises and brighten an area in a stylish way. A light weight Trio 35mm diameter tube size lighting truss system that uses our spigot and pin quick connection system, no time consuming nuts and bolts and tighter joints for low deflection rates. For exhibition and events you can hang a banner around the circles circumference and get your brand seen across the exhibition hall floor area. This lighting truss circle is supplied with 4 lifting eyes. 4 off 1.4m radius sections, weight of 35 kilos. Need a painted truss system, any colour is possible by quotation, 01256 768178.

A 3m diameter circle, aerial lighting rig in our Trio system 35 modular trussing. Perfect to suspend from a ceiling and carry some additional room lighting, raise the image of your premises and brighten an area in a stylish way. A light weight Trio 35mm diameter tube size lighting truss system that uses our spigot and pin quick connection system, no time consuming nuts and bolts and tighter joints for low deflection rates. For exhibition and events you can hang a banner around the circles circumference and get your brand seen across the exhibition hall floor area. This lighting truss circle is supplied with 4 lifting eyes. 4 off 1.4m radius sections, weight of 35 kilos. Need a painted truss system, any colour is possible by quotation, 01256 768178.

£1,474
A right angle back wall exhibition stand

Vector exhibition stand - kit 4 has proportions of 2070mm high x 3M x 3M wide, ideal for many exhibitions where a right or left angled back wall is required to define your floor area. This freestanding corner exhibition stand is designed to be used with the latest printing methods, the display is fitted with soft stretch fabric graphics. These fabric banners are held in tension to the frame with a special silicone bead sewn to each edge. It just takes a little thumb pressure to push fit the bead in to the aluminium profile, hey presto a finished exhibition stand to be proud of. Vector display stands are light weight being made of aluminium, easy to store and transport as they are in sensible section lengths. Only an allen key tool is required to assemble a system as this. Additional frames can also be added at a latter date to enlarge or change the shape of this standard setup. Note that accessories are not included. Yes we can make this design to your custom stand size, ask for a quote 01256 768178

Vector exhibition stand - kit 4 has proportions of 2070mm high x 3M x 3M wide, ideal for many exhibitions where a right or left angled back wall is required to define your floor area. This freestanding corner exhibition stand is designed to be used with the latest printing methods, the display is fitted with soft stretch fabric graphics. These fabric banners are held in tension to the frame with a special silicone bead sewn to each edge. It just takes a little thumb pressure to push fit the bead in to the aluminium profile, hey presto a finished exhibition stand to be proud of. Vector display stands are light weight being made of aluminium, easy to store and transport as they are in sensible section lengths. Only an allen key tool is required to assemble a system as this. Additional frames can also be added at a latter date to enlarge or change the shape of this standard setup. Note that accessories are not included. Yes we can make this design to your custom stand size, ask for a quote 01256 768178

£1,096
Lecturn host counter

This smart reception host counter doubles up as a lecturn too, comes flat packed and can be assembled quickly with ease, there is an integral shelf included and front graphic option. Supported by aluminium posts with an MDF base and table top which come in a choice of 4 colours. An attractive acrylic top shelf supported with stand offs. Total size is 1015mm (h) x 525mm (w) x 325mm (d) The visual graphic panel is 885 x 525 (w) Service time is about 5 days. Need to know more call Coker Expo 01256 768178

This smart reception host counter doubles up as a lecturn too, comes flat packed and can be assembled quickly with ease, there is an integral shelf included and front graphic option. Supported by aluminium posts with an MDF base and table top which come in a choice of 4 colours. An attractive acrylic top shelf supported with stand offs. Total size is 1015mm (h) x 525mm (w) x 325mm (d) The visual graphic panel is 885 x 525 (w) Service time is about 5 days. Need to know more call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£140
8 Panel Pole display stand in portrait orientation

We all start some where when it comes to exhibiting and presentations, here is a simple panel and pole display stand with bar feet, a good basic starting point for a modular display stand, add to it as your needs develop. 4x 600 x 900mm panels, 6x 900mm poles and 3 bar feet at 9kgs. Panels can be used in horizontal or vertical format. Please select colours from our swatch, standard and luxury loop, you can have different colours each side. Also a choice of black or grey Pvc frames, the trims width is 15mm all round. Fix your info quickly with a dab of hook velcro. Expect 1 week supply time, quicker for the standard blue/grey colour combination.

We all start some where when it comes to exhibiting and presentations, here is a simple panel and pole display stand with bar feet, a good basic starting point for a modular display stand, add to it as your needs develop. 4x 600 x 900mm panels, 6x 900mm poles and 3 bar feet at 9kgs. Panels can be used in horizontal or vertical format. Please select colours from our swatch, standard and luxury loop, you can have different colours each side. Also a choice of black or grey Pvc frames, the trims width is 15mm all round. Fix your info quickly with a dab of hook velcro. Expect 1 week supply time, quicker for the standard blue/grey colour combination.

£132
Wall Washer Led Track Light in white

17w Wall washer Led track light available in black and white for our 16 amp, 240 volt, lighting track system, single circuit. This lighting fixtures need not be used only on a light track it can be locked into a wall or ceiling mount to give even greater adaptability. This lighting fixture is available in black or white and two bulb colour ranges, 4000k and 3000k. 3000K is the warmer light normally for cloths displays 4000K is a cooler light for bathroom dsiplays etc. A built in driver powers this light fixture, comparable to a 35w halogen bulb, its special reflector makes for maximum light efficiency and output, expect 529 Lumens of light out put and 100 degree beam angle. 355 degrees rotation with 0 - 180 degrees of tilt on the bracket. 50,000 hrs life quoted by the manufacturer.

17w Wall washer Led track light available in black and white for our 16 amp, 240 volt, lighting track system, single circuit. This lighting fixtures need not be used only on a light track it can be locked into a wall or ceiling mount to give even greater adaptability. This lighting fixture is available in black or white and two bulb colour ranges, 4000k and 3000k. 3000K is the warmer light normally for cloths displays 4000K is a cooler light for bathroom dsiplays etc. A built in driver powers this light fixture, comparable to a 35w halogen bulb, its special reflector makes for maximum light efficiency and output, expect 529 Lumens of light out put and 100 degree beam angle. 355 degrees rotation with 0 - 180 degrees of tilt on the bracket. 50,000 hrs life quoted by the manufacturer.

£112
Lectern pro. Choice of colors and tops, with acrylic upstand

This squared off, beech topped physique lectern with grey nylon loop column stands at 1300mm high x 655mm x 480mm and comes with a smart acrylic angled top. A carry bag is included, other fabric colours or plain beech finish is available too. Designed for public speaking use at trade shows, conferences and lectures. The ideal portable podium for the smaller company event or seminar, bring a professional look to your public speaking requirements.

This squared off, beech topped physique lectern with grey nylon loop column stands at 1300mm high x 655mm x 480mm and comes with a smart acrylic angled top. A carry bag is included, other fabric colours or plain beech finish is available too. Designed for public speaking use at trade shows, conferences and lectures. The ideal portable podium for the smaller company event or seminar, bring a professional look to your public speaking requirements.

£325
Turbo exhibition transport cases

Exhibition stand storage and transport solution. Our Turbo transit case range are the perfect solution for van transport and storage. Perfect for transporting and shipping around an exhibition stand, gantry or truss systems in particular. The sizes given are internal, Polythene cases with plywood and soft foam lined sides with a strap on lid. Cases are fitted with heavy duty, steering and locking wheels. Units are made to order and the production time is about 2 weeks. We can also make a transport case to a custom size by quotation, 01256 768178.

Exhibition stand storage and transport solution. Our Turbo transit case range are the perfect solution for van transport and storage. Perfect for transporting and shipping around an exhibition stand, gantry or truss systems in particular. The sizes given are internal, Polythene cases with plywood and soft foam lined sides with a strap on lid. Cases are fitted with heavy duty, steering and locking wheels. Units are made to order and the production time is about 2 weeks. We can also make a transport case to a custom size by quotation, 01256 768178.

£245
Unicity Wallwash Led lighting fixture in white

Unicity wallwash Led display light, 15w power draw that exceeds to traditional 100w halogen bulb. This display lighting fixture has a Die-cast aluminium body and heatsink for good thermal management. Suitable for use in either a ceiling or wall fixing position, this recessed adjustable wallwash fixture has 355 degrees rotation and adjustable tilt angle from -15 degrees to 45 degrees, 30 degrees cut-off angle in the horizontal position. Suited to use in the exhibition environment fixed to either ceilings or walls as well as a neat solution for the retail outlet of shop. Note this led unit has a remote driver with plug and play connection and is not dimmable. The bulb for this wallwasher is cool white at 400 kelvin with an output of 1041 lumens, so pretty bright for its size. The manufacture quotes an LED lifespan L70 50,000 hours. Expect a 3 days supply time.

Unicity wallwash Led display light, 15w power draw that exceeds to traditional 100w halogen bulb. This display lighting fixture has a Die-cast aluminium body and heatsink for good thermal management. Suitable for use in either a ceiling or wall fixing position, this recessed adjustable wallwash fixture has 355 degrees rotation and adjustable tilt angle from -15 degrees to 45 degrees, 30 degrees cut-off angle in the horizontal position. Suited to use in the exhibition environment fixed to either ceilings or walls as well as a neat solution for the retail outlet of shop. Note this led unit has a remote driver with plug and play connection and is not dimmable. The bulb for this wallwasher is cool white at 400 kelvin with an output of 1041 lumens, so pretty bright for its size. The manufacture quotes an LED lifespan L70 50,000 hours. Expect a 3 days supply time.

£150
Banner stand and desk

Complete Exhibition Stand at the right price Both the banner stand and the counter collapse down for easy transportation A 2.9 Metre wide roller banner stand 2.4M high complete with tough PVC banner + carry bag, bear in mind this is a monster Banner stand with a 3 Metre wide base unit, the graphic is supported by four poles and it will require two people to erect the display however this operation is very quick and gives maximum impact, just like that! The stand is from our Hampshire range and the counter is a "Graphique" exhibition desk. The unit has a choice of top colours and comes complete with a velcro attached aluminium door on the back together with a fully branded graphic printed and laminated to a thick Melinex plastic to create the counter body. It is easy to put together from the flat pack box and its possible to store literature etc inside during the venu. Call for more details 01256 768178

Complete Exhibition Stand at the right price Both the banner stand and the counter collapse down for easy transportation A 2.9 Metre wide roller banner stand 2.4M high complete with tough PVC banner + carry bag, bear in mind this is a monster Banner stand with a 3 Metre wide base unit, the graphic is supported by four poles and it will require two people to erect the display however this operation is very quick and gives maximum impact, just like that! The stand is from our Hampshire range and the counter is a "Graphique" exhibition desk. The unit has a choice of top colours and comes complete with a velcro attached aluminium door on the back together with a fully branded graphic printed and laminated to a thick Melinex plastic to create the counter body. It is easy to put together from the flat pack box and its possible to store literature etc inside during the venu. Call for more details 01256 768178

£695
Budget snap frame

Budget snap frames for display of posters and photos, the snap frame style operation allows for quick change of information print outs and posters. Specification, 25mm extruded aluminium frame / 0.5mm Anti-Glare Cover / Durable anodised finish / Round mounded corners / Wall fixing kit Econ Snap Frames are our very lowest priced snap frames! Visually, these frames are the same as our standard round cornered snap frames, but they are supplied without a back panel. Once fixed to a flat surface, this acts as a back panel for your poster to sit against. Durable silver anodised finish, recommended for internal use only. The frames are built with round moulded corners and are available in 4 stock sizes. Prices given are for quantities 1-100 and then 100+

Budget snap frames for display of posters and photos, the snap frame style operation allows for quick change of information print outs and posters. Specification, 25mm extruded aluminium frame / 0.5mm Anti-Glare Cover / Durable anodised finish / Round mounded corners / Wall fixing kit Econ Snap Frames are our very lowest priced snap frames! Visually, these frames are the same as our standard round cornered snap frames, but they are supplied without a back panel. Once fixed to a flat surface, this acts as a back panel for your poster to sit against. Durable silver anodised finish, recommended for internal use only. The frames are built with round moulded corners and are available in 4 stock sizes. Prices given are for quantities 1-100 and then 100+

£3
Event tents with printed branding

Printed pop up shelter, there’s plenty of room to shelter from the sun or rain underneath the Zoom marquee tent, we all know how the UK weather can be a pop up event tent is ideal for outdoor events. Options include, Polyester canopy available in 4 colours White, Red, Blue and Black Half height side walls with rails Digitally printed canopy Digitally printed side walls Quick and easy to assemble, canopy offers plenty of shade Canopy available in four colours – blue, black, white and red Wind, UV and water resistant Hex ally tube legs, 40mm x 1.1mm Our pop up event tents are available in a range of sizes, with and without branding, this example is 3x3 Meters square. Please call and discuss your needs 01256 768178

Printed pop up shelter, there’s plenty of room to shelter from the sun or rain underneath the Zoom marquee tent, we all know how the UK weather can be a pop up event tent is ideal for outdoor events. Options include, Polyester canopy available in 4 colours White, Red, Blue and Black Half height side walls with rails Digitally printed canopy Digitally printed side walls Quick and easy to assemble, canopy offers plenty of shade Canopy available in four colours – blue, black, white and red Wind, UV and water resistant Hex ally tube legs, 40mm x 1.1mm Our pop up event tents are available in a range of sizes, with and without branding, this example is 3x3 Meters square. Please call and discuss your needs 01256 768178

£275
Heavy banner hanging rails

Snap Action poster gripper rails for hanging banners, This rail system will take banners on stoplight up to 2 Metres drop the Rails are available in a selection of widths 300mm - 1200 mm. We can print banners to stoplight to prevent light spill from behind and the banners will hang and remain flat in these grip rails. You will need two rails per banner on to the top and the bottom one will act as a weight and straightener, the rails are for indoor use.

Snap Action poster gripper rails for hanging banners, This rail system will take banners on stoplight up to 2 Metres drop the Rails are available in a selection of widths 300mm - 1200 mm. We can print banners to stoplight to prevent light spill from behind and the banners will hang and remain flat in these grip rails. You will need two rails per banner on to the top and the bottom one will act as a weight and straightener, the rails are for indoor use.

£22
display turntable mains powered for ceiling mounting

Rotating display turntable for hanging displays mains powered . This unit has bearings fitted for upside down operation. Mains powered unit without power rings.Attach display using wire to suspend below the unit. This unit will rotate 5 Kilos balanced load, rotating at 2.5 times per minute clockwise, with 130mm base 75mm height.Creates a visually powerful sales display to draw attention to a promotion or special product to centre stage. Want to know more? please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Rotating display turntable for hanging displays mains powered . This unit has bearings fitted for upside down operation. Mains powered unit without power rings.Attach display using wire to suspend below the unit. This unit will rotate 5 Kilos balanced load, rotating at 2.5 times per minute clockwise, with 130mm base 75mm height.Creates a visually powerful sales display to draw attention to a promotion or special product to centre stage. Want to know more? please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£150
5w Led track spotlight in silver

Small cone shaped 5w Led track spotlight fixture for use with our 16 amp lighting track, available in silver, black and white finish. This track spotlight is ideal for exhibition, shop, display and retail needs and uses a GU10 bulb supplied. This light fixture has 355 degree rotation and a tilting head up to 90 degree. Allow a 3 days supply time.

Small cone shaped 5w Led track spotlight fixture for use with our 16 amp lighting track, available in silver, black and white finish. This track spotlight is ideal for exhibition, shop, display and retail needs and uses a GU10 bulb supplied. This light fixture has 355 degree rotation and a tilting head up to 90 degree. Allow a 3 days supply time.

£26
ipad pos stand with sign clips

Ipad POS stand can be more than just a pole with a tablet fixed to the top, the addition of branding, a sign board of some form can really bring your media display to the forefront. The simple addition of easy-fit screw clips and graphic panels magnify the iPad column's brilliance as an interactive multimedia display, unleashing a powerful promotional display. Branding and messaging can be used to drive and enhance the iPad user experience as well as increase visibility from a distance. • Designed for use with iPad 2, 3, 4, iPad Air 1, iPad Air 2, iPad Pro 9.7” iPad 9.7” (launched March 2017) • Post and base with versatile iPad holder • Enclosures in textured black or white finish • Continuous iPad power supply • Combined post height 1265mm • Heavy duty steel base finished silver with rubber foot pads - 464(w) x 406mm(d) • Supplied dismantled for ease of transportation • Special ship safe carton - 1020(w) x 500(d) x 240mm(h) or optional moulded wheeled trolley case • Maximum overall dimensions - 464(w) x 425(d) x 1595mm(h) • Packaged weight - 15kg (carton) or 24kg (case • Sign costs by quotation, discuss your requirements, 01256 768178.

Ipad POS stand can be more than just a pole with a tablet fixed to the top, the addition of branding, a sign board of some form can really bring your media display to the forefront. The simple addition of easy-fit screw clips and graphic panels magnify the iPad column's brilliance as an interactive multimedia display, unleashing a powerful promotional display. Branding and messaging can be used to drive and enhance the iPad user experience as well as increase visibility from a distance. • Designed for use with iPad 2, 3, 4, iPad Air 1, iPad Air 2, iPad Pro 9.7” iPad 9.7” (launched March 2017) • Post and base with versatile iPad holder • Enclosures in textured black or white finish • Continuous iPad power supply • Combined post height 1265mm • Heavy duty steel base finished silver with rubber foot pads - 464(w) x 406mm(d) • Supplied dismantled for ease of transportation • Special ship safe carton - 1020(w) x 500(d) x 240mm(h) or optional moulded wheeled trolley case • Maximum overall dimensions - 464(w) x 425(d) x 1595mm(h) • Packaged weight - 15kg (carton) or 24kg (case • Sign costs by quotation, discuss your requirements, 01256 768178.

£250
Small hanging display turntable, white

This hanging display turntable has bearings fitted for up side down operation. A mains powered unit with power rings, this allows the transfer of power to an item hanging from the turntable. This unit will rotate 5 Kilos, rotating at speed of 2.5 times per minute clockwise. This small hanging turntable has a 130mm base and height of 75mm. A 4amp power outlet is fitted to this unit.

This hanging display turntable has bearings fitted for up side down operation. A mains powered unit with power rings, this allows the transfer of power to an item hanging from the turntable. This unit will rotate 5 Kilos, rotating at speed of 2.5 times per minute clockwise. This small hanging turntable has a 130mm base and height of 75mm. A 4amp power outlet is fitted to this unit.

£198
Lighting gantry, hexagon with arms and up and over beam

Trade show truss hire, the structure is build on a basic hexagon shape, we have extended arms so as to allow drop banners for branding and an up and over truss arm again to allow a banner or sign to be framed high up and been seen out across any exhibition hall or event. This truss design suits an 8m sq floor area. We have a large range of basic truss designs, all can be adapted into your very own trade show truss system, call and discuss your specific needs. All of our lighting truss hire systems are sent out in protective wheeled transport cases. A detailed drawing is supplied showing the section locations to enable you to set our truss systems up as easily as possible with out the aid of the professionals if so required. Should you wish to avoid the set up and take down we do offer and installation and removal service with our own skilled contractors, ask for a quote. Our lighting truss systems are aluminium so light weight to work with and uses a quick connect spigot and pin system, no long winded nuts and bolts which can add hours to sep up and take down of any modular structure. We can supply scale drawings, system certification, load bearing charts and health and safety docs for our lighting truss systems.

Trade show truss hire, the structure is build on a basic hexagon shape, we have extended arms so as to allow drop banners for branding and an up and over truss arm again to allow a banner or sign to be framed high up and been seen out across any exhibition hall or event. This truss design suits an 8m sq floor area. We have a large range of basic truss designs, all can be adapted into your very own trade show truss system, call and discuss your specific needs. All of our lighting truss hire systems are sent out in protective wheeled transport cases. A detailed drawing is supplied showing the section locations to enable you to set our truss systems up as easily as possible with out the aid of the professionals if so required. Should you wish to avoid the set up and take down we do offer and installation and removal service with our own skilled contractors, ask for a quote. Our lighting truss systems are aluminium so light weight to work with and uses a quick connect spigot and pin system, no long winded nuts and bolts which can add hours to sep up and take down of any modular structure. We can supply scale drawings, system certification, load bearing charts and health and safety docs for our lighting truss systems.

£980
Lightweight portable folding counter

This standard size unit folds away for transport and packing, the aluminium construction gives fast and sturdy erection at the show. At only 12 kilos this unit is very portable specifically manufactured for the display industry, all units have plastic infill panels made from foam PVC which are perfect for graphics that can be updated, please see the options below. Dimensions: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 1050mm wide. This unit has a mid shelf included. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel also with an aluminium hinged folding frame. 25kg spread load carrying capability on these counter tops. European manufactured product built to last. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Sliding Locking doors, Carry Bag or Carry case. Choice of heights Call for more info we are here to help Coker Expo 01256 768178

This standard size unit folds away for transport and packing, the aluminium construction gives fast and sturdy erection at the show. At only 12 kilos this unit is very portable specifically manufactured for the display industry, all units have plastic infill panels made from foam PVC which are perfect for graphics that can be updated, please see the options below. Dimensions: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 1050mm wide. This unit has a mid shelf included. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel also with an aluminium hinged folding frame. 25kg spread load carrying capability on these counter tops. European manufactured product built to last. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Sliding Locking doors, Carry Bag or Carry case. Choice of heights Call for more info we are here to help Coker Expo 01256 768178

£335
3m wide pegasus banner stand

The 3m Pegasus, the latest addition to the Pegasus family, is now the largest tension banner within the range. Creating a hugely impressive back wall solution, it is ideal as a competitive solution for backdrops, exhibition spaces and promotional back walls.The height range is from 1.7 Metres to 2.4 Meters high and the width is 1.6Metres to 3 Metres The unit comes with a carry bag and is totally portable. The units is assembled without the need for tools. We offer two banner solutions PVC or Textile both require hems top and bottom for the telescopic poles Although the unit fits into a carry bag a PVC banner will need to be rolled along the narrowest dimension. Hardware in the bag weight is 6.5 Kilos Lightweight and simple assembly No tools required Compartmentalised carry bag for individual parts Telescopic poles for adjustable height & width displays Suitable for Looped Banner vinyl or Textile graphics Linking extension kit arriving winter 2017 Hardware dimensions (mm) 1830/3200(w) x 1835/2610(h) x 440mm(d) Boxed dimensions (mm) 970(w) x 100(h) x 265mm(d) - 6.3kgs Large pole diameter - 25mm Small pole diameter - 22mm Adjustable collar diameter - 30mm As for a quote for a banner to suit your required back drop size 01256 768178.

The 3m Pegasus, the latest addition to the Pegasus family, is now the largest tension banner within the range. Creating a hugely impressive back wall solution, it is ideal as a competitive solution for backdrops, exhibition spaces and promotional back walls.The height range is from 1.7 Metres to 2.4 Meters high and the width is 1.6Metres to 3 Metres The unit comes with a carry bag and is totally portable. The units is assembled without the need for tools. We offer two banner solutions PVC or Textile both require hems top and bottom for the telescopic poles Although the unit fits into a carry bag a PVC banner will need to be rolled along the narrowest dimension. Hardware in the bag weight is 6.5 Kilos Lightweight and simple assembly No tools required Compartmentalised carry bag for individual parts Telescopic poles for adjustable height & width displays Suitable for Looped Banner vinyl or Textile graphics Linking extension kit arriving winter 2017 Hardware dimensions (mm) 1830/3200(w) x 1835/2610(h) x 440mm(d) Boxed dimensions (mm) 970(w) x 100(h) x 265mm(d) - 6.3kgs Large pole diameter - 25mm Small pole diameter - 22mm Adjustable collar diameter - 30mm As for a quote for a banner to suit your required back drop size 01256 768178.

£115
10w led spotlight for lighting track

White or Satin Silver LED trackspot with integral drivers, 10w power draw. The 10w Version is compact LED track spot with integral driver, True 50W halogen replacement, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design for visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with warm white bulbs of 3000 kelvin or cool of 4000 kelvin, 537 lumens and a beam angle of 50 degrees. Note the 10w led spotlight has the 3 detail rings on the body, an ideal smart track spotlights for exhibition and retail shop applications. Lighting track is designed to connect together and enable shapes or grids to provide a spread of light across a floor area. Allow a 3 days supply time.

White or Satin Silver LED trackspot with integral drivers, 10w power draw. The 10w Version is compact LED track spot with integral driver, True 50W halogen replacement, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design for visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with warm white bulbs of 3000 kelvin or cool of 4000 kelvin, 537 lumens and a beam angle of 50 degrees. Note the 10w led spotlight has the 3 detail rings on the body, an ideal smart track spotlights for exhibition and retail shop applications. Lighting track is designed to connect together and enable shapes or grids to provide a spread of light across a floor area. Allow a 3 days supply time.

£45
Suspended exhibition banners

Suspended exhibition banners, 3m x 1.2m high elliptical shape banner frame with tension fabric graphics. A smart eye catching display to hang from any ceiling structure within an exhibition hall or trade show venue. Get you brand message out there and be seen from far off across the entire event. Constructed in minutes, this product can be hung into place prior to the building of the main stand. Storage is easy as the structure packs down into a carry bag that can be stored until your next event. The stretchy tension fabric graphic requires no ironing as the frames shape pushes out the creases from storing the graphic. This tension fabric display is availible in 2 basic sizes, but we can make custom designs by quotation. Eye Hanging Structure 3m - 1219h x 3048 x 838mm (4 hanging points) Eye Hanging Structure 3.7m - 1524h x 3658 x 991mm (4 hanging points)

Suspended exhibition banners, 3m x 1.2m high elliptical shape banner frame with tension fabric graphics. A smart eye catching display to hang from any ceiling structure within an exhibition hall or trade show venue. Get you brand message out there and be seen from far off across the entire event. Constructed in minutes, this product can be hung into place prior to the building of the main stand. Storage is easy as the structure packs down into a carry bag that can be stored until your next event. The stretchy tension fabric graphic requires no ironing as the frames shape pushes out the creases from storing the graphic. This tension fabric display is availible in 2 basic sizes, but we can make custom designs by quotation. Eye Hanging Structure 3m - 1219h x 3048 x 838mm (4 hanging points) Eye Hanging Structure 3.7m - 1524h x 3658 x 991mm (4 hanging points)

£1,140
A 3x4 straight pop up display stand set up with full colour graphics

The Group is pleased to offer a perfect combination of quality, price and speed, our print quality and colour balance is always maintained at the top end of the industry. Full Straight pop up display stands complete, a mobile exhibition stand in a wheeled case. You will not need nothing else with this kit, a quick style frame, magnetic bars, graphic panels, wheeled transit case with lighting compartment for lights. Add a pair of lights if the venue your are exhibiting at is not well lit. The high quality output graphics are printed on a 450 micron stoplight media. Our inks are now stable for 100 years according to the manufacturers! Pantone accuracy 67%, The most popular display stand used for company promotions at exhibitions, trade shows and conferences. Options below include lights a wheeled graphic case with beech insert to make a podium or lectern counter from the case. A complete set of laminated graphic panels with magnets fitted ready for use are included. We would advise you consider if your application warrants a set of stabilising feet. Is your pop up display to be set back against a wall out out in the middle of an exhibition floor area. We can also link our straight pop up display stands together to form a long wall or produce a right angled display. All straight pop up display stands can be produced as double sided displays, on some occasion a 360 degree branded pop up display is just wants needed. It is also possible to bring an element of visual movement into your pop up display with the addition of an LCD TV screen should you wish. For help and advice with art working please call 01256 768178 We deliver a test print for your satisfaction and approval with out further cost before running your graphics, production is normally within 3 days after sign off. 3x3 Units are 28 kilos packaged.

The Group is pleased to offer a perfect combination of quality, price and speed, our print quality and colour balance is always maintained at the top end of the industry. Full Straight pop up display stands complete, a mobile exhibition stand in a wheeled case. You will not need nothing else with this kit, a quick style frame, magnetic bars, graphic panels, wheeled transit case with lighting compartment for lights. Add a pair of lights if the venue your are exhibiting at is not well lit. The high quality output graphics are printed on a 450 micron stoplight media. Our inks are now stable for 100 years according to the manufacturers! Pantone accuracy 67%, The most popular display stand used for company promotions at exhibitions, trade shows and conferences. Options below include lights a wheeled graphic case with beech insert to make a podium or lectern counter from the case. A complete set of laminated graphic panels with magnets fitted ready for use are included. We would advise you consider if your application warrants a set of stabilising feet. Is your pop up display to be set back against a wall out out in the middle of an exhibition floor area. We can also link our straight pop up display stands together to form a long wall or produce a right angled display. All straight pop up display stands can be produced as double sided displays, on some occasion a 360 degree branded pop up display is just wants needed. It is also possible to bring an element of visual movement into your pop up display with the addition of an LCD TV screen should you wish. For help and advice with art working please call 01256 768178 We deliver a test print for your satisfaction and approval with out further cost before running your graphics, production is normally within 3 days after sign off. 3x3 Units are 28 kilos packaged.

£351
Low height curved pop up display stand.

When height is a problem the Midi pop up stand range will fit in a low head height space of under 2 Meters. This makes it ideal for low or reduced ceiling height rooms, compact and confined areas. Our low height range of pop up display stands, once known as petite are completely magnetic, frames, graphics and mag bars. A lower height pop up display stand is often required at smaller venues such as hotels and conference rooms where ceiling heights can be low in some cases. Choose from our mini pop up range, add a transport case and lights if required. The graphics are printed onto Melinex plastic and laminated, inks are pigmented dye with 67% Pantone accuracy and 100 years as the manufactures claim! Options are given for wheeled transit cases and lights. If you require a quantity of these pop up systems call for a quote, 01256 768178.

When height is a problem the Midi pop up stand range will fit in a low head height space of under 2 Meters. This makes it ideal for low or reduced ceiling height rooms, compact and confined areas. Our low height range of pop up display stands, once known as petite are completely magnetic, frames, graphics and mag bars. A lower height pop up display stand is often required at smaller venues such as hotels and conference rooms where ceiling heights can be low in some cases. Choose from our mini pop up range, add a transport case and lights if required. The graphics are printed onto Melinex plastic and laminated, inks are pigmented dye with 67% Pantone accuracy and 100 years as the manufactures claim! Options are given for wheeled transit cases and lights. If you require a quantity of these pop up systems call for a quote, 01256 768178.

£340
Curved pop up display stand 4 quads high.

Pop up display stands can be made taller and shorter by adding or subtracting the quads that make the the pop up frame height up. Our image shows a stand 3 quads wide x 4 quads high, standing at 2968mm high this becomes a mighty impressive display as you can imagine any any exhibition or promotional event. If you looking for that little extra to give your product and brand some real impact then a taller than average pop up display stand may will be the solution to your presentation needs. Remember that with this extra height comes a need for a small stool or steps to get up high enough to hang your graphics from the framework. The maximum we recommend is 5 quads hight 3710mm but this stand must be anchored by some form of additional weighting at the base of the pop up display. Choose from the options below which pop up stand you require, add a wheeled transport case and some lights to make up your display kit. We can also offer a straight extra high pop up display by quotation, ask for a quote 01256 768178.

Pop up display stands can be made taller and shorter by adding or subtracting the quads that make the the pop up frame height up. Our image shows a stand 3 quads wide x 4 quads high, standing at 2968mm high this becomes a mighty impressive display as you can imagine any any exhibition or promotional event. If you looking for that little extra to give your product and brand some real impact then a taller than average pop up display stand may will be the solution to your presentation needs. Remember that with this extra height comes a need for a small stool or steps to get up high enough to hang your graphics from the framework. The maximum we recommend is 5 quads hight 3710mm but this stand must be anchored by some form of additional weighting at the base of the pop up display. Choose from the options below which pop up stand you require, add a wheeled transport case and some lights to make up your display kit. We can also offer a straight extra high pop up display by quotation, ask for a quote 01256 768178.

£800
Corner fitting pop up stand

"L" Shaped corner pop up display stands ready to go! 2225mm height as standard (we can also manufacture non standard heights). These frames are purpose made with the curve built into the actual frame work. Yes they still fold down and go into a standard pop up transport case along with there graphic panels. Lighting can be fitted to the straight lengths of each pop up frame. Below are the foot print sizes for each of the frame offered as L-shape pop ups. We can also offer by quotation the more traditional method of creating a right angle pop up display wall by linking two straight pop up display stands of any size to form a your corner display wall or area divide. This is possible by using the D-end panel of one unit to curve across and connect to the other. Both methods use fully magnetic systems, fast assembly, light weight and easy to set up. Graphics are printed with pigmented 100 year life inks, 67% Pantone accurate and on light block medias. Kit prices include a wheeled case, options include a graphic wrap for the case and lighting. Please download the PDF for full details.

"L" Shaped corner pop up display stands ready to go! 2225mm height as standard (we can also manufacture non standard heights). These frames are purpose made with the curve built into the actual frame work. Yes they still fold down and go into a standard pop up transport case along with there graphic panels. Lighting can be fitted to the straight lengths of each pop up frame. Below are the foot print sizes for each of the frame offered as L-shape pop ups. We can also offer by quotation the more traditional method of creating a right angle pop up display wall by linking two straight pop up display stands of any size to form a your corner display wall or area divide. This is possible by using the D-end panel of one unit to curve across and connect to the other. Both methods use fully magnetic systems, fast assembly, light weight and easy to set up. Graphics are printed with pigmented 100 year life inks, 67% Pantone accurate and on light block medias. Kit prices include a wheeled case, options include a graphic wrap for the case and lighting. Please download the PDF for full details.

£1,050
CDC3 - Folding Display Counter

The CDC3 aluminium framed folding counter is a reception bar style unit. This Unit has an up-stand on top typically used to hide documents and cash. The counter dimension are 1070 x 515mm x 1103mm high. These high quality folding display counters come as standard with white panels, but we can offer options for full graphics, coloured pvc panels, brushed alley panels or fabric covering to accept velco, by quotation. This enables your pre printed flyers to be attached to the loop nylon and changed with ease. These units can also have the branded panels changed out quickly with ease giving them real longevity. Options are given for locking and sliding door sets too. For more information call 01256 768178

The CDC3 aluminium framed folding counter is a reception bar style unit. This Unit has an up-stand on top typically used to hide documents and cash. The counter dimension are 1070 x 515mm x 1103mm high. These high quality folding display counters come as standard with white panels, but we can offer options for full graphics, coloured pvc panels, brushed alley panels or fabric covering to accept velco, by quotation. This enables your pre printed flyers to be attached to the loop nylon and changed with ease. These units can also have the branded panels changed out quickly with ease giving them real longevity. Options are given for locking and sliding door sets too. For more information call 01256 768178

£475
Custom shaped pop up display stands at an exhibition event

A Variety of custom pop up stand design configurations can be made using different height display, curved and straight pop up display frames can be linked to produce some fantastic custom pop up exhibition stand designs. Each design is by quotation and can take some days to draw up and quote. Some of the most popular pop up display shapes are S shape, wave, Tri shaped or star, right angles and large curved or arced designs. A custom pop up stand is often decided upon as it allows the formation of a pop up booth at an exhibition or event. You can also inter change the pop up display stand heights opting for some at 3 quads high and others at 4 quads high creating a lot more style and interest in the finished exhibition stand layout. With custom pop up designs many are produced to be a 360 degree display and so the rear of the pop up systems can also have graphics fitted creating a double sided display, maximum branding and visual attraction. It is possible to work out just how many transport cases are needed to protect your frames and graphics too. We can advise of the number of lighting fixtures that can be fixed to the pop up frames as well. Please do call and discuss your personal requirements and ideas 01256 768178.

A Variety of custom pop up stand design configurations can be made using different height display, curved and straight pop up display frames can be linked to produce some fantastic custom pop up exhibition stand designs. Each design is by quotation and can take some days to draw up and quote. Some of the most popular pop up display shapes are S shape, wave, Tri shaped or star, right angles and large curved or arced designs. A custom pop up stand is often decided upon as it allows the formation of a pop up booth at an exhibition or event. You can also inter change the pop up display stand heights opting for some at 3 quads high and others at 4 quads high creating a lot more style and interest in the finished exhibition stand layout. With custom pop up designs many are produced to be a 360 degree display and so the rear of the pop up systems can also have graphics fitted creating a double sided display, maximum branding and visual attraction. It is possible to work out just how many transport cases are needed to protect your frames and graphics too. We can advise of the number of lighting fixtures that can be fixed to the pop up frames as well. Please do call and discuss your personal requirements and ideas 01256 768178.

£5,000
twist media banner stand with an Lcd screen fitted

Twist media banner stand complete with vesa mount. The twist banner stand will take up to a 7 kilo AV screen. Price includes system, graphic, vesa mount, light and a carry case. The graphic size is 2000mm x 900mm. Adding an Lcd screen to a banner stand display allows an interactive element and an eye catch attraction too. This stand is part of a system and can be extended in width and height we can also turn corners and add curved or straight end caps to create a very smart fitted looking graphic display. Please ask for advice we will be happy to supply a drawing and bespoke quote. Call and discuss how a media banner stand could suit you. 01256 768178.

Twist media banner stand complete with vesa mount. The twist banner stand will take up to a 7 kilo AV screen. Price includes system, graphic, vesa mount, light and a carry case. The graphic size is 2000mm x 900mm. Adding an Lcd screen to a banner stand display allows an interactive element and an eye catch attraction too. This stand is part of a system and can be extended in width and height we can also turn corners and add curved or straight end caps to create a very smart fitted looking graphic display. Please ask for advice we will be happy to supply a drawing and bespoke quote. Call and discuss how a media banner stand could suit you. 01256 768178.

£520
LED Floodlights 50W 100W 150W & 200W

This magnificent 4 power level range of Slimline LED Floodlights are really important for any show. There is nothing more important than a correctly lit exhibition stand. You can not over light a stand but if you don't have enough lighting and your stand is even slightly gloomy it will be a disappointment for your sales and your visitors. LED lights like this are very affordable and very importantly they won't cook your head during the show because they are so much more efficient as lights rather than heaters an immense step forward from halogen and tungsten. Led lighting fixtures have a much reduce power consumption for light output so your power cost at exhibition venue should be lower too. Available in 50W-200W, have a lumen output of up to 16000lm and all come with a 3 year guarantee. IP 65 For outdoor use 6500K Colour (Daylight) Full specification of sizes on PDF. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! Please call and speak to a lighting specialist 01256 768178.

This magnificent 4 power level range of Slimline LED Floodlights are really important for any show. There is nothing more important than a correctly lit exhibition stand. You can not over light a stand but if you don't have enough lighting and your stand is even slightly gloomy it will be a disappointment for your sales and your visitors. LED lights like this are very affordable and very importantly they won't cook your head during the show because they are so much more efficient as lights rather than heaters an immense step forward from halogen and tungsten. Led lighting fixtures have a much reduce power consumption for light output so your power cost at exhibition venue should be lower too. Available in 50W-200W, have a lumen output of up to 16000lm and all come with a 3 year guarantee. IP 65 For outdoor use 6500K Colour (Daylight) Full specification of sizes on PDF. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! Please call and speak to a lighting specialist 01256 768178.

£32
Free standing display stand, vector kit 2 has tension fit printed graphics.

Vector straight display frame Kit 2 - 2000mm high x 2000mm wide including two pairs of feet. Two display graphic options are possible of this vector display wall system, one is tension Fabric graphics another, rigid foam PVC panels, priced as options. This exhibition and display system is great for forming dividing walls and back drops at exhibitions, show and events. Supplied in flat packed, kit form with feet as shown, its very simple to assemble and other sizes are available by quotation. This is an off the shelf aluminium free standing display frame system, assemble each frame work and lock them together, add the stabilising feet. Now its time to bring your display stand to life, take your printed fabric graphics, note the sewn on silicone bead edge, press this into the slotted profile in the frame work. Do the same for each frame work to create the finished back wall display. If you have opted for the solid printed pvc panel this fixes into the frame work with velcro, press the display board into the frame work, continue to the other frames, hey presto and magnificent back drop for any promotional event or show. Need a custom size back drop quoted call, 01256 768178

Vector straight display frame Kit 2 - 2000mm high x 2000mm wide including two pairs of feet. Two display graphic options are possible of this vector display wall system, one is tension Fabric graphics another, rigid foam PVC panels, priced as options. This exhibition and display system is great for forming dividing walls and back drops at exhibitions, show and events. Supplied in flat packed, kit form with feet as shown, its very simple to assemble and other sizes are available by quotation. This is an off the shelf aluminium free standing display frame system, assemble each frame work and lock them together, add the stabilising feet. Now its time to bring your display stand to life, take your printed fabric graphics, note the sewn on silicone bead edge, press this into the slotted profile in the frame work. Do the same for each frame work to create the finished back wall display. If you have opted for the solid printed pvc panel this fixes into the frame work with velcro, press the display board into the frame work, continue to the other frames, hey presto and magnificent back drop for any promotional event or show. Need a custom size back drop quoted call, 01256 768178

£435
Pop Up Counter Model 3

Pop Up Counter Model 3 Counter loading Uniformly distributed loading of assembled kit tested to an impressive 120kg counter top 70kg and shelves 12.5kg each Product details Fully magnetic 2 x 2 anodised aluminium curved structure providing simple quick construction with exceptional load bearing capability and counter stability New self-aligning magnetic graphic header system for ease of assembly utilising our proven one piece graphic wrap solution Non tilting hinged laminated counter top with discreet velcro fastening and 2 pairs of interlocking laminated shelves - available in beech, white or black Generous counter top work surface - 1385(w) x nominal 460mm(d) Shelf openings - 385(h) x 335mm(w) for easy access New padded component bags with carry handles, graphic hanging kit, superior strength magnetic tape and flexible end curve stabiliser strips also included Overall dimensions - 1385(w) x 535(d) x 903mm(h) Net weight - 24.0kg Packaged weight - 29.0kg

Pop Up Counter Model 3 Counter loading Uniformly distributed loading of assembled kit tested to an impressive 120kg counter top 70kg and shelves 12.5kg each Product details Fully magnetic 2 x 2 anodised aluminium curved structure providing simple quick construction with exceptional load bearing capability and counter stability New self-aligning magnetic graphic header system for ease of assembly utilising our proven one piece graphic wrap solution Non tilting hinged laminated counter top with discreet velcro fastening and 2 pairs of interlocking laminated shelves - available in beech, white or black Generous counter top work surface - 1385(w) x nominal 460mm(d) Shelf openings - 385(h) x 335mm(w) for easy access New padded component bags with carry handles, graphic hanging kit, superior strength magnetic tape and flexible end curve stabiliser strips also included Overall dimensions - 1385(w) x 535(d) x 903mm(h) Net weight - 24.0kg Packaged weight - 29.0kg

£290
Crowd control ropes with brass and chrome hooks

This is our range of standard 25mm velour economy ropes. The ropes are 1.8 metres long and fitted with spring loaded trigger hooks with a choice of polished brass or polished chrome ends. Our trigger hooks are designed to be used with Ropemaster posts and are covered with a 3 year warranty.

This is our range of standard 25mm velour economy ropes. The ropes are 1.8 metres long and fitted with spring loaded trigger hooks with a choice of polished brass or polished chrome ends. Our trigger hooks are designed to be used with Ropemaster posts and are covered with a 3 year warranty.

£17
Satin chrome, chrome or gold stand offs 19mm diameter

Trade Prices box quantities 5 Lengths. Trade prices for Box quantities. 19mm Diameter Stand offs for sign fixings 10mm hole in the display being fixed is required, bulk box quantities vary with size of stand-off. Pictures shown are illustrative only. Sizes are given as stand off diameter followed by distance from the wall to the back of the display or sign board.

Trade Prices box quantities 5 Lengths. Trade prices for Box quantities. 19mm Diameter Stand offs for sign fixings 10mm hole in the display being fixed is required, bulk box quantities vary with size of stand-off. Pictures shown are illustrative only. Sizes are given as stand off diameter followed by distance from the wall to the back of the display or sign board.

£189
Rotating display stand 100 kilos max load

Mains powered turntable withpower rings Maximum 4 amp (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW1000 will carry a flat concentric load of 100 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height. These units weigh 17 kilos. 240 volts Drive motor draws 15.5W

Mains powered turntable withpower rings Maximum 4 amp (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW1000 will carry a flat concentric load of 100 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height. These units weigh 17 kilos. 240 volts Drive motor draws 15.5W

£559
wheeled exhibition flight case

A true flight case, Proper on the road trunks a quality product for exceptional durability, aluminium extrusions on all edges. Hardware includes steel corners, recessed butterfly, steel flip handles and a hinging lid. 100mm swivel castors with heavy duty wheels, 2 braked, mounted on 18mm birch ply runners and 9mm hexaboard side panels. These cases come with foam lining too, built to order means supply times are approx 2 weeks. Sizes are internal dimensions. Perfect for transporting exhibition equipment within the UK and internationally, protect your exhibition kit when being transported to and from events.

A true flight case, Proper on the road trunks a quality product for exceptional durability, aluminium extrusions on all edges. Hardware includes steel corners, recessed butterfly, steel flip handles and a hinging lid. 100mm swivel castors with heavy duty wheels, 2 braked, mounted on 18mm birch ply runners and 9mm hexaboard side panels. These cases come with foam lining too, built to order means supply times are approx 2 weeks. Sizes are internal dimensions. Perfect for transporting exhibition equipment within the UK and internationally, protect your exhibition kit when being transported to and from events.

£410
70w Shop or Exhibition spotlight with CDM lamp

Metal Halide technology in a polished can. This is the very special display light it develops a very powerful powerful directional flood using only 70W of power equal to about 500w as halogen rivals. This light will make a significant difference to any display. The control gear is housed within the polished can unit to give the much loved showy look.Excellent flood lighting The CMH lamps employed give a bright cool white and bulbs are rated for 5000 hours life. We would advise approx 3m spacing between units. Please note these lights have a slow warm up time (3mins) and must be left off for 10mins before restarting. Unit measures 300mm long x150mm diameter hasp is also 150mm from foot to centre fixing. This 70w CDM spotlight is ideal for use for Shops Exhibition and trade show on lighting truss systems but equally at home in the retail arena being bolted to ceiling beams in shops by its handy fixing hasp. CDM technology means the built in bulb has a life time estimated at 9000hrs on this light and colour rendering at 3000k with its UV colour block. This spotlight comes with the filter housing and a daisy connection as an optional extra for use with our lighting cable system. Lamp Is Extra, please note this is not a standard lamp, its Ceramic Metal Halide, not to be confused with halogen nor LED the lamps are only compatible with this lighting fixture. Specifications: Lamp socket: E27 Max. capacity: 70W / 90W Power Supply: 230V Cable: 30 cm Dimensions: 295 x 195 x 260 mm (LxWxH) Weight: 3,3 kg

Metal Halide technology in a polished can. This is the very special display light it develops a very powerful powerful directional flood using only 70W of power equal to about 500w as halogen rivals. This light will make a significant difference to any display. The control gear is housed within the polished can unit to give the much loved showy look.Excellent flood lighting The CMH lamps employed give a bright cool white and bulbs are rated for 5000 hours life. We would advise approx 3m spacing between units. Please note these lights have a slow warm up time (3mins) and must be left off for 10mins before restarting. Unit measures 300mm long x150mm diameter hasp is also 150mm from foot to centre fixing. This 70w CDM spotlight is ideal for use for Shops Exhibition and trade show on lighting truss systems but equally at home in the retail arena being bolted to ceiling beams in shops by its handy fixing hasp. CDM technology means the built in bulb has a life time estimated at 9000hrs on this light and colour rendering at 3000k with its UV colour block. This spotlight comes with the filter housing and a daisy connection as an optional extra for use with our lighting cable system. Lamp Is Extra, please note this is not a standard lamp, its Ceramic Metal Halide, not to be confused with halogen nor LED the lamps are only compatible with this lighting fixture. Specifications: Lamp socket: E27 Max. capacity: 70W / 90W Power Supply: 230V Cable: 30 cm Dimensions: 295 x 195 x 260 mm (LxWxH) Weight: 3,3 kg

£145
10° Spotlight

If you need a proper spotlight this one is for you at only 10° beam, so at 5 Metres only 750mm wide beam approximately. The Compact Narrow Beam Smart White spotlight is a compact but powerful fixture providing smart white technology. It is equipped with special LED's which are offering Cool White, Warm White and Amber in one package. Due to this 3-in-1 technology the Compact Narrow Beam Smart White provides excellent white balance and is therefore very suitable for broadcast, TV studio, Theatres and Exhibition events. A top quality led display light. Specifications. LED Quantity: 7x 3-in-1 CW, WW, Amber (5W) Driver current: 350mA Refresh rate: 400 Hz Dimmer: 0-100% Strobe: 0-20Hz Beam Angle: 10° Electrical Input Voltage: 100~240VAC...47/63Hz Power consumption: 40W Physical Dimensions (LxWxH): 245 x 179 x 148 mm Weight: 1,9 kg IP Rating: IP-20 Housing: Die cast Aluminium Connections: Powercon + XLR 3 pole Cooling: Convection

If you need a proper spotlight this one is for you at only 10° beam, so at 5 Metres only 750mm wide beam approximately. The Compact Narrow Beam Smart White spotlight is a compact but powerful fixture providing smart white technology. It is equipped with special LED's which are offering Cool White, Warm White and Amber in one package. Due to this 3-in-1 technology the Compact Narrow Beam Smart White provides excellent white balance and is therefore very suitable for broadcast, TV studio, Theatres and Exhibition events. A top quality led display light. Specifications. LED Quantity: 7x 3-in-1 CW, WW, Amber (5W) Driver current: 350mA Refresh rate: 400 Hz Dimmer: 0-100% Strobe: 0-20Hz Beam Angle: 10° Electrical Input Voltage: 100~240VAC...47/63Hz Power consumption: 40W Physical Dimensions (LxWxH): 245 x 179 x 148 mm Weight: 1,9 kg IP Rating: IP-20 Housing: Die cast Aluminium Connections: Powercon + XLR 3 pole Cooling: Convection

£300
29 watt Led spot light for lighting track

29w Led spotlight, Satin silver, black or white LED track spots with integral driver. These track lights are perfect for use on an exhibition stand that needs to be bright and keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in the retail and shop outlet environment, the track enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. 29 Watt version: LED track spotlight with integral driver, Comparable performance to 70W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin, 2497 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. Track lighting is designed to provide a method of building a grid or frame work that many lighting fixtures can lock into and be powered from a single 13 amp supply. 3 day supply time

29w Led spotlight, Satin silver, black or white LED track spots with integral driver. These track lights are perfect for use on an exhibition stand that needs to be bright and keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in the retail and shop outlet environment, the track enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. 29 Watt version: LED track spotlight with integral driver, Comparable performance to 70W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin, 2497 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. Track lighting is designed to provide a method of building a grid or frame work that many lighting fixtures can lock into and be powered from a single 13 amp supply. 3 day supply time

£155
Heavy duty rotating drive motor

CK 5000 and CK 7500 Models Built In Heavy Duty Turntable for Signage and Display 500 kg and 750 kg Turntable CK5000 and CK7500 for use as built in turntable indoor drive systems. The model CK5000 allows a central load of 500kg respectively 750kg maximum CK7500 Thanks to the traversing hollow shaft of this turntable the units can be used universally, for example driving a rotating showcase, rotary objects for indoor and outdoor publicity signage. (For outside use the turntable must be protected by the customer against water ice and snow) For exhibition objects and columns for publicity purposes in cities and public spaces either with or without slip ring rotating power transmission (electricity for the display such as lights) For outdoor use the wind surface has to be stated and must not exceed 1M square Features: Torsion Free :Traversing hollow shaft with inside diameter of 42mm Very silent Suited for both indoor and outdoor operation (with protection) Maintenance-free Safety clutch Rotating current transmission (slip rings) Turn table applicable also for up to 150 kg hanging load Technical Details: Total height: 132 mm Max. centric load: 500 kg (1,100 lbs) or 750 kg (1,650 lbs) Nominal Voltage: 220 to 240 V, 50 Hz, Optional 115 V, 60 Hz Nominal rating: 15 Watt Rotation speed: 1 rpm, direction clockwise Dead weight: 16 kg / 32 lbs Additional Equipment:: (On demand and on extra charge) Slip ring for rotating current transmission up to 4 ways (standard 4 amp), 8 amp in special design + protective Conductor Cycle operation / reversible operation Rotation: 1 rpm, counterclockwise Other rotation speed available on demand Manually change of rotation direction On / off switch Security construction for 500 kg hanging load available Subject to technical changes

CK 5000 and CK 7500 Models Built In Heavy Duty Turntable for Signage and Display 500 kg and 750 kg Turntable CK5000 and CK7500 for use as built in turntable indoor drive systems. The model CK5000 allows a central load of 500kg respectively 750kg maximum CK7500 Thanks to the traversing hollow shaft of this turntable the units can be used universally, for example driving a rotating showcase, rotary objects for indoor and outdoor publicity signage. (For outside use the turntable must be protected by the customer against water ice and snow) For exhibition objects and columns for publicity purposes in cities and public spaces either with or without slip ring rotating power transmission (electricity for the display such as lights) For outdoor use the wind surface has to be stated and must not exceed 1M square Features: Torsion Free :Traversing hollow shaft with inside diameter of 42mm Very silent Suited for both indoor and outdoor operation (with protection) Maintenance-free Safety clutch Rotating current transmission (slip rings) Turn table applicable also for up to 150 kg hanging load Technical Details: Total height: 132 mm Max. centric load: 500 kg (1,100 lbs) or 750 kg (1,650 lbs) Nominal Voltage: 220 to 240 V, 50 Hz, Optional 115 V, 60 Hz Nominal rating: 15 Watt Rotation speed: 1 rpm, direction clockwise Dead weight: 16 kg / 32 lbs Additional Equipment:: (On demand and on extra charge) Slip ring for rotating current transmission up to 4 ways (standard 4 amp), 8 amp in special design + protective Conductor Cycle operation / reversible operation Rotation: 1 rpm, counterclockwise Other rotation speed available on demand Manually change of rotation direction On / off switch Security construction for 500 kg hanging load available Subject to technical changes

£1,360
Back drop graphic wall in exhibition truss.

Hire Exhibition Gantry systems. This back drop is ideal as a rear wall at any event or trade show. All portals or goal post structures must either be bolted into the floor or fitted to our large secondary base plates to give stability. This image shows a single aperture, but it is possible to set up longer structures and create a group of bays or apertures, our longest has been 10m. The dimensions for the structure shown are 2800m x 2445mm high. The price is for the trussing only, banner and lighting requirements are at additional cost. The truss hire, rental period is 5 days, longer time scale by quotation. All our systems are TUV rated. We are able to deliver all our exhibition gantry hire and rental systems across the UK we often have systems at events in exhibition halls such as the NEC, Excel, Olympia and London business design center. We also offer an installation and removal service by quotation. Call 01256 768178 to discuss your bespoke needs.

Hire Exhibition Gantry systems. This back drop is ideal as a rear wall at any event or trade show. All portals or goal post structures must either be bolted into the floor or fitted to our large secondary base plates to give stability. This image shows a single aperture, but it is possible to set up longer structures and create a group of bays or apertures, our longest has been 10m. The dimensions for the structure shown are 2800m x 2445mm high. The price is for the trussing only, banner and lighting requirements are at additional cost. The truss hire, rental period is 5 days, longer time scale by quotation. All our systems are TUV rated. We are able to deliver all our exhibition gantry hire and rental systems across the UK we often have systems at events in exhibition halls such as the NEC, Excel, Olympia and London business design center. We also offer an installation and removal service by quotation. Call 01256 768178 to discuss your bespoke needs.

£205
29 watt Led spot light for lighting track

29w Led spotlight, Satin silver, black or white LED track spots with integral driver. These track lights are perfect for use on an exhibition stand that needs to be bright and keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in the retail and shop outlet environment, the track enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. 29 Watt version: LED track spotlight with integral driver, Comparable performance to 70W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin, 2497 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. Track lighting is designed to provide a method of building a grid or frame work that many lighting fixtures can lock into and be powered from a single 13 amp supply. 3 day supply time

29w Led spotlight, Satin silver, black or white LED track spots with integral driver. These track lights are perfect for use on an exhibition stand that needs to be bright and keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in the retail and shop outlet environment, the track enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. 29 Watt version: LED track spotlight with integral driver, Comparable performance to 70W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin, 2497 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. Track lighting is designed to provide a method of building a grid or frame work that many lighting fixtures can lock into and be powered from a single 13 amp supply. 3 day supply time

£155
Ikon Glass display case

Ikon glass display case, available in two widths. Both stand at 1993mm high x 317mm deep, choose from 735mm wide or 1135mm wide. The very smart addition to the range has sliding locking doors and LED lighting options. The units are supplied ready made, built to order the normal delivery time is 2 weeks but please check with us as this is dependent on production schedules. Please note delivery of glass case needs special preparation by by dedicated vehicle.Please check with us the delivery price offered is kerbside standard, if you have any doubts please call 01256 768178 we are here to help

Ikon glass display case, available in two widths. Both stand at 1993mm high x 317mm deep, choose from 735mm wide or 1135mm wide. The very smart addition to the range has sliding locking doors and LED lighting options. The units are supplied ready made, built to order the normal delivery time is 2 weeks but please check with us as this is dependent on production schedules. Please note delivery of glass case needs special preparation by by dedicated vehicle.Please check with us the delivery price offered is kerbside standard, if you have any doubts please call 01256 768178 we are here to help

£973
Led track flood light in white

Super Bright but still only 37w, LED Display spotlights comparable to HQI 100W. For our single circuit lighting track systems and ceiling grid configurations, Designed for use when brightness is required. Correct Illumination is one of the most important sales aids money can buy, with built in drivers you can expect a lifespan of 50,000 hours. This is perfect for shops, museums modern showrooms where brightness matters. An exhibition stand must Available in Satin silver, black or white finish both LED track spots are fitted with an integral driver. This 37w version is nice and bright to keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in retail and shop outlet too, the track enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. The 37W version has a comparable performance to 100W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 3239 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. 3 days supply time. Dont get left with a dull show, nothing is more important than the right lighting we are always happy to discuss your project and can also offer a full design backed by our manufacturers for large jobs

Super Bright but still only 37w, LED Display spotlights comparable to HQI 100W. For our single circuit lighting track systems and ceiling grid configurations, Designed for use when brightness is required. Correct Illumination is one of the most important sales aids money can buy, with built in drivers you can expect a lifespan of 50,000 hours. This is perfect for shops, museums modern showrooms where brightness matters. An exhibition stand must Available in Satin silver, black or white finish both LED track spots are fitted with an integral driver. This 37w version is nice and bright to keep the number of lighting fixtures down to a minimum. Bright track lights are ideal for use in retail and shop outlet too, the track enables a number of lighting fixtures to be fitted to it in one location and yet the lighting fixtures are aimed in different directions, powered by one socket connection. The 37W version has a comparable performance to 100W HQI, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 40,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 3239 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. 3 days supply time. Dont get left with a dull show, nothing is more important than the right lighting we are always happy to discuss your project and can also offer a full design backed by our manufacturers for large jobs

£165
7 panel folding display board shown set up

Seven panel folding display board, is a flexible hinged system, made from 15mm thick internal board with loop nylon fabric covering in colour of your choice, velcro acceptable. These systems are UK made with warp resistant boards 600 x 900mm or 1000 x 700mm with 250mm x 600/700mm header panel sizes and a grey or black Mdf laminated table top. Choice of grey or black Pvc colour trim. A popular starting point for many who have small presentations and events to promote there products or organisation. We supply these with a free correx carry case as standard, usually dispatched within 48hrs, call to confirm. Approx 11 kilos and 13 kilos respectively in weight. Lights and display item are not included.

Seven panel folding display board, is a flexible hinged system, made from 15mm thick internal board with loop nylon fabric covering in colour of your choice, velcro acceptable. These systems are UK made with warp resistant boards 600 x 900mm or 1000 x 700mm with 250mm x 600/700mm header panel sizes and a grey or black Mdf laminated table top. Choice of grey or black Pvc colour trim. A popular starting point for many who have small presentations and events to promote there products or organisation. We supply these with a free correx carry case as standard, usually dispatched within 48hrs, call to confirm. Approx 11 kilos and 13 kilos respectively in weight. Lights and display item are not included.

£185
G5 Spotlight 5 w LED

This small stylish gantry, stage light has a halogen GU10 bulb 50W as standard, but can be upgraded to and Led 5w bulb. Ideal for high lighting individual sales items that are close up and adding mood lighting. These units come complete with a gel holder. Popular in the exhibition and retail fields for a small effect light, also for the high polished aluminium finish which is quite eye catching. Weight 0.5kgs. Dimensions: 150mm long 90mm diameter height 130mm. Extra available options (please see images below): Barn Doors, LED lamp, 32-35mm gantry clamp, 50mm gantry clamp, 25mm G clamp Daisy plug

This small stylish gantry, stage light has a halogen GU10 bulb 50W as standard, but can be upgraded to and Led 5w bulb. Ideal for high lighting individual sales items that are close up and adding mood lighting. These units come complete with a gel holder. Popular in the exhibition and retail fields for a small effect light, also for the high polished aluminium finish which is quite eye catching. Weight 0.5kgs. Dimensions: 150mm long 90mm diameter height 130mm. Extra available options (please see images below): Barn Doors, LED lamp, 32-35mm gantry clamp, 50mm gantry clamp, 25mm G clamp Daisy plug

£33
White Led Unicity track light

White or Satin Silver or Black Fittings LED track spot with integral drivers, 15w power draw. The 15W is comparable performance to 100W Halogen, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, suppled c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 940 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. This 15w led spotlight has a smooth body, an ideal smart track spotlight for exhibition and retail shop applications. Lighting track is designed to connect together and enable shapes or grids to provide a spread of light across a floor area. Allow a 3 days supply time.

White or Satin Silver or Black Fittings LED track spot with integral drivers, 15w power draw. The 15W is comparable performance to 100W Halogen, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, suppled c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm bulbs of 3000 kelvin, 940 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. This 15w led spotlight has a smooth body, an ideal smart track spotlight for exhibition and retail shop applications. Lighting track is designed to connect together and enable shapes or grids to provide a spread of light across a floor area. Allow a 3 days supply time.

£107
Pop up display stand round tower with graphics

A round tower pop up display stand with quality graphics and lights on a collapsible pop up frame with magnetic bars. Ideal for use and promotions, presentations, events or an exhibition stand with limited floor space. An eye catching vertical display that can have even greater impact if you upgrade top the illuminated version. The standard 3 Quad Specification: Assembled dimensions : 2265mm high x 640mm diameter 2 Quad to 4 Quad heights- 1500-3020mm high Want to know more about a backlit tower pop up display stand? Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

A round tower pop up display stand with quality graphics and lights on a collapsible pop up frame with magnetic bars. Ideal for use and promotions, presentations, events or an exhibition stand with limited floor space. An eye catching vertical display that can have even greater impact if you upgrade top the illuminated version. The standard 3 Quad Specification: Assembled dimensions : 2265mm high x 640mm diameter 2 Quad to 4 Quad heights- 1500-3020mm high Want to know more about a backlit tower pop up display stand? Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£450
Multi height plinth set arrangement

Please select all options shown below to see the price. Multi linked plinths, sets of three. The tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column. Construction: The body of the plinths is made from MDF which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side the fabric of your choice is applied to the front side, the result is a rigid in one direction curtain. Top and bottom of the fabric covered has hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also MDF with thermoformed laminate covering the top and topside edges, thermoformed tops are available in a choice of colours. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether its a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area. Please see the downloadable PDF document below for sizes of graphic wraps, Graphic wraps can be applied to the finished units for a fully branded look, the graphic wraps are available as an option. If you require just a logo panel or two with velcro please have a look at our printing section click here There are three plinth diameters to chose from 400, 600 or 750mm diameter in sets. A choice of colour tops A choice of graphics or Velcro friendly loop nylon coverings in wide colour range Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

Please select all options shown below to see the price. Multi linked plinths, sets of three. The tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column. Construction: The body of the plinths is made from MDF which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side the fabric of your choice is applied to the front side, the result is a rigid in one direction curtain. Top and bottom of the fabric covered has hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also MDF with thermoformed laminate covering the top and topside edges, thermoformed tops are available in a choice of colours. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether its a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area. Please see the downloadable PDF document below for sizes of graphic wraps, Graphic wraps can be applied to the finished units for a fully branded look, the graphic wraps are available as an option. If you require just a logo panel or two with velcro please have a look at our printing section click here There are three plinth diameters to chose from 400, 600 or 750mm diameter in sets. A choice of colour tops A choice of graphics or Velcro friendly loop nylon coverings in wide colour range Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

£310
Formulate fabric display stand

These two pillar style display stands are made from tough, the lightweight formulate aluminium tube is clipped together to give a ridged yet portable structure very quickly. Please see our video, there are many variants of this unique system. This stand comes with a steel base and can be single or double sided printed. 2 size options are given here, Standard height of the formulate displays is 2280mm and widths of 600mm 900mm. Price includes the fabric, zip on sock style graphic. Service time is normally 3-4 days but please check with us when placing an order. For more information call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

These two pillar style display stands are made from tough, the lightweight formulate aluminium tube is clipped together to give a ridged yet portable structure very quickly. Please see our video, there are many variants of this unique system. This stand comes with a steel base and can be single or double sided printed. 2 size options are given here, Standard height of the formulate displays is 2280mm and widths of 600mm 900mm. Price includes the fabric, zip on sock style graphic. Service time is normally 3-4 days but please check with us when placing an order. For more information call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£250
Formulate fabric display stand

These two pillar style display stands are made from tough, the lightweight formulate aluminium tube is clipped together to give a ridged yet portable structure very quickly. Please see our video, there are many variants of this unique system. This stand comes with a steel base and can be single or double sided printed. 2 size options are given here, Standard height of the formulate displays is 2280mm and widths of 600mm 900mm. Price includes the fabric, zip on sock style graphic. Service time is normally 3-4 days but please check with us when placing an order. For more information call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

These two pillar style display stands are made from tough, the lightweight formulate aluminium tube is clipped together to give a ridged yet portable structure very quickly. Please see our video, there are many variants of this unique system. This stand comes with a steel base and can be single or double sided printed. 2 size options are given here, Standard height of the formulate displays is 2280mm and widths of 600mm 900mm. Price includes the fabric, zip on sock style graphic. Service time is normally 3-4 days but please check with us when placing an order. For more information call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£250
Formulate straight fabric display stand

Straight fitted fabric sock display stands. Prices include a carry bag, the formulate frame and a graphic that wont bend, tension fabric. A Freestanding tubular frame work that clips together, with stabilising feet. The system height is 2380mm, 3 standard width models 2.4m, 3m and 6 Metres. Please watch our video on this page to fully understand how this unique but flexible system works. Simply set up the modular frame work and pull the stretch fabric printed sock style graphic over, next draw across the zip to tension the fabric and your done, easy and quick too. The system dimensions for these straight formulate displays are, 2.4m Actual Size: 2350(W) x 2380(H) mm Visible Area: 2280(W) x 2330(H) mm 3m Actual Size: 2950(W) x 2380(H) mm Visible Area: 2910(W) x 2330(H) mm 6m Actual Size: 5950(W) x 2380(H) mm Visible Area: 5895(W) x 2330(H) mm Stabilising Feet 120(W) x 400(L) x6(H) mm Service time is 3-4 days standard but please check with us as our workload changes with the seasons. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Straight fitted fabric sock display stands. Prices include a carry bag, the formulate frame and a graphic that wont bend, tension fabric. A Freestanding tubular frame work that clips together, with stabilising feet. The system height is 2380mm, 3 standard width models 2.4m, 3m and 6 Metres. Please watch our video on this page to fully understand how this unique but flexible system works. Simply set up the modular frame work and pull the stretch fabric printed sock style graphic over, next draw across the zip to tension the fabric and your done, easy and quick too. The system dimensions for these straight formulate displays are, 2.4m Actual Size: 2350(W) x 2380(H) mm Visible Area: 2280(W) x 2330(H) mm 3m Actual Size: 2950(W) x 2380(H) mm Visible Area: 2910(W) x 2330(H) mm 6m Actual Size: 5950(W) x 2380(H) mm Visible Area: 5895(W) x 2330(H) mm Stabilising Feet 120(W) x 400(L) x6(H) mm Service time is 3-4 days standard but please check with us as our workload changes with the seasons. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£435
Portrait clear plastic poster holders for wire cable hanging

Portrait or Landscape please select your choice. Double sided crystal clear acrylic, easy access pockets for our cable and wire systems. Need a quote dont struggle we will work it out for you Call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

Portrait or Landscape please select your choice. Double sided crystal clear acrylic, easy access pockets for our cable and wire systems. Need a quote dont struggle we will work it out for you Call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£4
Curved fabric pop up display stand.

The velcro friendly curved pop up display stand kits are ready for use. A self expanding pop up frame system with magnetic bars makes a fast easy display or room divider in moments the velcro nylon loop fabric panels are bright and ready for your graphics, held in position with hook velcro. Supplied in a transit case, with lighting compartment in the lid. Panels are 673mm x 2225mm high. This wheeled trolly can be fitted with a fabric or graphic wrap to turn it into a podium on your stand, ask about details. 2 Floodlights can be added if required. Supply time approximately 7 days.

The velcro friendly curved pop up display stand kits are ready for use. A self expanding pop up frame system with magnetic bars makes a fast easy display or room divider in moments the velcro nylon loop fabric panels are bright and ready for your graphics, held in position with hook velcro. Supplied in a transit case, with lighting compartment in the lid. Panels are 673mm x 2225mm high. This wheeled trolly can be fitted with a fabric or graphic wrap to turn it into a podium on your stand, ask about details. 2 Floodlights can be added if required. Supply time approximately 7 days.

£650
Stoplight rollable exhibition panels lay flat and easily portable

Rollable exhibition panels and roll up exhibition graphics for easy transportation. Our display graphics are printed and plasticised media to make a durable graphic, allowing a flat presentable display. Easily fitted with self adhesive hook tapes. We suggest that graphics are stored in a protective tube. Stoplight graphics are long lasting and also stop light penetration from the rear, ideal if graphics are placed near to windows or bright lights, bulbs etc. Prices are per linear metre 1 Metre wide. Order Wallcoverings-->

Rollable exhibition panels and roll up exhibition graphics for easy transportation. Our display graphics are printed and plasticised media to make a durable graphic, allowing a flat presentable display. Easily fitted with self adhesive hook tapes. We suggest that graphics are stored in a protective tube. Stoplight graphics are long lasting and also stop light penetration from the rear, ideal if graphics are placed near to windows or bright lights, bulbs etc. Prices are per linear metre 1 Metre wide. Order Wallcoverings-->

£30
Aluminum framed curved exhibition counter with graphic panels and white top.

Folding curved portable display counter ideal for exhibitions, events and trade show applications. The dimension for this counter are 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 1072mm wide. This unit has a mid shelf included. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame and open back. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with a smart aluminium frame. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Carry Bag or Carry case.

Folding curved portable display counter ideal for exhibitions, events and trade show applications. The dimension for this counter are 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 1072mm wide. This unit has a mid shelf included. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame and open back. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with a smart aluminium frame. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Carry Bag or Carry case.

£440
Lighting truss house design

Trio lighting truss System 35 As shown, a spectacular house style design, 3.5m High x 3.5m wide and 5m Long. Lighting truss can be made to fit any size floor area, Not only a very eye catching stand but also provides a perfect over head high level lighting solution.The perfect solution for lighting and promoting your brand with graphics.

Trio lighting truss System 35 As shown, a spectacular house style design, 3.5m High x 3.5m wide and 5m Long. Lighting truss can be made to fit any size floor area, Not only a very eye catching stand but also provides a perfect over head high level lighting solution.The perfect solution for lighting and promoting your brand with graphics.

£2,700
Multi height plinth set arrangement

Please select all options shown below to see the price. Multi linked plinths, sets of three. The tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column. Construction: The body of the plinths is made from MDF which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side the fabric of your choice is applied to the front side, the result is a rigid in one direction curtain. Top and bottom of the fabric covered has hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also MDF with thermoformed laminate covering the top and topside edges, thermoformed tops are available in a choice of colours. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether its a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area. Please see the downloadable PDF document below for sizes of graphic wraps, Graphic wraps can be applied to the finished units for a fully branded look, the graphic wraps are available as an option. If you require just a logo panel or two with velcro please have a look at our printing section click here There are three plinth diameters to chose from 400, 600 or 750mm diameter in sets. A choice of colour tops A choice of graphics or Velcro friendly loop nylon coverings in wide colour range Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

Please select all options shown below to see the price. Multi linked plinths, sets of three. The tallest plinth is completely round and the other two are have crescent sections removed so as they lock into the central supporting column. Construction: The body of the plinths is made from MDF which has been "V" routed into strips on the reverse side the fabric of your choice is applied to the front side, the result is a rigid in one direction curtain. Top and bottom of the fabric covered has hook fastener which is connected to the plinth top and bottom when being assembled. Plinth tops are also MDF with thermoformed laminate covering the top and topside edges, thermoformed tops are available in a choice of colours. Once assembled the exhibition plinth set is very strong depending on the size chosen and whether its a round or crescent unit, but for example you could probably stand on the top of a round plinth. This allows them to be used in a variety of display configurations, to create a shape appropriate to your display area. Please see the downloadable PDF document below for sizes of graphic wraps, Graphic wraps can be applied to the finished units for a fully branded look, the graphic wraps are available as an option. If you require just a logo panel or two with velcro please have a look at our printing section click here There are three plinth diameters to chose from 400, 600 or 750mm diameter in sets. A choice of colour tops A choice of graphics or Velcro friendly loop nylon coverings in wide colour range Heights are: 400mm sets: 1200mm 800mm and 400mm 600mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm 750mm sets are 1000mm 800mm and 600mm. Velcro assembly - quick and easy, carry loads of 40 kilo's without trouble. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

£310
Street sign A0 Double sided on springs with wheeled base.

The Wobbly board is an all weather heavy duty A0 Aboard mounted on a spring frame foot so as it sways in the wind. This pavement A-frame sign requires filling with water or sand, 30 litres in weight advisable. Ideal for the forecourt or shop frontage, has a set of wheels to one side for easy night time storage. A simple solution to constantly changing sales promotions as it has a quick change graphic system. Bring your brand into the view of passers by with a pavement sign board. This unit weighs 25 kilos. The graphic size is 841mm x 1189mm high. We can print graphics for this unit as well, call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs.

The Wobbly board is an all weather heavy duty A0 Aboard mounted on a spring frame foot so as it sways in the wind. This pavement A-frame sign requires filling with water or sand, 30 litres in weight advisable. Ideal for the forecourt or shop frontage, has a set of wheels to one side for easy night time storage. A simple solution to constantly changing sales promotions as it has a quick change graphic system. Bring your brand into the view of passers by with a pavement sign board. This unit weighs 25 kilos. The graphic size is 841mm x 1189mm high. We can print graphics for this unit as well, call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs.

£130
System 35 Trio base / wall plate

Lighting truss, wall or base plate, 6mm thick aluminium with male conicals. Pins and retaining clips also included. Extends the height of a stand by a negligible 6mm. Base plates are required for legs, generally it is not necessary to bolt base plates to the floor on 4 and 6 leg structures which are normally designed to be self supporting. Some structures such as a goal post may require additional support, base plates can then be bolted to large base plates allowing them to be free standing. Please ask for detail or a cad drawing we are happy to help.

Lighting truss, wall or base plate, 6mm thick aluminium with male conicals. Pins and retaining clips also included. Extends the height of a stand by a negligible 6mm. Base plates are required for legs, generally it is not necessary to bolt base plates to the floor on 4 and 6 leg structures which are normally designed to be self supporting. Some structures such as a goal post may require additional support, base plates can then be bolted to large base plates allowing them to be free standing. Please ask for detail or a cad drawing we are happy to help.

£45
Carry bag

This is a range of carry bags created for carrying all sorts of exhibition equipment and kit. Sizes are varied to enable the transportation of counters, plinths, display boards and much more. Strengthened bag options have extra webbing and shoulder straps, as standard. Our image shows CAB116 Basic bags just have carry handles (less webbing)

This is a range of carry bags created for carrying all sorts of exhibition equipment and kit. Sizes are varied to enable the transportation of counters, plinths, display boards and much more. Strengthened bag options have extra webbing and shoulder straps, as standard. Our image shows CAB116 Basic bags just have carry handles (less webbing)

£49
LED Floodlights 50W 100W 150W & 200W

This magnificent 4 power level range of Slimline LED Floodlights are really important for any show. There is nothing more important than a correctly lit exhibition stand. You can not over light a stand but if you don't have enough lighting and your stand is even slightly gloomy it will be a disappointment for your sales and your visitors. LED lights like this are very affordable and very importantly they won't cook your head during the show because they are so much more efficient as lights rather than heaters an immense step forward from halogen and tungsten. Led lighting fixtures have a much reduce power consumption for light output so your power cost at exhibition venue should be lower too. Available in 50W-200W, have a lumen output of up to 16000lm and all come with a 3 year guarantee. IP 65 For outdoor use 6500K Colour (Daylight) Full specification of sizes on PDF. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! Please call and speak to a lighting specialist 01256 768178.

This magnificent 4 power level range of Slimline LED Floodlights are really important for any show. There is nothing more important than a correctly lit exhibition stand. You can not over light a stand but if you don't have enough lighting and your stand is even slightly gloomy it will be a disappointment for your sales and your visitors. LED lights like this are very affordable and very importantly they won't cook your head during the show because they are so much more efficient as lights rather than heaters an immense step forward from halogen and tungsten. Led lighting fixtures have a much reduce power consumption for light output so your power cost at exhibition venue should be lower too. Available in 50W-200W, have a lumen output of up to 16000lm and all come with a 3 year guarantee. IP 65 For outdoor use 6500K Colour (Daylight) Full specification of sizes on PDF. Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! Please call and speak to a lighting specialist 01256 768178.

£32
Marquee Tent for Shows and Fetes 3x4.5 Metres

There’s plenty of room to shelter from the sun or rain underneath the Zoom marquee tent. A printed branded tent or gazebo really stands out from the crowd at external events such as fete's and fairs. An eye catching design can really bring in the crowds to see your products or get information on your organisation. Options include Polyester canopy available in 4 colours White, Red, Blue and Black 420 denier polyester PU coated Side walls in matching colours Half height side walls with rails Digitally printed canopy Media 225gsm Display polyester Digitally printed side walls with your branding Quick and easy to assemble, canopy offers plenty of shade Wind, UV and water resistant Our event tents are available in a range of sizes this example is 3x4.5 meters square. Remember those base weights the UK can suffer from wind as well as rain. For info on design of your promotional tent and supply times call us on 01256 768178.

There’s plenty of room to shelter from the sun or rain underneath the Zoom marquee tent. A printed branded tent or gazebo really stands out from the crowd at external events such as fete's and fairs. An eye catching design can really bring in the crowds to see your products or get information on your organisation. Options include Polyester canopy available in 4 colours White, Red, Blue and Black 420 denier polyester PU coated Side walls in matching colours Half height side walls with rails Digitally printed canopy Media 225gsm Display polyester Digitally printed side walls with your branding Quick and easy to assemble, canopy offers plenty of shade Wind, UV and water resistant Our event tents are available in a range of sizes this example is 3x4.5 meters square. Remember those base weights the UK can suffer from wind as well as rain. For info on design of your promotional tent and supply times call us on 01256 768178.

£350
Ipad counter holder in black finish.

The iPad multi display range allows the iPad to be connected to a power supply, being fitted to a counter unit, work surface or table top. It is perfect at events where longer use may be required for permanent display within retail, showroom and visitor centre environments, all products within the range boast a cable management system and comes supplied with a power lead for immediate use. Designed for use with iPad 2,3,4,ipad Air 1 and 2. Contemporary styling with robust steel holder. Available in textured black or white finish Attractive high gloss facia Discreet management to point of exit of USB charging cable, adaptor and power lead Integral chrome push button security lock with two keys supplied Home button recess allows perfect balance between iPad access and security Comprehensive range of holder apertures for extensive iPad functionality Holder provides 360° swivel Holder tilts 90° UK 3 pin plug 1 year guarantee The dimensions of this unit are, Portrait: 206(w) x 95(d) x 322mm(h) and Landscape: 294(w) x 95(d) x 277mm(h) with a weight of 2.1 kgs. Single iPad Counter/PostTop mounting kit c/w fixing screw set. Enclosure finished in textured matt and high gloss acrylic fascia as standard with 3m power lead, iPad Holder supplied in black as standard, white as an option.

The iPad multi display range allows the iPad to be connected to a power supply, being fitted to a counter unit, work surface or table top. It is perfect at events where longer use may be required for permanent display within retail, showroom and visitor centre environments, all products within the range boast a cable management system and comes supplied with a power lead for immediate use. Designed for use with iPad 2,3,4,ipad Air 1 and 2. Contemporary styling with robust steel holder. Available in textured black or white finish Attractive high gloss facia Discreet management to point of exit of USB charging cable, adaptor and power lead Integral chrome push button security lock with two keys supplied Home button recess allows perfect balance between iPad access and security Comprehensive range of holder apertures for extensive iPad functionality Holder provides 360° swivel Holder tilts 90° UK 3 pin plug 1 year guarantee The dimensions of this unit are, Portrait: 206(w) x 95(d) x 322mm(h) and Landscape: 294(w) x 95(d) x 277mm(h) with a weight of 2.1 kgs. Single iPad Counter/PostTop mounting kit c/w fixing screw set. Enclosure finished in textured matt and high gloss acrylic fascia as standard with 3m power lead, iPad Holder supplied in black as standard, white as an option.

£90
S35 Trio Lighting Truss 90° 2 Way

There are several types of 2 way corner for our lighting truss. The triangular structure of the system as rotated 180° turns the triangle into apex up or down. Please be careful when ordering, feel free to call for assistance. You can also design your own display stand using our user friendly modeling program. This particular corner is useful to create an aerial or flying rig (ceiling mounted) for lighting and hanging banners. 2 Way 90 degree truss junction S35C21. Supplied with a set of conicals pins and clips. Dimensions 500mm x 500mmm x 184mm high.

There are several types of 2 way corner for our lighting truss. The triangular structure of the system as rotated 180° turns the triangle into apex up or down. Please be careful when ordering, feel free to call for assistance. You can also design your own display stand using our user friendly modeling program. This particular corner is useful to create an aerial or flying rig (ceiling mounted) for lighting and hanging banners. 2 Way 90 degree truss junction S35C21. Supplied with a set of conicals pins and clips. Dimensions 500mm x 500mmm x 184mm high.

£104
S35 Trio Lighting truss 120° 2Way

A clever angular 2 Way 120° junction, S35TC22. We have a range of junctions with set angles so as hexagon and octagon shaped trussing designs can be achieved very simply indeed. With the use of a few specialist junctions you can create a one off structure, be it a floor standing truss system or an aerial lighting rig. The dimensions are 500x500x194mm high. A set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips are supplied.

A clever angular 2 Way 120° junction, S35TC22. We have a range of junctions with set angles so as hexagon and octagon shaped trussing designs can be achieved very simply indeed. With the use of a few specialist junctions you can create a one off structure, be it a floor standing truss system or an aerial lighting rig. The dimensions are 500x500x194mm high. A set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips are supplied.

£110
S35 Trio Lighting truss 135° 2Way

A rather special angular 2 Way 135° junction, S35TC23. We have a range of junctions with standard angles so as hexagon and octagon shaped trussing designs can be achieved quickly and simply. With these specialist junctions you can create a one off structure. Popular for uses in both floor standing truss system and aerial lighting rig. The dimensions are 500mm x 500mm x 184mm high. A set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips are supplied.

A rather special angular 2 Way 135° junction, S35TC23. We have a range of junctions with standard angles so as hexagon and octagon shaped trussing designs can be achieved quickly and simply. With these specialist junctions you can create a one off structure. Popular for uses in both floor standing truss system and aerial lighting rig. The dimensions are 500mm x 500mm x 184mm high. A set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips are supplied.

£110
S35 Trio lighting truss 90° Corner

If you are looking for a little difference in your lighting truss system go for an apex up or out structure. We have a range of junctions to achieve this. This is the 2 Way 90° apex out junction, S35TC24. We use this junction on an up and over arm or on a structure such as a goal post design. They frame a n apex banner very well. Complete with conicals, pins and clips, dimensions 500mm x 500mm.

If you are looking for a little difference in your lighting truss system go for an apex up or out structure. We have a range of junctions to achieve this. This is the 2 Way 90° apex out junction, S35TC24. We use this junction on an up and over arm or on a structure such as a goal post design. They frame a n apex banner very well. Complete with conicals, pins and clips, dimensions 500mm x 500mm.

£104
13w Led light with a chrome finish on a hasp

ThE GL100 is a stylish exhibition and display light unit, IT measures 260mm long, can be fitted with halogen or LED lamp the 9W LED lamps with 30 degree angle, the long hood will reduce this down to approx 20 degrees. A 9w Led bulb now supplies the same light output as the traditional 100 Watt Halogen bulb. Use of these lights adds show atmosphere and provides a balanced light. When comparing halogen to LED it should be noted that a halogen lamp life is normally expected to be 2500 hours which sounds allot and is a substantial improvement from the tungsten lamps, however an LED lamp should be ok for 30,000 hours, thats 12 times extra life span. Considering the lamps also offer a power saving up to 90% the extra investment is money very well spent. Exhibition staff and visitors will appreciate a reduction of heat burning down at trade shows from lighting, it has always been a tiring burden but no more! This stage light, comes with a 100 watt halogen flood bulb or 9w LED please select option below. Very theatrical styling particularly with the barn doors which are mainly for show, very poplular on exhibition gantry and truss systems. (barn doors + £15 see image below). This unit comes with a short mains lead of 250mm, a daisy plug option is available and this is perfect for use with our exhibition lighting truss systems, the units can be positioned on the truss before the stand is hoisted or mounted on its legs the daisy plug and play lighting system will allow multiple lights on one cable run, it is important not to overload a circuit but, with the use of LED lamps its hard to go wrong. The halogen light has a white output, the led colour output is similar, a cost effective unit to run at the exhibition halls. Various clamp options offered. A popular light for gantry and truss systems. Weight 1kg. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178**

ThE GL100 is a stylish exhibition and display light unit, IT measures 260mm long, can be fitted with halogen or LED lamp the 9W LED lamps with 30 degree angle, the long hood will reduce this down to approx 20 degrees. A 9w Led bulb now supplies the same light output as the traditional 100 Watt Halogen bulb. Use of these lights adds show atmosphere and provides a balanced light. When comparing halogen to LED it should be noted that a halogen lamp life is normally expected to be 2500 hours which sounds allot and is a substantial improvement from the tungsten lamps, however an LED lamp should be ok for 30,000 hours, thats 12 times extra life span. Considering the lamps also offer a power saving up to 90% the extra investment is money very well spent. Exhibition staff and visitors will appreciate a reduction of heat burning down at trade shows from lighting, it has always been a tiring burden but no more! This stage light, comes with a 100 watt halogen flood bulb or 9w LED please select option below. Very theatrical styling particularly with the barn doors which are mainly for show, very poplular on exhibition gantry and truss systems. (barn doors + £15 see image below). This unit comes with a short mains lead of 250mm, a daisy plug option is available and this is perfect for use with our exhibition lighting truss systems, the units can be positioned on the truss before the stand is hoisted or mounted on its legs the daisy plug and play lighting system will allow multiple lights on one cable run, it is important not to overload a circuit but, with the use of LED lamps its hard to go wrong. The halogen light has a white output, the led colour output is similar, a cost effective unit to run at the exhibition halls. Various clamp options offered. A popular light for gantry and truss systems. Weight 1kg. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178**

£60
S35 Trio lighting truss 90° Corner apex in

This is by far the most popular 2 way 90° Corner, apex in S35TC25 used to create structures such as portals, goal post designs and up and over arms to frame large branded banners as we show in some of our sample truss designs. Again supplied with a set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips. Dimensions 500mm x 500mm. We can help with your design, call Coker Expo 01256 768178 or buy on line, this item is fast delivery.

This is by far the most popular 2 way 90° Corner, apex in S35TC25 used to create structures such as portals, goal post designs and up and over arms to frame large branded banners as we show in some of our sample truss designs. Again supplied with a set of solid aluminium conicals, pins and clips. Dimensions 500mm x 500mm. We can help with your design, call Coker Expo 01256 768178 or buy on line, this item is fast delivery.

£104
CDC106 Folding Corner Counter

Coker Expo offer this Folding corner counter. The unit can be used as a stand alone corner unit but is primarily for use with straight exhibition counters in the range to form a stylish and practical end. Dimensions are: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 515mm wide. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with aluminium frame. You can add your own graphics and bring personaliszed company and product branding to all these aluminium framed counter units. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Carry Bag or Carry case. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Coker Expo offer this Folding corner counter. The unit can be used as a stand alone corner unit but is primarily for use with straight exhibition counters in the range to form a stylish and practical end. Dimensions are: 1050mm high x 515mm deep and 515mm wide. Panels are white foam PVC with a folding aluminium frame. The top is locked into position and is made from powder coated steel with aluminium frame. You can add your own graphics and bring personaliszed company and product branding to all these aluminium framed counter units. Optional Extras: Graphic panels, Carry Bag or Carry case. For more info call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£250
White Led flood light on a hasp - 20 watt

LED Floodlight 20W Light output similar to 100 Watts halogen but a life expectancy of 30,000 hours compared to 2,500 hours. This is the latest in LED technology LED's before have tended to be focused light giving a spot light type result and a confusing light output, this unit has a multiple LED cluster and because of that it is a true directional floodlight. 20W power draw is really astonishing when the light given out can be seen, you are welcome to see this light at our showroom in Hook, Hampshire. For the price it's a giant leap forward in display lighting. The unit itself has a very smart white case and a glass finish front it has a short lead without a plug but we can fit a daisy lead plug as an optional extra. This light can be fitted directly to gantry with optional clamps, alternatively the unit can be screwed straight to a wall, the light can swivel on one screw or gantry clamp and the main light swings on its own U shaped bracket.The unit has an exceptionally long life a two year guarantee and an outdoor IP rating. 20W LED flood light, white case, glass fronted 1300 Lumen output! 5000K Cool White 50,000 Hours life expectancy 2 Year guarantee IP65 Outdoor rating. 50cm Cable length 145Long x 148Wide x 35 High Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! For more information call 01256 768178

LED Floodlight 20W Light output similar to 100 Watts halogen but a life expectancy of 30,000 hours compared to 2,500 hours. This is the latest in LED technology LED's before have tended to be focused light giving a spot light type result and a confusing light output, this unit has a multiple LED cluster and because of that it is a true directional floodlight. 20W power draw is really astonishing when the light given out can be seen, you are welcome to see this light at our showroom in Hook, Hampshire. For the price it's a giant leap forward in display lighting. The unit itself has a very smart white case and a glass finish front it has a short lead without a plug but we can fit a daisy lead plug as an optional extra. This light can be fitted directly to gantry with optional clamps, alternatively the unit can be screwed straight to a wall, the light can swivel on one screw or gantry clamp and the main light swings on its own U shaped bracket.The unit has an exceptionally long life a two year guarantee and an outdoor IP rating. 20W LED flood light, white case, glass fronted 1300 Lumen output! 5000K Cool White 50,000 Hours life expectancy 2 Year guarantee IP65 Outdoor rating. 50cm Cable length 145Long x 148Wide x 35 High Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! For more information call 01256 768178

£28
Formulate curved fabric display stand

3 Metre and 6.1 Metre wide models. Formulate Curved Fabric Display stand. Freestanding height is 2280mm - 2 width stands to chose from 3.0M and 6.1 Metre Single and double sided options. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand this unique formulate fabric display system. The frame is made from aluminium alloy poles that clip together in moments to assemble the structure. Once assembled it's easy to position the display and then apply the tailored graphic which slips over the display stand like a sock and then zips together along one edge. Service time is normally 5 days from receipt of your graphic file For more information please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

3 Metre and 6.1 Metre wide models. Formulate Curved Fabric Display stand. Freestanding height is 2280mm - 2 width stands to chose from 3.0M and 6.1 Metre Single and double sided options. Please watch the video on this page to fully understand this unique formulate fabric display system. The frame is made from aluminium alloy poles that clip together in moments to assemble the structure. Once assembled it's easy to position the display and then apply the tailored graphic which slips over the display stand like a sock and then zips together along one edge. Service time is normally 5 days from receipt of your graphic file For more information please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£467
A free standing flexible display wall that can free form to create curves

This image shows two stealth banner stands and a flexilink graphic panel between the two stealth banner stands. If you are looking to create a freeform presentation display wall or back drop then the stealth banner system should be considered. A portable banner system that can form arounds corners and assume some interesting freeform designs allowing your display to stand out from the crowd. • Each stand can be joined together to form a continuous display, standard unit is 800mm wide • Flexible 600mm wide panel can be fitted between stands • LCD Screen option. Max 5 Kilos. • Complete with carry bag • Accepts Versatile banner light • Can be a single or double sided display. The flexible link can aid you to fit into a smaller exhibition booth or floor area but also bring a little difference to your presentation compared to other exhibitors stands.

This image shows two stealth banner stands and a flexilink graphic panel between the two stealth banner stands. If you are looking to create a freeform presentation display wall or back drop then the stealth banner system should be considered. A portable banner system that can form arounds corners and assume some interesting freeform designs allowing your display to stand out from the crowd. • Each stand can be joined together to form a continuous display, standard unit is 800mm wide • Flexible 600mm wide panel can be fitted between stands • LCD Screen option. Max 5 Kilos. • Complete with carry bag • Accepts Versatile banner light • Can be a single or double sided display. The flexible link can aid you to fit into a smaller exhibition booth or floor area but also bring a little difference to your presentation compared to other exhibitors stands.

£185
White Led flood light on a hasp - 20 watt

LED Floodlight 20W Light output similar to 100 Watts halogen but a life expectancy of 30,000 hours compared to 2,500 hours. This is the latest in LED technology LED's before have tended to be focused light giving a spot light type result and a confusing light output, this unit has a multiple LED cluster and because of that it is a true directional floodlight. 20W power draw is really astonishing when the light given out can be seen, you are welcome to see this light at our showroom in Hook, Hampshire. For the price it's a giant leap forward in display lighting. The unit itself has a very smart white case and a glass finish front it has a short lead without a plug but we can fit a daisy lead plug as an optional extra. This light can be fitted directly to gantry with optional clamps, alternatively the unit can be screwed straight to a wall, the light can swivel on one screw or gantry clamp and the main light swings on its own U shaped bracket.The unit has an exceptionally long life a two year guarantee and an outdoor IP rating. 20W LED flood light, white case, glass fronted 1300 Lumen output! 5000K Cool White 50,000 Hours life expectancy 2 Year guarantee IP65 Outdoor rating. 50cm Cable length 145Long x 148Wide x 35 High Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! For more information call 01256 768178

LED Floodlight 20W Light output similar to 100 Watts halogen but a life expectancy of 30,000 hours compared to 2,500 hours. This is the latest in LED technology LED's before have tended to be focused light giving a spot light type result and a confusing light output, this unit has a multiple LED cluster and because of that it is a true directional floodlight. 20W power draw is really astonishing when the light given out can be seen, you are welcome to see this light at our showroom in Hook, Hampshire. For the price it's a giant leap forward in display lighting. The unit itself has a very smart white case and a glass finish front it has a short lead without a plug but we can fit a daisy lead plug as an optional extra. This light can be fitted directly to gantry with optional clamps, alternatively the unit can be screwed straight to a wall, the light can swivel on one screw or gantry clamp and the main light swings on its own U shaped bracket.The unit has an exceptionally long life a two year guarantee and an outdoor IP rating. 20W LED flood light, white case, glass fronted 1300 Lumen output! 5000K Cool White 50,000 Hours life expectancy 2 Year guarantee IP65 Outdoor rating. 50cm Cable length 145Long x 148Wide x 35 High Outdoor connectors are not available on the website! For more information call 01256 768178

£28
Folding plinth brushed aluminium

Brushed aluminium fold flat display plinth - 400mm square top Various heights The folding column is 380mm square A very quick to assembly fold flat aluminium exhibition display plinth in brushed aluminium panels with 400mm square top. These plinth units are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panels. The flexible hinge allows the units to fold flat before and after use for easy storage and transport. The body unit simply folds around the top and bottom plates so is assembled in seconds. Also enables a handy storage facility at the smaller show where floor space is a premium. The unit dimensions are 380mm square column with heights of 700mm to 1200mm the top is 400mm x 400mm. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops are also possible. Fully branded models also on offer in the range. Takes Vinyl graphic logos and text. Look around at events and trade shows, graphic and plain white plinths are very popular for product display. Note, the 1200mm high display plinth comes with one storage shelf as standard. Tested to carry a weight load of 30 kilos. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen Feel free to call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178.

Brushed aluminium fold flat display plinth - 400mm square top Various heights The folding column is 380mm square A very quick to assembly fold flat aluminium exhibition display plinth in brushed aluminium panels with 400mm square top. These plinth units are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panels. The flexible hinge allows the units to fold flat before and after use for easy storage and transport. The body unit simply folds around the top and bottom plates so is assembled in seconds. Also enables a handy storage facility at the smaller show where floor space is a premium. The unit dimensions are 380mm square column with heights of 700mm to 1200mm the top is 400mm x 400mm. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops are also possible. Fully branded models also on offer in the range. Takes Vinyl graphic logos and text. Look around at events and trade shows, graphic and plain white plinths are very popular for product display. Note, the 1200mm high display plinth comes with one storage shelf as standard. Tested to carry a weight load of 30 kilos. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen Feel free to call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178.

£165
An 8 panel folding display stand in blue and grey colours

8 panel folding display stand, is a flexible hinged system, made from 15mm thick internal board warp resistant with loop nylon fabric covering in a wide choice of colours all velcro acceptable. There is a choice of grey or black trim and the boards are reversible allowing a different fabric colour choice for each side if you wish. Popular for use at small events and exhibition needs or a school or office display or presentation need. Board sizes are 600 x 900mm or 1000x 700mm board sizes with 250mm x 600/700mm header panel sizes. We supply these with a free correx carry case as standard. A very popular display stand for the small display and presentation requirement due ti its ease of set up and compact size when packed down. Approx 12 kilos and 15 kilos respectively. How do I set up my Eight panel folding display stand? The panels are connected in runs of 4, take ever thing out of the box, find the row of boards which do not have the small connectors standing out of the pvc trim. These are the bottom row of your folding panel stand, place them on the floor. Now take the second row of hinged panels with the connectors hover them over the top of the lower set of boards and with the palm of your hand bump them down, the little connects will pop and grab the lower set of panels, now do the same with the header panels. Call for supply times 01256 768178

8 panel folding display stand, is a flexible hinged system, made from 15mm thick internal board warp resistant with loop nylon fabric covering in a wide choice of colours all velcro acceptable. There is a choice of grey or black trim and the boards are reversible allowing a different fabric colour choice for each side if you wish. Popular for use at small events and exhibition needs or a school or office display or presentation need. Board sizes are 600 x 900mm or 1000x 700mm board sizes with 250mm x 600/700mm header panel sizes. We supply these with a free correx carry case as standard. A very popular display stand for the small display and presentation requirement due ti its ease of set up and compact size when packed down. Approx 12 kilos and 15 kilos respectively. How do I set up my Eight panel folding display stand? The panels are connected in runs of 4, take ever thing out of the box, find the row of boards which do not have the small connectors standing out of the pvc trim. These are the bottom row of your folding panel stand, place them on the floor. Now take the second row of hinged panels with the connectors hover them over the top of the lower set of boards and with the palm of your hand bump them down, the little connects will pop and grab the lower set of panels, now do the same with the header panels. Call for supply times 01256 768178

£185
Fun shape notice boards for schools, fish, tree, butterfly, owl, rabbit and tortoise.

These fun notice boards are perfect for schools inside or outside also in playgrounds, amusement parks and campsites. A range of 30mm deep cases and a range of bright colours ideal for a nursery school. We offer three different sizes from 2 x A4 to 6 x A4 Tamper proof lockable wall mounting and post mountable display cases. Each case is supplied with 1 magnet per A4 display, the shape is plasma cut 2mm steel powder coated and ready for display. The tree design comes in two styles one model for wall mounting and one with a 93x93mm wooden post and a base socket plate, a choice of colours on the animal cases. The tree is Green RAL 6018 and Brown RAL 8004 The height of the tree is H2160 x W1230mm The dimension of the tree notice board are H750 x W750mm Compact HPL, fixed to wooden post, mounted to galvanised base plate. Delivery: these units are made to order approx 3 weeks, + a bit longer during summer holiday periods.

These fun notice boards are perfect for schools inside or outside also in playgrounds, amusement parks and campsites. A range of 30mm deep cases and a range of bright colours ideal for a nursery school. We offer three different sizes from 2 x A4 to 6 x A4 Tamper proof lockable wall mounting and post mountable display cases. Each case is supplied with 1 magnet per A4 display, the shape is plasma cut 2mm steel powder coated and ready for display. The tree design comes in two styles one model for wall mounting and one with a 93x93mm wooden post and a base socket plate, a choice of colours on the animal cases. The tree is Green RAL 6018 and Brown RAL 8004 The height of the tree is H2160 x W1230mm The dimension of the tree notice board are H750 x W750mm Compact HPL, fixed to wooden post, mounted to galvanised base plate. Delivery: these units are made to order approx 3 weeks, + a bit longer during summer holiday periods.

£231
Gantry lighting truss

System 35 Trio lighting truss. This build is for a floor area of 3.0m x 3.0m. The light gantry/truss shown has the following dimensions, 3.0x 3.0 x 2.5m high. A clever central box allows 1.5m radius arcs to be fitted to it via bolt on half conicals creating curving legs. This structure can be altered to other floor areas and heights by quotation.

System 35 Trio lighting truss. This build is for a floor area of 3.0m x 3.0m. The light gantry/truss shown has the following dimensions, 3.0x 3.0 x 2.5m high. A clever central box allows 1.5m radius arcs to be fitted to it via bolt on half conicals creating curving legs. This structure can be altered to other floor areas and heights by quotation.

£2,200
Gantry lighting truss

System 35 Trio lighting truss. This build is for a floor area of 3.0m x 3.0m. The light gantry/truss shown has the following dimensions, 3.0x 3.0 x 2.5m high. A clever central box allows 1.5m radius arcs to be fitted to it via bolt on half conicals creating curving legs. This structure can be altered to other floor areas and heights by quotation.

System 35 Trio lighting truss. This build is for a floor area of 3.0m x 3.0m. The light gantry/truss shown has the following dimensions, 3.0x 3.0 x 2.5m high. A clever central box allows 1.5m radius arcs to be fitted to it via bolt on half conicals creating curving legs. This structure can be altered to other floor areas and heights by quotation.

£2,200
Lighting gantry systems

A basic perimeter in System 35 Trio aluminium truss structure to dims of 6mm x 6m x 2.5mm high. This Aluminium structure is for a 6m sq floor area, ideal for events and exhibitions such as the bike show, to carry lights and graphics banners. The trussing uses a 35mm diameter tube, set up and break down are made easy thanks to the spigot and pin connection system used of this display system. Need a different floor area, just drop out a truss beam or two and create a smaller floor area, need to enlarge it, just buy an additional piece of truss, easy. Need a quote call 01256 768178.

A basic perimeter in System 35 Trio aluminium truss structure to dims of 6mm x 6m x 2.5mm high. This Aluminium structure is for a 6m sq floor area, ideal for events and exhibitions such as the bike show, to carry lights and graphics banners. The trussing uses a 35mm diameter tube, set up and break down are made easy thanks to the spigot and pin connection system used of this display system. Need a different floor area, just drop out a truss beam or two and create a smaller floor area, need to enlarge it, just buy an additional piece of truss, easy. Need a quote call 01256 768178.

£2,914
25mm diameter stand off range of finishes, chrome, gold, satin.

Trade prices box quantities, 3 body or barrel heights available to cater for all display and sign needs. These 25mm Diameter Stand offs for sign fixings require a 10mm hole in the display panel or board being used. Bulk box quantities vary with size of stand-off. Pictures shown are illustrative only. Sizes are given as stand off diameter followed by distance from the wall to the back of the display or sign. The finishes are chrome, gold and satin chrome.

Trade prices box quantities, 3 body or barrel heights available to cater for all display and sign needs. These 25mm Diameter Stand offs for sign fixings require a 10mm hole in the display panel or board being used. Bulk box quantities vary with size of stand-off. Pictures shown are illustrative only. Sizes are given as stand off diameter followed by distance from the wall to the back of the display or sign. The finishes are chrome, gold and satin chrome.

£175
10 panel display board on poles and bases

Ten panel and pole freestanding display stand comprising of 600 x 900mm at 21kgs or 1000 x 700mm jumbo panels at 31 kgs in weight. Choice or black or grey Pvc trim, the trims width is 15mm all round. Panel are covered in loop nylon fabric with a huge range of colours to choose from. Graphics or posters be be fixed to the display boards with hook fastener. A freestanding panel and pole modular display stand with channel feet, panels can be used in portrait or landscape orientation. The system can be used in various shapes with the flexibility to use some or all of the panels as required, making them very suitable for the exhibition and presentation needs. Please select colours from the swatch in the drop down menu below. Expect 1 week supply time, quicker for the popular blue/grey colour combination.

Ten panel and pole freestanding display stand comprising of 600 x 900mm at 21kgs or 1000 x 700mm jumbo panels at 31 kgs in weight. Choice or black or grey Pvc trim, the trims width is 15mm all round. Panel are covered in loop nylon fabric with a huge range of colours to choose from. Graphics or posters be be fixed to the display boards with hook fastener. A freestanding panel and pole modular display stand with channel feet, panels can be used in portrait or landscape orientation. The system can be used in various shapes with the flexibility to use some or all of the panels as required, making them very suitable for the exhibition and presentation needs. Please select colours from the swatch in the drop down menu below. Expect 1 week supply time, quicker for the popular blue/grey colour combination.

£325
A pegasus banner stand with pvc banner graphic

Pegasus banner stand is usable as either a single or double sided, indoor or outdoor portable display stand. If Used outdoors this unit must be secured well or placed against a wall, the wind forces must always be considered. Expect a display as this to take about 5 minutes to assemble, instructions are include and a video on the pegasus showing its components is below. This back drop banner stand is suited to short term events as a back drop or dividing screen and caters for those that need a large graphic back drop on a budget. The pegasus banner stand is suitable for PVC or canvas banner graphics, by quotation. Telescopic poles allow for adaptability enabling variable height and width adjustment, 900 - 2345mm high and 1330 - 2410mm wide. The lightweight aluminium components means this display system is only 6.8 Kilos. (Graphics shown are 1300mm x 1800mm on Pvc high res output) £170 other custom sizes and double sided pegasus banners by quotation 01256 768178.

Pegasus banner stand is usable as either a single or double sided, indoor or outdoor portable display stand. If Used outdoors this unit must be secured well or placed against a wall, the wind forces must always be considered. Expect a display as this to take about 5 minutes to assemble, instructions are include and a video on the pegasus showing its components is below. This back drop banner stand is suited to short term events as a back drop or dividing screen and caters for those that need a large graphic back drop on a budget. The pegasus banner stand is suitable for PVC or canvas banner graphics, by quotation. Telescopic poles allow for adaptability enabling variable height and width adjustment, 900 - 2345mm high and 1330 - 2410mm wide. The lightweight aluminium components means this display system is only 6.8 Kilos. (Graphics shown are 1300mm x 1800mm on Pvc high res output) £170 other custom sizes and double sided pegasus banners by quotation 01256 768178.

£95
fabric graphic with PVC push in edges

Soft stretch Front and Back lit Fabric banners with beaded edges for easy fitting to aluminium display frames. We print high quality soft stretch fabric graphic banners for use with back lit display frames, light boxes and display stands for events and exhibition displays. These soft stretch fabric banners can easily be fitted by the customer into the channel in the aluminium frame profile. Call for quote if you require custom sizes 01256 768178.

Soft stretch Front and Back lit Fabric banners with beaded edges for easy fitting to aluminium display frames. We print high quality soft stretch fabric graphic banners for use with back lit display frames, light boxes and display stands for events and exhibition displays. These soft stretch fabric banners can easily be fitted by the customer into the channel in the aluminium frame profile. Call for quote if you require custom sizes 01256 768178.

£125
A pegasus banner stand with pvc banner graphic

Pegasus banner stand is usable as either a single or double sided, indoor or outdoor portable display stand. If Used outdoors this unit must be secured well or placed against a wall, the wind forces must always be considered. Expect a display as this to take about 5 minutes to assemble, instructions are include and a video on the pegasus showing its components is below. This back drop banner stand is suited to short term events as a back drop or dividing screen and caters for those that need a large graphic back drop on a budget. The pegasus banner stand is suitable for PVC or canvas banner graphics, by quotation. Telescopic poles allow for adaptability enabling variable height and width adjustment, 900 - 2345mm high and 1330 - 2410mm wide. The lightweight aluminium components means this display system is only 6.8 Kilos. (Graphics shown are 1300mm x 1800mm on Pvc high res output) £170 other custom sizes and double sided pegasus banners by quotation 01256 768178.

Pegasus banner stand is usable as either a single or double sided, indoor or outdoor portable display stand. If Used outdoors this unit must be secured well or placed against a wall, the wind forces must always be considered. Expect a display as this to take about 5 minutes to assemble, instructions are include and a video on the pegasus showing its components is below. This back drop banner stand is suited to short term events as a back drop or dividing screen and caters for those that need a large graphic back drop on a budget. The pegasus banner stand is suitable for PVC or canvas banner graphics, by quotation. Telescopic poles allow for adaptability enabling variable height and width adjustment, 900 - 2345mm high and 1330 - 2410mm wide. The lightweight aluminium components means this display system is only 6.8 Kilos. (Graphics shown are 1300mm x 1800mm on Pvc high res output) £170 other custom sizes and double sided pegasus banners by quotation 01256 768178.

£95
Fun shape notice boards for schools, fish, tree, butterfly, owl, rabbit and tortoise.

These fun notice boards are perfect for schools inside or outside also in playgrounds, amusement parks and campsites. A range of 30mm deep cases and a range of bright colours ideal for a nursery school. We offer three different sizes from 2 x A4 to 6 x A4 Tamper proof lockable wall mounting and post mountable display cases. Each case is supplied with 1 magnet per A4 display, the shape is plasma cut 2mm steel powder coated and ready for display. The tree design comes in two styles one model for wall mounting and one with a 93x93mm wooden post and a base socket plate, a choice of colours on the animal cases. The tree is Green RAL 6018 and Brown RAL 8004 The height of the tree is H2160 x W1230mm The dimension of the tree notice board are H750 x W750mm Compact HPL, fixed to wooden post, mounted to galvanised base plate. Delivery: these units are made to order approx 3 weeks, + a bit longer during summer holiday periods.

These fun notice boards are perfect for schools inside or outside also in playgrounds, amusement parks and campsites. A range of 30mm deep cases and a range of bright colours ideal for a nursery school. We offer three different sizes from 2 x A4 to 6 x A4 Tamper proof lockable wall mounting and post mountable display cases. Each case is supplied with 1 magnet per A4 display, the shape is plasma cut 2mm steel powder coated and ready for display. The tree design comes in two styles one model for wall mounting and one with a 93x93mm wooden post and a base socket plate, a choice of colours on the animal cases. The tree is Green RAL 6018 and Brown RAL 8004 The height of the tree is H2160 x W1230mm The dimension of the tree notice board are H750 x W750mm Compact HPL, fixed to wooden post, mounted to galvanised base plate. Delivery: these units are made to order approx 3 weeks, + a bit longer during summer holiday periods.

£231
Motorised display turntable for 200kg loads

Mains powered turntable without power rings (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW2000 motorised display turntable will carry a flat concentric load of 200 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm. Please see options below for drive motor types. These units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height. Manufactured to the highest standards and built to last, weighing 17 kilos. 240 volts Drive motor draws 15.5W. If you need advice on the application you have for a motorised display turntable please do feel free to call and discuss 01256 768178.

Mains powered turntable without power rings (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW2000 motorised display turntable will carry a flat concentric load of 200 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm. Please see options below for drive motor types. These units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height. Manufactured to the highest standards and built to last, weighing 17 kilos. 240 volts Drive motor draws 15.5W. If you need advice on the application you have for a motorised display turntable please do feel free to call and discuss 01256 768178.

£575
Aluminium framed folding counter lightweight CDC12D

Showcase Reception Counter CDC12D Portable folding aluminium framed counter top showcase area complete with locking sliding doors and internal mid shelf. This unit has plain pvc panels fitted, the panels can be removed and refitted with branded graphics display panels please choose from the options below. Perspex glazed units are a fraction of the weight of glass showcases making this range completely unique dedicated portable exhibition counter. The base shelf is steel with a white stove enamel paint finish. A secure perspex glazed display area for your products. Quality units that can easily updated with new panel finishes should you wish too in the future. A European manufactured quality product built to last, 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high Call for more Coker Expo 01256 768178

Showcase Reception Counter CDC12D Portable folding aluminium framed counter top showcase area complete with locking sliding doors and internal mid shelf. This unit has plain pvc panels fitted, the panels can be removed and refitted with branded graphics display panels please choose from the options below. Perspex glazed units are a fraction of the weight of glass showcases making this range completely unique dedicated portable exhibition counter. The base shelf is steel with a white stove enamel paint finish. A secure perspex glazed display area for your products. Quality units that can easily updated with new panel finishes should you wish too in the future. A European manufactured quality product built to last, 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high Call for more Coker Expo 01256 768178

£675
Chrome 20w Led theatrical style display light with hasp.

White flood light, polished aluminium, LED only 15Ws ideal for exhibition lighting plus shops receptions and warehouse and at home in the kitchen, lounge or coffee shop. Need stylish lighting with a theatrical theme? Very efficient light source. Nice and bright! Theatre style Flood light with the advantages of white light LED technology. This is the next unit up on the GL100 lighting fixture and comes complete with 15W LED lamp 4000K Warm white equal to 120W halogen. Non dimmable 60° beam. This stylish unit measures 19cm deep x 20cm high and 18cm wide. Ideal for use with gantry and lighting truss systems at exhibitions and trade shows. This lamp unit comes with short mains lead and bare end, it can also be fitted with a daisy lead plug (see the options below) ready for our multi-light plug and play daisy cable system. The use of coloured gels is also possible and the unit is supplied with a gel holder. Barn doors available extra. Any questions or advice for event lighting please call our specialists on 01256 768178

White flood light, polished aluminium, LED only 15Ws ideal for exhibition lighting plus shops receptions and warehouse and at home in the kitchen, lounge or coffee shop. Need stylish lighting with a theatrical theme? Very efficient light source. Nice and bright! Theatre style Flood light with the advantages of white light LED technology. This is the next unit up on the GL100 lighting fixture and comes complete with 15W LED lamp 4000K Warm white equal to 120W halogen. Non dimmable 60° beam. This stylish unit measures 19cm deep x 20cm high and 18cm wide. Ideal for use with gantry and lighting truss systems at exhibitions and trade shows. This lamp unit comes with short mains lead and bare end, it can also be fitted with a daisy lead plug (see the options below) ready for our multi-light plug and play daisy cable system. The use of coloured gels is also possible and the unit is supplied with a gel holder. Barn doors available extra. Any questions or advice for event lighting please call our specialists on 01256 768178

£100
Flat pack white plinth

A very quick assembly fold flat white exhibition display plinth in white with 400mm square top. These pedestal units are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panel, spray painted white. The flexible hinge allows the units to fold flat before and after use for easy storage and transport. The body unit simply folds around the top and bottom plates so is assembled in seconds. Also enables a handy storage facility at the smaller show where floor space is a premium. The unit dimensions are 380mm square column with heights of 300mm to 1200mm top is 400mm x 400mm. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops are also possible. Fully branded models also on offer in the range. Look around at events and trade shows, graphic and plain white plinths are very popular for product display. Note, the 1200mm high display plinth comes with one storage shelf as standard. Tested to carry a weight load of 30 kilos. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen Feel free to call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178.

A very quick assembly fold flat white exhibition display plinth in white with 400mm square top. These pedestal units are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panel, spray painted white. The flexible hinge allows the units to fold flat before and after use for easy storage and transport. The body unit simply folds around the top and bottom plates so is assembled in seconds. Also enables a handy storage facility at the smaller show where floor space is a premium. The unit dimensions are 380mm square column with heights of 300mm to 1200mm top is 400mm x 400mm. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops are also possible. Fully branded models also on offer in the range. Look around at events and trade shows, graphic and plain white plinths are very popular for product display. Note, the 1200mm high display plinth comes with one storage shelf as standard. Tested to carry a weight load of 30 kilos. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen Feel free to call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178.

£122
Double sided illuminated totem display light box

Totem light boxes complete with two graphics. Large models are 1840mm high x1000w x400d. The smaller model is 1040mm high x 1000mm wide and 400mm deep. Floor standing elliptical tower light box, double sided back lit illuminated display. We only use high quality transparency film in our totem light boxes. Internally illuminated, double-sided freestanding light box. Simple to assemble and quick change graphic – Snap frame style. Stable oversize base. Packs flat for transit and storage. Top and Base available in a choice of silver, black, white or birch.

Totem light boxes complete with two graphics. Large models are 1840mm high x1000w x400d. The smaller model is 1040mm high x 1000mm wide and 400mm deep. Floor standing elliptical tower light box, double sided back lit illuminated display. We only use high quality transparency film in our totem light boxes. Internally illuminated, double-sided freestanding light box. Simple to assemble and quick change graphic – Snap frame style. Stable oversize base. Packs flat for transit and storage. Top and Base available in a choice of silver, black, white or birch.

£382
Linking banner stands in a row of 3 units

Coker Expo DL Plus roller banner system allows 2 or 3 banner stands to be linked together to create a large back drop for presentations and events. These pull up banner stands have a floor levelling ability too, achieved with adjustable feet and adjustable pole height the gap between banners is just 26mm. The system has a unique self locking magnetic base link. This linking roller banner system is available kits of 1, 2 or 3 systems. These pull up banners come complete with carry bags linking kits and graphics. The closest way to create a seemless back drop using portable roller banner stands. Single stand 850mm x 2000mm Double stand 1726mm wide Triple stand 2602mm wide Choice of end cap colours Blue Black Red Or Chrome Carry bag included Weight 5.5 kilos each. There is also an option spotlight for these pull up banner stands. Low voltage - 50w Full pivot head Cable management clip In-line transformer and power lead 3m long Want to know more? please watch the video on this page or call 01256 768178

Coker Expo DL Plus roller banner system allows 2 or 3 banner stands to be linked together to create a large back drop for presentations and events. These pull up banner stands have a floor levelling ability too, achieved with adjustable feet and adjustable pole height the gap between banners is just 26mm. The system has a unique self locking magnetic base link. This linking roller banner system is available kits of 1, 2 or 3 systems. These pull up banners come complete with carry bags linking kits and graphics. The closest way to create a seemless back drop using portable roller banner stands. Single stand 850mm x 2000mm Double stand 1726mm wide Triple stand 2602mm wide Choice of end cap colours Blue Black Red Or Chrome Carry bag included Weight 5.5 kilos each. There is also an option spotlight for these pull up banner stands. Low voltage - 50w Full pivot head Cable management clip In-line transformer and power lead 3m long Want to know more? please watch the video on this page or call 01256 768178

£195
fabric graphic with PVC push in edges

Soft stretch Front and Back lit Fabric banners with beaded edges for easy fitting to aluminium display frames. We print high quality soft stretch fabric graphic banners for use with back lit display frames, light boxes and display stands for events and exhibition displays. These soft stretch fabric banners can easily be fitted by the customer into the channel in the aluminium frame profile. Call for quote if you require custom sizes 01256 768178.

Soft stretch Front and Back lit Fabric banners with beaded edges for easy fitting to aluminium display frames. We print high quality soft stretch fabric graphic banners for use with back lit display frames, light boxes and display stands for events and exhibition displays. These soft stretch fabric banners can easily be fitted by the customer into the channel in the aluminium frame profile. Call for quote if you require custom sizes 01256 768178.

£125
A1 pavement sign in aluminium, double sided display

A smart A1 A-frame pavement sign suitable for all weather street display publicity requirements. This outdoor sign holder is double sided with a robust galvanised steel backing, a quick change display and a protective acetate to cover your printed branding. This unit weighs approx 10.4 kilos. You may need permission to place these type of units in the street. Ask about printing graphics for this unit.

A smart A1 A-frame pavement sign suitable for all weather street display publicity requirements. This outdoor sign holder is double sided with a robust galvanised steel backing, a quick change display and a protective acetate to cover your printed branding. This unit weighs approx 10.4 kilos. You may need permission to place these type of units in the street. Ask about printing graphics for this unit.

£50
Aboard pavement sign in aluminium finish

A twin A2, A board with a 32mm snap frame in aluminium satin. An all weather unit, the ideal pavement sign board for putting out each morning and bringing in in the evening. 4 kilos. We print graphics for these units.

A twin A2, A board with a 32mm snap frame in aluminium satin. An all weather unit, the ideal pavement sign board for putting out each morning and bringing in in the evening. 4 kilos. We print graphics for these units.

£35
Cable grip for scrylic pockets

Vertical clamp for wire cable, takes up to 4mm thick, wind in the grub screw to grip the cable or acrylic. The 4mm version is ideal for most pockets acrylic pockets with single thickness wings 2-3mm thick

Vertical clamp for wire cable, takes up to 4mm thick, wind in the grub screw to grip the cable or acrylic. The 4mm version is ideal for most pockets acrylic pockets with single thickness wings 2-3mm thick

£3
Removable self adhesive graphic

Digital printing onto fabric with a repositionable self adhesive backing. This product can be applied to wood, glass, foam PVC and so on. It is easily removed and can be stored for future use. It can be used for so many promotional ideas, for example wrapping gantry legs, boxes, windows, counter units and straight to interior walls for temporary signage. It is easily removed without leaving any residue. Priced per square meter, call for more info or a quote 01256 768178

Digital printing onto fabric with a repositionable self adhesive backing. This product can be applied to wood, glass, foam PVC and so on. It is easily removed and can be stored for future use. It can be used for so many promotional ideas, for example wrapping gantry legs, boxes, windows, counter units and straight to interior walls for temporary signage. It is easily removed without leaving any residue. Priced per square meter, call for more info or a quote 01256 768178

£30
LED Spotlight 120w Halogen equivalents

LED 46 spotlight, increasing in Size physically and with light output LED spotlights complete with (replaceable) LED lamp white light, comes complete with 15W lamp 60° beam angle 1250 Lumens (narrowed by the fitting to 40°). A lighting fixture as this is well suited to use in the exhibition and display field, so to any retail shop application. Unit size is 305 x 195 x 267 mm (LxWxH) unit weight 1.2Kilos A filter frame is included and we can supply as an optional extra gel filters to alter the °K up or down from the white light starting point thus a white light can become daylight or warm white. Power cord is 30cm and has no plug as standard. The fitted LED lamp has ES cap so is replaceable but has a considerably increased life span to the now old style halogens the lamps fitted are LED and so consume a fraction of the power and generate much less heat. Options include barn doors, exhibition gantry clamps for 35 and 50mm Systems, daisy lead plug and Gel filters.

LED 46 spotlight, increasing in Size physically and with light output LED spotlights complete with (replaceable) LED lamp white light, comes complete with 15W lamp 60° beam angle 1250 Lumens (narrowed by the fitting to 40°). A lighting fixture as this is well suited to use in the exhibition and display field, so to any retail shop application. Unit size is 305 x 195 x 267 mm (LxWxH) unit weight 1.2Kilos A filter frame is included and we can supply as an optional extra gel filters to alter the °K up or down from the white light starting point thus a white light can become daylight or warm white. Power cord is 30cm and has no plug as standard. The fitted LED lamp has ES cap so is replaceable but has a considerably increased life span to the now old style halogens the lamps fitted are LED and so consume a fraction of the power and generate much less heat. Options include barn doors, exhibition gantry clamps for 35 and 50mm Systems, daisy lead plug and Gel filters.

£90
S35T31 Trio Lighting Gantry Apex Up Right

A trio 3 way apex up, right handed, lighting gantry junction, S35T31. Create a trussing system with a little different look to all the rest, go apex up and stand out form the crowd. All of our trussing comes with a set of conicals, pins and retaining clips, quick and easy set up and take down is assured.

A trio 3 way apex up, right handed, lighting gantry junction, S35T31. Create a trussing system with a little different look to all the rest, go apex up and stand out form the crowd. All of our trussing comes with a set of conicals, pins and retaining clips, quick and easy set up and take down is assured.

£166
S35 Trio lighting truss 3 way junction apex up left hand

S35 Trio lighting truss has a huge range of specialist junctions as well as straight beam lengths. This one is a 3 way junction apex up, left handed S35TC32. Why not go for something away form the norm, opt for an apex up trussing system. Quick and easy fitting conicals, pins and clips, all supplied. Junctions have dimensions 500mm x 500mm. If you need a little advice to confirm your required components please call.

S35 Trio lighting truss has a huge range of specialist junctions as well as straight beam lengths. This one is a 3 way junction apex up, left handed S35TC32. Why not go for something away form the norm, opt for an apex up trussing system. Quick and easy fitting conicals, pins and clips, all supplied. Junctions have dimensions 500mm x 500mm. If you need a little advice to confirm your required components please call.

£166
S35 trio lighting truss 3 way apex down corner right hand

S35 trio lighting truss 3 way junction apex down corner right hand S35TC33. This junction is normally required for one top corner of a square build, you will normally use two right hand (these corners) and two left hand corners, these junctions turn on the down leg. This can be confusing, please call if you need to discuss if you wish. The junction will come with a set of fittings. Dimensions are 500x500x500mm.

S35 trio lighting truss 3 way junction apex down corner right hand S35TC33. This junction is normally required for one top corner of a square build, you will normally use two right hand (these corners) and two left hand corners, these junctions turn on the down leg. This can be confusing, please call if you need to discuss if you wish. The junction will come with a set of fittings. Dimensions are 500x500x500mm.

£166
S35 trio lighting truss 3 Way apex down corner left hand

S35 Trio lighting truss 3 way junction, apex down left hand S35TC34. Note that this corner junction has a turned leg, it is important to purchase 2 left and 2 right corner junctions to build a standard square or rectangular trussing structure. All our truss components come with a full set of fittings. Dimensions 500mm x 500mm x 500mm.

S35 Trio lighting truss 3 way junction, apex down left hand S35TC34. Note that this corner junction has a turned leg, it is important to purchase 2 left and 2 right corner junctions to build a standard square or rectangular trussing structure. All our truss components come with a full set of fittings. Dimensions 500mm x 500mm x 500mm.

£166
Folding counter with showcase

This unit has a mid shelf included as shown, the lockable sliding doors are included. Priced with white panels, extra options include: Graphics, Case, Padded carry bag. Portable folding satin aluminium framed counter with a 50/50 display area and storage below, the dimensions for this light weight durable folding counter are 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high we can also make a lower height version please ask if this is important. The base shelf and top are steel with a powder coated white stove enamel finish. A generous perspex glazed display area for your products, (clear perspex is a fraction of the weight of a glass) The unit also has space below for storage together with the sliding locking doors makes this a perfect sales or reception desk very portable with changeable graphics. For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

This unit has a mid shelf included as shown, the lockable sliding doors are included. Priced with white panels, extra options include: Graphics, Case, Padded carry bag. Portable folding satin aluminium framed counter with a 50/50 display area and storage below, the dimensions for this light weight durable folding counter are 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high we can also make a lower height version please ask if this is important. The base shelf and top are steel with a powder coated white stove enamel finish. A generous perspex glazed display area for your products, (clear perspex is a fraction of the weight of a glass) The unit also has space below for storage together with the sliding locking doors makes this a perfect sales or reception desk very portable with changeable graphics. For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£675
Rotating totem light box

How to rotate a totem light box! Bring eye catching movement to your display with a rotating light box. A revolving illuminated display adds a new level of interest to any promotion, display or show room area. Here we have combined the popular Totem or tower light box with a large display turntable to cope with its height. This turntable can take up to 100 kilos and will revolve at 2rpm per minute. The light box has 2 high quality transparencies and uses an Led light tube. Have any ideas to create an illuminated revolving display, let us quote for you. Call 01256 768178.

How to rotate a totem light box! Bring eye catching movement to your display with a rotating light box. A revolving illuminated display adds a new level of interest to any promotion, display or show room area. Here we have combined the popular Totem or tower light box with a large display turntable to cope with its height. This turntable can take up to 100 kilos and will revolve at 2rpm per minute. The light box has 2 high quality transparencies and uses an Led light tube. Have any ideas to create an illuminated revolving display, let us quote for you. Call 01256 768178.

£700
S35 3 way vertical T apex down

S35 Trio 3 Way vertical T junction apex down S35T35. This junction comes with a full set of conicals pins and clips. We use this junction to create a leg mainly, say in a trussing structure that requires six legs or more. You may also consider it for an aerial lighting truss that requires an apex in look. It has dimensions of 500mm x 500mm.

S35 Trio 3 Way vertical T junction apex down S35T35. This junction comes with a full set of conicals pins and clips. We use this junction to create a leg mainly, say in a trussing structure that requires six legs or more. You may also consider it for an aerial lighting truss that requires an apex in look. It has dimensions of 500mm x 500mm.

£166
Display plinth folds flat

Folding display plinths with graphic branding. Fully branded folding display plinths, pedestals and podiums for exhibition, trade show and showroom display use. Very quick assembly times, a fold flat display plinth includes fully printed and laminated body panels with a 400mm square PVC top. These display plinths are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panel. The flexible hinge allows the plinths to fold flat before and after use, also for easy storage and transport ease. To assemble: place the base plate on the floor, now place the 2 sets of hinged panels upon the lip and push them together around the base dropping in the top just before the panels connect up too tightly. Now open the door of your pedestal and add the aluminium right angel to close the panels together at the rear, assembled in a few moments. Also makes a handy store at an exhibition or event, internal shelves added as an option, the 1200mm high plinth comes with one shelf as standard. The unit dimensions for your graphics are 380mm square column with heights of 300-1200mm top is 400x400mm. Tested to weight loads of 30kgs. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen. Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! Call Coker Expo for more info on *01256 768178.

Folding display plinths with graphic branding. Fully branded folding display plinths, pedestals and podiums for exhibition, trade show and showroom display use. Very quick assembly times, a fold flat display plinth includes fully printed and laminated body panels with a 400mm square PVC top. These display plinths are made from a 3mm aluminium and PVC composite panel. The flexible hinge allows the plinths to fold flat before and after use, also for easy storage and transport ease. To assemble: place the base plate on the floor, now place the 2 sets of hinged panels upon the lip and push them together around the base dropping in the top just before the panels connect up too tightly. Now open the door of your pedestal and add the aluminium right angel to close the panels together at the rear, assembled in a few moments. Also makes a handy store at an exhibition or event, internal shelves added as an option, the 1200mm high plinth comes with one shelf as standard. The unit dimensions for your graphics are 380mm square column with heights of 300-1200mm top is 400x400mm. Tested to weight loads of 30kgs. Options include cable ports, shelves, carry bags, graphic and black or white tops. Units weigh 8-11 Kilos depending on the height chosen. Please upload your images directly to us by clicking here! Call Coker Expo for more info on *01256 768178.

£167
Rotating totem light box

How to rotate a totem light box! Bring eye catching movement to your display with a rotating light box. A revolving illuminated display adds a new level of interest to any promotion, display or show room area. Here we have combined the popular Totem or tower light box with a large display turntable to cope with its height. This turntable can take up to 100 kilos and will revolve at 2rpm per minute. The light box has 2 high quality transparencies and uses an Led light tube. Have any ideas to create an illuminated revolving display, let us quote for you. Call 01256 768178.

How to rotate a totem light box! Bring eye catching movement to your display with a rotating light box. A revolving illuminated display adds a new level of interest to any promotion, display or show room area. Here we have combined the popular Totem or tower light box with a large display turntable to cope with its height. This turntable can take up to 100 kilos and will revolve at 2rpm per minute. The light box has 2 high quality transparencies and uses an Led light tube. Have any ideas to create an illuminated revolving display, let us quote for you. Call 01256 768178.

£700
S35T36 Horizontal T Junction.

S35T36 is a trio horizontal T junction for system 35 trussing systems. Designed for use in structures where a horizontal beam is needed to traverse a floor area. May be to enable lighting fixtures to illuminate below or carry a projector system. It is very popular in aerial lighting rigs. Comes with a set of conicals, pins and clips, dims of 500mm x 500mm.

S35T36 is a trio horizontal T junction for system 35 trussing systems. Designed for use in structures where a horizontal beam is needed to traverse a floor area. May be to enable lighting fixtures to illuminate below or carry a projector system. It is very popular in aerial lighting rigs. Comes with a set of conicals, pins and clips, dims of 500mm x 500mm.

£166
S35T37 3 way Trio Lighting Gantry Junction

Special T Junction S35 T 37 This 3 way "T" piece is an apex up junction for system 35 trio gantry designs. Normally the Triangular apex would point downwards with a level flat top (two tubes level) on a piece of truss. This is one of our massive range of Exhibition gantry parts which allows creative design to flow, most Gantry systems start with a square or a rectangular design, but the gantry stand can be re-built often in a completely new design. Please check with us when ordering this part or designing a lighting rig. We will be pleased to offer assistance. There are several "T" pieces available for System 35 gantry and they can be quite specific as down legs can turn in different directions to achieve different structures. This one is often used the other way up to create a banner stand frame above the main exhibition stand. We will normally provide a scaled cad drawing without charge. S35T37 Specification: Size 500mm x 500mm x 500mm Weight 3 Kilos Complete with one set of connectors pins and clips For more info please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

Special T Junction S35 T 37 This 3 way "T" piece is an apex up junction for system 35 trio gantry designs. Normally the Triangular apex would point downwards with a level flat top (two tubes level) on a piece of truss. This is one of our massive range of Exhibition gantry parts which allows creative design to flow, most Gantry systems start with a square or a rectangular design, but the gantry stand can be re-built often in a completely new design. Please check with us when ordering this part or designing a lighting rig. We will be pleased to offer assistance. There are several "T" pieces available for System 35 gantry and they can be quite specific as down legs can turn in different directions to achieve different structures. This one is often used the other way up to create a banner stand frame above the main exhibition stand. We will normally provide a scaled cad drawing without charge. S35T37 Specification: Size 500mm x 500mm x 500mm Weight 3 Kilos Complete with one set of connectors pins and clips For more info please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£166
Lighting truss exhibition stand square with top banner

System 35 Lighting Truss Exhibition gantry stand design Number 10. This build is for a floor area of 4m x 4m however this same design is the blueprint for a whole host of exhibition stand designs. This basic shape is 4x4 Metres but with System 35 exhibition gantry it is possible to re build in another configuration. Coker Expo hold a vast stock of gantry parts and accessories ready to allow for you to get creative, together with a plug and play daisy chain exhibition lighting solution and all the frills. The Exhibition gantry will define the display stand and give clear direction for mounting advertising banner medias, you can choose from fabric, pvc banners front or backlit displays. perfect for bright display lighting mounting together with somewhere to hide the cables. The triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Built to last for very many years System 35 truss will serve you well, it is arguably the best investment you will ever make in an exhibition stand! Want to know more? Call Coker Expo 0n 01256 768178

System 35 Lighting Truss Exhibition gantry stand design Number 10. This build is for a floor area of 4m x 4m however this same design is the blueprint for a whole host of exhibition stand designs. This basic shape is 4x4 Metres but with System 35 exhibition gantry it is possible to re build in another configuration. Coker Expo hold a vast stock of gantry parts and accessories ready to allow for you to get creative, together with a plug and play daisy chain exhibition lighting solution and all the frills. The Exhibition gantry will define the display stand and give clear direction for mounting advertising banner medias, you can choose from fabric, pvc banners front or backlit displays. perfect for bright display lighting mounting together with somewhere to hide the cables. The triangular construction not only looks attractive but packs away efficiently when not in use. An exhibition stand at 4 Metres high is the maximum height without the need for building regulation engineers reports. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Built to last for very many years System 35 truss will serve you well, it is arguably the best investment you will ever make in an exhibition stand! Want to know more? Call Coker Expo 0n 01256 768178

£2,567
S35T38 3way Trio Gantry Junction

A popular 3 way junction S35T38 for system 35 lighting gantry structures that commonly require 6 legs or more. Note this one has a turned leg though. It is also seen in aerial light truss rigs to create an apex in look. As with all standard SYS35 junctions it dims are 500mm x 500mm and it comes with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

A popular 3 way junction S35T38 for system 35 lighting gantry structures that commonly require 6 legs or more. Note this one has a turned leg though. It is also seen in aerial light truss rigs to create an apex in look. As with all standard SYS35 junctions it dims are 500mm x 500mm and it comes with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

£166
S35T39 Apex up T Junction.

A system 35 Trio T junction apex up with a turned leg, S35T39. We use this truss T junction to send up a strut or upstand from a horizontal beam to create a frame work to encompass a banner above a trussing structure. Supplied with all required conicals, pins and clips, dims of 500mm x 500mm.

A system 35 Trio T junction apex up with a turned leg, S35T39. We use this truss T junction to send up a strut or upstand from a horizontal beam to create a frame work to encompass a banner above a trussing structure. Supplied with all required conicals, pins and clips, dims of 500mm x 500mm.

£166
Acrylic clamp single 7mm

Vertical display clamp or wire cable takes up to 7mm thick grip

Vertical display clamp or wire cable takes up to 7mm thick grip

£3
Magnetic graphic panels

Replacement or extra graphics for our pop up display systems, laminated finished graphics including magnetic strips, hangers and kickers. The standard size is 673 x 2225mm for our front curved panels and "D Ends" and for the centre spans of straight pop up displays it is 733mm x 2225mm high. Prices calculate automatically on quantities and are for our brands pop up stands, some other sizes may vary in price. Please note old graphics and new graphics could vary in colour slightly due to stoplight and laminate manufactures. Artwork Guidelines.... If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs.

Replacement or extra graphics for our pop up display systems, laminated finished graphics including magnetic strips, hangers and kickers. The standard size is 673 x 2225mm for our front curved panels and "D Ends" and for the centre spans of straight pop up displays it is 733mm x 2225mm high. Prices calculate automatically on quantities and are for our brands pop up stands, some other sizes may vary in price. Please note old graphics and new graphics could vary in colour slightly due to stoplight and laminate manufactures. Artwork Guidelines.... If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs.

£90
Round exhibition plinths with colour fabric finishes

Round fabric covered display plinths are ideal for use on exhibition stands and at trade show events as well as covered outdoor events. These exhibition display plinths are velcro friendly and available in a range of colours and two diameters. Plinth top finish options are woodgrain, silver, white or black. This style of plinth is made from MDF and then fabric covered in loop nylon to create a rollable curtain (tambour) or body wrap. Assembly is quick as these use the physique velcro method. Place the base former upon the floor, feed the durable tambour wrap around it resting on the routed lip and as the circle nears completion drop in the plinth top, hey presto ready to add the product or item you wish to display. Once attached to the top and bottom plates the unit becomes really solid and capable of great weight loading up to 60 Kilos. Display plinth production is up to 7 days. With the addition of a digitally printed graphic wrap you can create a very personalised pedestal or podium which is all the more eye catching when out on public display at an event or in a showroom. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Round fabric covered display plinths are ideal for use on exhibition stands and at trade show events as well as covered outdoor events. These exhibition display plinths are velcro friendly and available in a range of colours and two diameters. Plinth top finish options are woodgrain, silver, white or black. This style of plinth is made from MDF and then fabric covered in loop nylon to create a rollable curtain (tambour) or body wrap. Assembly is quick as these use the physique velcro method. Place the base former upon the floor, feed the durable tambour wrap around it resting on the routed lip and as the circle nears completion drop in the plinth top, hey presto ready to add the product or item you wish to display. Once attached to the top and bottom plates the unit becomes really solid and capable of great weight loading up to 60 Kilos. Display plinth production is up to 7 days. With the addition of a digitally printed graphic wrap you can create a very personalised pedestal or podium which is all the more eye catching when out on public display at an event or in a showroom. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£129
4m wire cable with tension fixing ends and channel toggles

This cable is 4M long and 1.5mm thick stainless steel which is very strong. The cable comes complete with channel fixings for our frames it also has an adjustable screw fixing to get the tension just right. Suitable for free standing display frames to display acrylic posters and perspex leaflet pocket in eye catching symmetrical presentations.

This cable is 4M long and 1.5mm thick stainless steel which is very strong. The cable comes complete with channel fixings for our frames it also has an adjustable screw fixing to get the tension just right. Suitable for free standing display frames to display acrylic posters and perspex leaflet pocket in eye catching symmetrical presentations.

£12
TTCSW2000 turn table with slip rings

Mains powered turntable with power rings (Max 4amp) (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW2000 will carry a flat concentric load of 200 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These units weigh 17 kilos.

Mains powered turntable with power rings (Max 4amp) (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW2000 will carry a flat concentric load of 200 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These units weigh 17 kilos.

£630
wedge display base assembled

The Wedge base display stand is designed to grip solid display panels and boards up to 1500mm high. A perfect solution for the display of graphic sign boards and signs, cut outs and double sided free standing displays. The silver grey powder coated steel base units are available in four widths and will cater for boards of dimensions of 300mm wide and up to 1500mm high. The wedge display stand base comes into its own supporting sign boards and is suited to eye catching cut out sign boards especially. This service is by quotation only please call and discuss your creative needs and time line 01256 768178

The Wedge base display stand is designed to grip solid display panels and boards up to 1500mm high. A perfect solution for the display of graphic sign boards and signs, cut outs and double sided free standing displays. The silver grey powder coated steel base units are available in four widths and will cater for boards of dimensions of 300mm wide and up to 1500mm high. The wedge display stand base comes into its own supporting sign boards and is suited to eye catching cut out sign boards especially. This service is by quotation only please call and discuss your creative needs and time line 01256 768178

£29
Freestanding display stand with tension fabric graphic

Vector display stand kit 1, freestanding aluminium display frame with easy fit stretch graphics. The digitally printed graphic is on fabric with easy to fit silicon beading sewn into the edges, it is just pressed into position and because it's an aluminium alloy frame is stands firm, square and erect on two sturdy feet, assembled in about five minutes. The fabric graphic makes a great back drop for retail shop displays and is also a very good background for photography, filming and television purposes defining a presentation area or promotional space. Supplied flat packed in kit form with feet as shown, its very simple to assemble. (other options available) This is Vector Kit 1 comes complete with your first fabric graphic. Rigid pvc panel graphics can be used as an alternative in this frame, fixed with velcro. A fully branded promotional display can make your company stand out from the crowd at any event or trade show. Specification, Service time 4 days from receipt of graphic file. Kit one 2000mm high x 1000mm wide For more info please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Vector display stand kit 1, freestanding aluminium display frame with easy fit stretch graphics. The digitally printed graphic is on fabric with easy to fit silicon beading sewn into the edges, it is just pressed into position and because it's an aluminium alloy frame is stands firm, square and erect on two sturdy feet, assembled in about five minutes. The fabric graphic makes a great back drop for retail shop displays and is also a very good background for photography, filming and television purposes defining a presentation area or promotional space. Supplied flat packed in kit form with feet as shown, its very simple to assemble. (other options available) This is Vector Kit 1 comes complete with your first fabric graphic. Rigid pvc panel graphics can be used as an alternative in this frame, fixed with velcro. A fully branded promotional display can make your company stand out from the crowd at any event or trade show. Specification, Service time 4 days from receipt of graphic file. Kit one 2000mm high x 1000mm wide For more info please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£285
8 Panel and Pole display stand in 2 colours

A smart 8 panel and pole display board system, comprising of 8 - 600 x 900mm panels, 10 - 900mm connection poles and 5-bar feet for stability of straight line presentation set ups, approx 16.2kgs in weight. Panels can be used in portrait or landscape orientation, an adaptable and portable modular display stand. A good size system for a presentation or when exhibiting at a small event. Please select colours from the swatch, you also have a choice of black or grey Pvc frames, the trims width is 15mm all round. You can have different colour lop nylon fabrics on each side as well. Upgrade to 1000mm x 700mm panels approx weight 26kgs. Expect a supply time of 1 week, quicker for the most popular blue/grey combination.

A smart 8 panel and pole display board system, comprising of 8 - 600 x 900mm panels, 10 - 900mm connection poles and 5-bar feet for stability of straight line presentation set ups, approx 16.2kgs in weight. Panels can be used in portrait or landscape orientation, an adaptable and portable modular display stand. A good size system for a presentation or when exhibiting at a small event. Please select colours from the swatch, you also have a choice of black or grey Pvc frames, the trims width is 15mm all round. You can have different colour lop nylon fabrics on each side as well. Upgrade to 1000mm x 700mm panels approx weight 26kgs. Expect a supply time of 1 week, quicker for the most popular blue/grey combination.

£250
2 in 1 exhibition case to counter conversion shown

The newly designed Coker Expo Counter case is a spacious sturdy ‘clam style’ transportation case that converts quickly into a stylish and surprisingly XL sized counter. Add a large wrap around table top and new integral locking nuts to secure quickly into place. Complete with your optional graphic wrap on the front panel – Counter Case is the perfect counter to welcome your guests to an event or promotional day. Afterwards, store your pop-up graphics (will comfortably house a 3x5 pop-up) plus wrap, table top and shelves inside and just wheel it away! Two shelves Large hinged table top with integral locking nuts to secure in place Optional graphic wrap to personalise your counter (option below) Graphic tube included Weight Empty kg: 19.3 Hardware Dimensions mm: Case open 1430(w) x 1020(h) x 595(d) / Case Closed 660(w) x 1010(h)x 430(d) Counter Case Wrap artwork sizes - 1840 (w) x 850(h) mm For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178, buy online or by phone.

The newly designed Coker Expo Counter case is a spacious sturdy ‘clam style’ transportation case that converts quickly into a stylish and surprisingly XL sized counter. Add a large wrap around table top and new integral locking nuts to secure quickly into place. Complete with your optional graphic wrap on the front panel – Counter Case is the perfect counter to welcome your guests to an event or promotional day. Afterwards, store your pop-up graphics (will comfortably house a 3x5 pop-up) plus wrap, table top and shelves inside and just wheel it away! Two shelves Large hinged table top with integral locking nuts to secure in place Optional graphic wrap to personalise your counter (option below) Graphic tube included Weight Empty kg: 19.3 Hardware Dimensions mm: Case open 1430(w) x 1020(h) x 595(d) / Case Closed 660(w) x 1010(h)x 430(d) Counter Case Wrap artwork sizes - 1840 (w) x 850(h) mm For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178, buy online or by phone.

£355
Totem slim tower light box, double sided display

Slim tower light box, double sided illuminated displays. The back lite graphic in our totem light boxes is a high quality transparency film, not a cheap paper print out. If you are looking for a quality illuminated presentation that has the visual impact you hope for with your display then the digital output is just as important as the actual light box unit. Simple to assemble and quick change graphic – snap frame style graphic change. Stable oversize base. Packs flat for transit and storage. Top and Base available in a choice of silver, black, white or birch. Tower Light Box 1570x570mm Including Graphics £482 840mm High Unit, Code Tower Light Box 850x540mm. Including Graphics £355

Slim tower light box, double sided illuminated displays. The back lite graphic in our totem light boxes is a high quality transparency film, not a cheap paper print out. If you are looking for a quality illuminated presentation that has the visual impact you hope for with your display then the digital output is just as important as the actual light box unit. Simple to assemble and quick change graphic – snap frame style graphic change. Stable oversize base. Packs flat for transit and storage. Top and Base available in a choice of silver, black, white or birch. Tower Light Box 1570x570mm Including Graphics £482 840mm High Unit, Code Tower Light Box 850x540mm. Including Graphics £355

£355
Satin chrome, chrome or gold stand off's 40mm diameter.

Box quantities box quantities, 3 Lengths.Trade price's for Box quantities. 40mm Diameter Stand offs for sign fixings 10mm hole in the display being fixed is required, bulk box quantities vary with size of stand-off. Pictures shown are illustrative only. Sizes are given as stand off diameter followed by distance from the wall to the back of the display or sign.

Box quantities box quantities, 3 Lengths.Trade price's for Box quantities. 40mm Diameter Stand offs for sign fixings 10mm hole in the display being fixed is required, bulk box quantities vary with size of stand-off. Pictures shown are illustrative only. Sizes are given as stand off diameter followed by distance from the wall to the back of the display or sign.

£80
Magnetic graphic panels

Replacement or extra graphics for our pop up display systems, laminated finished graphics including magnetic strips, hangers and kickers. The standard size is 673 x 2225mm for our front curved panels and "D Ends" and for the centre spans of straight pop up displays it is 733mm x 2225mm high. Prices calculate automatically on quantities and are for our brands pop up stands, some other sizes may vary in price. Please note old graphics and new graphics could vary in colour slightly due to stoplight and laminate manufactures. Artwork Guidelines.... If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs.

Replacement or extra graphics for our pop up display systems, laminated finished graphics including magnetic strips, hangers and kickers. The standard size is 673 x 2225mm for our front curved panels and "D Ends" and for the centre spans of straight pop up displays it is 733mm x 2225mm high. Prices calculate automatically on quantities and are for our brands pop up stands, some other sizes may vary in price. Please note old graphics and new graphics could vary in colour slightly due to stoplight and laminate manufactures. Artwork Guidelines.... If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 150dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a reasonably high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, regardless we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178 to discuss your needs.

£90
A1 A Frame hire

Street or Public Space sign A1 A Frame double sided pavement sign boards hire for 1-5 day period, Black frame for A1 Posters. Please allow 10mm all round for the snap action frame a clear plastic protective sheet each side for protection of your poster. Units are delivered by overnight carrier, you will need to return the units to us after the hire period, please keep the packaging and return by courier or ask us to arrange our carrier to collect. Please call for more information 01256 768178

Street or Public Space sign A1 A Frame double sided pavement sign boards hire for 1-5 day period, Black frame for A1 Posters. Please allow 10mm all round for the snap action frame a clear plastic protective sheet each side for protection of your poster. Units are delivered by overnight carrier, you will need to return the units to us after the hire period, please keep the packaging and return by courier or ask us to arrange our carrier to collect. Please call for more information 01256 768178

£25
Glazed counter showcase portable

This folding display counter unit has a mid shelf and a clear perspex display shelf included, Perspex showcases are a fraction of the weight of glass units and so offer excellent portability. To assemble the units the front and side just fold out the top and shelves are plugged in and the doors are hooked on. lockable sliding doors are included. Priced with white panels, extra options include: Graphics, Case, Padded carry bag, please select from the drop down menus below. This is a European made quality product built to last. Portable folding satin aluminium framed counter with a 50/50 display area and storage below, the dimensions for this light weight durable folding counter are 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high. The base shelf and top are steel with a white stove enamel paint finish. A generous perspex glazed display area for your products. Graphics are bonded and laminated to the panels as shown and are replaceable. More info? Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

This folding display counter unit has a mid shelf and a clear perspex display shelf included, Perspex showcases are a fraction of the weight of glass units and so offer excellent portability. To assemble the units the front and side just fold out the top and shelves are plugged in and the doors are hooked on. lockable sliding doors are included. Priced with white panels, extra options include: Graphics, Case, Padded carry bag, please select from the drop down menus below. This is a European made quality product built to last. Portable folding satin aluminium framed counter with a 50/50 display area and storage below, the dimensions for this light weight durable folding counter are 1070mm wide x 515mm deep x 1050mm high. The base shelf and top are steel with a white stove enamel paint finish. A generous perspex glazed display area for your products. Graphics are bonded and laminated to the panels as shown and are replaceable. More info? Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£700
Branded tents for spring and summer shows

There’s plenty of room to shelter from the sun or rain underneath the Zoom outdoor event tent. Options include Polyester canopy available in 4 colours White, Red, Blue and Black Side walls in matching colours Half height side walls with rails Digitally printed canopy Digitally printed side walls Quick and easy to assemble, canopy offers plenty of shade Wind, UV and water resistant Our marquee and event tents can be branded in about 10 days. Available in a range of sizes this example is 3x6 Meters.

There’s plenty of room to shelter from the sun or rain underneath the Zoom outdoor event tent. Options include Polyester canopy available in 4 colours White, Red, Blue and Black Side walls in matching colours Half height side walls with rails Digitally printed canopy Digitally printed side walls Quick and easy to assemble, canopy offers plenty of shade Wind, UV and water resistant Our marquee and event tents can be branded in about 10 days. Available in a range of sizes this example is 3x6 Meters.

£490
Gear edge display counter with graphics

Gear Edge exhibition display counter with glazed presentation top. This is the G range straight Unit designed for use on smaller exhibition floor areas. This display counter is a very clever unit that has a clear acrylic top display section with a 5mm foam board shelf to display your items at shows and events. The cupboard section has two sliding doors at the rear and the whole unit easily packs down for carriage thanks too a clever gear edge hinge system. A carry bag is included as standard with this display counter. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 622mm(h) x 685mm(w) Side panel: 622mm(h) x 136mm(w) Expect a 1 week supply time, call 01256 768178 to confirm a quicker requirement you may have.

Gear Edge exhibition display counter with glazed presentation top. This is the G range straight Unit designed for use on smaller exhibition floor areas. This display counter is a very clever unit that has a clear acrylic top display section with a 5mm foam board shelf to display your items at shows and events. The cupboard section has two sliding doors at the rear and the whole unit easily packs down for carriage thanks too a clever gear edge hinge system. A carry bag is included as standard with this display counter. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 622mm(h) x 685mm(w) Side panel: 622mm(h) x 136mm(w) Expect a 1 week supply time, call 01256 768178 to confirm a quicker requirement you may have.

£399
Curved Folding Counter Range G

ideal for exhibitions and trade show events the gear Edge exhibition counter with a curved front panel display. The cupboard section has an open rear, the whole unit easily packs down for carriage thanks to the clever hinge. A carry bag is included. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 867mm(h) x712mm(w) Side panel: 867mm(h) x 315mm(w)

ideal for exhibitions and trade show events the gear Edge exhibition counter with a curved front panel display. The cupboard section has an open rear, the whole unit easily packs down for carriage thanks to the clever hinge. A carry bag is included. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics Visible Graphic Area Front Panel: 867mm(h) x712mm(w) Side panel: 867mm(h) x 315mm(w)

£265
lighting gantry hire custom designs

Lighting truss hire, this amazing aluminium structure was for a 7m sq floor area it stood at 3.545mm high and each arm of the hexagon created a zone for a product element to be displayed within. Banners where set to the internal frame and made a storage area, but this could be a small office area too. Our truss is aluminium so light weight to work with and uses a quick connect spigot and pin system, no long winded nuts and bolts which can add hours to sep up and take down of any modular structure. If you require and installation and removal service our contractors can take of this for you too, ask for a quotation, 01256 768178. We can supply scale drawings, system certification, load bearing charts and health and safety docs for our exhibition lighting truss hire.

Lighting truss hire, this amazing aluminium structure was for a 7m sq floor area it stood at 3.545mm high and each arm of the hexagon created a zone for a product element to be displayed within. Banners where set to the internal frame and made a storage area, but this could be a small office area too. Our truss is aluminium so light weight to work with and uses a quick connect spigot and pin system, no long winded nuts and bolts which can add hours to sep up and take down of any modular structure. If you require and installation and removal service our contractors can take of this for you too, ask for a quotation, 01256 768178. We can supply scale drawings, system certification, load bearing charts and health and safety docs for our exhibition lighting truss hire.

£1,000
S35 Lighting Truss 4 way cross

System 35 Lighting Truss 4 way cross junction, S35TC41 with dimensions of 500x500x500mm. This junction is pretty much only ever used in a horizontal plain. We use it to link cross beams in multiple legged structures and also aerial lighting truss designs. We can help design your exhibition system quickly and without charge, if we can help call 01256 768178 we have a specialist standing by.

System 35 Lighting Truss 4 way cross junction, S35TC41 with dimensions of 500x500x500mm. This junction is pretty much only ever used in a horizontal plain. We use it to link cross beams in multiple legged structures and also aerial lighting truss designs. We can help design your exhibition system quickly and without charge, if we can help call 01256 768178 we have a specialist standing by.

£195
S35T42 4way Trio Gantry Junction.

A 4 way junction S35T42 for system 35 truss builds. This junction has a leg and horizontal beam extension. This junction allows a horizontal beam to be added into your chosen design. For larger exhibition floor areas this now allows you to attach lights above the center of the floor area. Supplied with a set of connection conicals, pins and clips, dimensions 500mm x 500mm.

A 4 way junction S35T42 for system 35 truss builds. This junction has a leg and horizontal beam extension. This junction allows a horizontal beam to be added into your chosen design. For larger exhibition floor areas this now allows you to attach lights above the center of the floor area. Supplied with a set of connection conicals, pins and clips, dimensions 500mm x 500mm.

£195
S35T43 4way Junction Apex Up

A 4 way apex up junction with down leg and cross beam provision. This 4 way junction for system 35 trio gantry designs, gives an up and over, plus horizontal cross beam. Please check with us when ordering this part or designing a lighting rig we will be pleased to offer assistance. There are many similar junctions available for System 35 gantry and they can be quite specific, for example this junction is often used the other way up to create up and over cross and a horizontal cross we can provide a scaled cad drawing and assist you. The junction comes with the required connectors pins and clips.

A 4 way apex up junction with down leg and cross beam provision. This 4 way junction for system 35 trio gantry designs, gives an up and over, plus horizontal cross beam. Please check with us when ordering this part or designing a lighting rig we will be pleased to offer assistance. There are many similar junctions available for System 35 gantry and they can be quite specific, for example this junction is often used the other way up to create up and over cross and a horizontal cross we can provide a scaled cad drawing and assist you. The junction comes with the required connectors pins and clips.

£195
Lighting truss section Trio 44

S35 Lighting Truss 4 way corner right hand, S35TC44. This junction is specifically for creating a 2 tier lighting truss structure. Note that if you are just using it to create a front raised banner area the horizontal strut comes out from the mid section. You will need a 153mm straight truss section to level this junction will a standard 33 or 34 used in correlation with it. Please call and check if you wish. Supplied with all conicals, pins and clips, dimensions of 500mm x 500mm. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Please also look at our exhibition lighting systems

S35 Lighting Truss 4 way corner right hand, S35TC44. This junction is specifically for creating a 2 tier lighting truss structure. Note that if you are just using it to create a front raised banner area the horizontal strut comes out from the mid section. You will need a 153mm straight truss section to level this junction will a standard 33 or 34 used in correlation with it. Please call and check if you wish. Supplied with all conicals, pins and clips, dimensions of 500mm x 500mm. System 35 Lighting truss is TUV certified, a recognised global standard. Construction is with conicals, tapered pins and safety clips. S35 Conical allows very fast exhibition stand construction without deflection and a very high weight loading. The stand is both functional and attractive. Please also look at our exhibition lighting systems

£195
S35 Lighting Truss 4 way corner left hand

SYS35 Lighting Truss junction, 4 way corner left hand S35TC45. A junction created for making a 2 tier lighting truss structure. Important, if you are just using it to make a front or rear raised banner area the horizontal strut comes from center of the junction. You will need a 153mm straight truss section to level this junction will a standard 33 or 34 used in connection with the down leg. Please call and check if you wish. Supplied with a set of fittings, dimensions of 500mm x 500mm.

SYS35 Lighting Truss junction, 4 way corner left hand S35TC45. A junction created for making a 2 tier lighting truss structure. Important, if you are just using it to make a front or rear raised banner area the horizontal strut comes from center of the junction. You will need a 153mm straight truss section to level this junction will a standard 33 or 34 used in connection with the down leg. Please call and check if you wish. Supplied with a set of fittings, dimensions of 500mm x 500mm.

£195
S35T47 Turned leg, 4 Way Junction

A turned leg junction in our trio lighting gantry, system 35 range, S35T47. This is a rather special turned leg junction, designed to be used to create a second tier display area of some kind in truss structures. It would most probably be seen in a six legged structure sending up a support to carry a central banner frame display area. Note that the horizontal extending struts from the center of this gantry junction, you may need a 153mm straight beam to connect to your leg. Dims of 500mm x 500mm, supplied with the required conicals, pins and clips.

A turned leg junction in our trio lighting gantry, system 35 range, S35T47. This is a rather special turned leg junction, designed to be used to create a second tier display area of some kind in truss structures. It would most probably be seen in a six legged structure sending up a support to carry a central banner frame display area. Note that the horizontal extending struts from the center of this gantry junction, you may need a 153mm straight beam to connect to your leg. Dims of 500mm x 500mm, supplied with the required conicals, pins and clips.

£195
wedge display graphic boards

Special rigid panels for floor support wedge base plate systems required to stand upright with minimum bending or lean. Range of Double sided display panels on 20mm Stadour drilled to suit wedge floor standing base units. From supplied suitable electronic files we mount and laminate to Stadour which has been tested and found to be a satisfactory board not to lean over when supported from the base only. We can also cut out shapes by quotation, which is very effective with the wedge base unit. Double sided mounting is highly recommended for stability and aids tension balancing of all graphics boards. Call an discuss you custom sign board requirements, 01256 768178.

Special rigid panels for floor support wedge base plate systems required to stand upright with minimum bending or lean. Range of Double sided display panels on 20mm Stadour drilled to suit wedge floor standing base units. From supplied suitable electronic files we mount and laminate to Stadour which has been tested and found to be a satisfactory board not to lean over when supported from the base only. We can also cut out shapes by quotation, which is very effective with the wedge base unit. Double sided mounting is highly recommended for stability and aids tension balancing of all graphics boards. Call an discuss you custom sign board requirements, 01256 768178.

£75
Pop up display with fabric graphics permanently fitted

Becoming popular, fabric hop up display stand or hop up display as it is known is a truly simple straight pop up display system and is actually a little lighter in weight than traditional pop up displays which use stoplight media and laminates which are heavy. Also being a one piece fabric graphic there is no alignment of image to be done as across single drop graphic panels. Just unfold the frame with the fabric graphic already fitted The hop up has its fabric graphic already fitted to the frame work using velcro, this means that the graphic could be removed and cleaned if so required at some time. Just take the system from the wheeled carry bag supplied, pop it up by extending the frame and locking in the frame braces which are very obvious and hey presto your fabric back drop is up and your presentation under way in moments. A single person operation which makes a hop up ideal for smaller trade show events, exhibition applications and promotions out and about. Supplied in a carry case. Please call 01256 768178 for info on file supply. This folding pop up stand will take approximately 1 week in house to produce. Widths options from 1505mm - 2960mm wide x 2225mm high.

Becoming popular, fabric hop up display stand or hop up display as it is known is a truly simple straight pop up display system and is actually a little lighter in weight than traditional pop up displays which use stoplight media and laminates which are heavy. Also being a one piece fabric graphic there is no alignment of image to be done as across single drop graphic panels. Just unfold the frame with the fabric graphic already fitted The hop up has its fabric graphic already fitted to the frame work using velcro, this means that the graphic could be removed and cleaned if so required at some time. Just take the system from the wheeled carry bag supplied, pop it up by extending the frame and locking in the frame braces which are very obvious and hey presto your fabric back drop is up and your presentation under way in moments. A single person operation which makes a hop up ideal for smaller trade show events, exhibition applications and promotions out and about. Supplied in a carry case. Please call 01256 768178 for info on file supply. This folding pop up stand will take approximately 1 week in house to produce. Widths options from 1505mm - 2960mm wide x 2225mm high.

£325
A4 acrylic leaflet display kit on cables with fittings

Wire cable display kits with pockets, a variety of ready made kits to make life simple. The kits include 4 Metre cables with ceiling to floor fixings, tensioners, acrylic pockets and gripper fittings to the cables. You may need to add different end fittings for angled surfaces or direct to walls or to fit into rails. Want to know more please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Wire cable display kits with pockets, a variety of ready made kits to make life simple. The kits include 4 Metre cables with ceiling to floor fixings, tensioners, acrylic pockets and gripper fittings to the cables. You may need to add different end fittings for angled surfaces or direct to walls or to fit into rails. Want to know more please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£57
Race Start Line B1

This Start Line can be made in a variety of sizes, please select the option below as required. We can also produce banners if required by quotation. Banners are not included in the cost. This product can also be hired. Standard size 3.5 meters high x 3 meters wide. The B1 Build must be weighted down and or, staked and secured to the ground for safety.

This Start Line can be made in a variety of sizes, please select the option below as required. We can also produce banners if required by quotation. Banners are not included in the cost. This product can also be hired. Standard size 3.5 meters high x 3 meters wide. The B1 Build must be weighted down and or, staked and secured to the ground for safety.

£3,000
Barracuda single sided roller banner stand 7 Models

The Coker Expo Barracuda banner stand is a spring tensioned roller banner display system, with a visible graphic area of 2110mm high. We have 6 models in the range. 600mm to 2400mm wide The system weight is 6 kilos on the most common 800mm stand rising to 12 kilos at 2.5 Metres wide. This silver grey anodised aluminium alloy base units also incorporates two adjustable feet ensuring an upright presentation with a easy to use telescopic pole to support your banner. Units 600mm to 1200mm come complete with a graphic printed to melinex with pigmented inks, this is purported to give 100 year dye stability according to the ink manufacturers! The melinex product has proved to be the best media available for anti curling banners. The larger models come complete with a graphic printed on 500gram PVC banner which is extremely durable. Note: At Coker Expo awe are continually upgrading our products and the poles now have a telescopic top section making. The total height including the base and top pole is 2200mm and can be incrementally lowered with the adjustable telescopic pole to 1600mm meaning this stand can be safely deployed at Hotels Schools and reception areas without the worry the it may not fit or touch the ceiling. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi Coker Expo Barracuda has a visual area 2110mm high x the width of your choice. Please add to the design 150mm below the image and 15mm above the image for the top banner bar and the pull up roller banner system. these areas should include any background colour or image which could be slightly visual. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. Production time is around three days from receipt of artwork files. All units in this range are supplied with a padded carry bag PDF information file below A question? Please call 01256 768178.

The Coker Expo Barracuda banner stand is a spring tensioned roller banner display system, with a visible graphic area of 2110mm high. We have 6 models in the range. 600mm to 2400mm wide The system weight is 6 kilos on the most common 800mm stand rising to 12 kilos at 2.5 Metres wide. This silver grey anodised aluminium alloy base units also incorporates two adjustable feet ensuring an upright presentation with a easy to use telescopic pole to support your banner. Units 600mm to 1200mm come complete with a graphic printed to melinex with pigmented inks, this is purported to give 100 year dye stability according to the ink manufacturers! The melinex product has proved to be the best media available for anti curling banners. The larger models come complete with a graphic printed on 500gram PVC banner which is extremely durable. Note: At Coker Expo awe are continually upgrading our products and the poles now have a telescopic top section making. The total height including the base and top pole is 2200mm and can be incrementally lowered with the adjustable telescopic pole to 1600mm meaning this stand can be safely deployed at Hotels Schools and reception areas without the worry the it may not fit or touch the ceiling. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi Coker Expo Barracuda has a visual area 2110mm high x the width of your choice. Please add to the design 150mm below the image and 15mm above the image for the top banner bar and the pull up roller banner system. these areas should include any background colour or image which could be slightly visual. We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk, we are here to help so please Call 01256 768178. Production time is around three days from receipt of artwork files. All units in this range are supplied with a padded carry bag PDF information file below A question? Please call 01256 768178.

£130
TTCSW3000 Turntable

Mains powered turntable without power rings (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW3000 will carry a flat concentric load of 300 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These units weigh 17 kilos.

Mains powered turntable without power rings (Power output for display item) ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW3000 will carry a flat concentric load of 300 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These units weigh 17 kilos.

£630
Exhibition counter with gear hinging edges and graphic panels, white top.

Gear Edge folding exhibition display counter. Straight front Unit. The cupboard section has an open rear, the whole unit easily packs down for carriage with bag included. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Units are 920mm High x 775mm wide and 405mm deep. -Weight is 17.1 Kilos Visible Graphic Area -Front Panel: 867mm(h) x 685mm(w) -Side panel: 867mm(h) x 315mm(w)

Gear Edge folding exhibition display counter. Straight front Unit. The cupboard section has an open rear, the whole unit easily packs down for carriage with bag included. Graphic panels are very easy to change depending on your promotion or message. Choice of Luxury Foam Backed Loop Nylon fabrics coverings or Graphics. Units are 920mm High x 775mm wide and 405mm deep. -Weight is 17.1 Kilos Visible Graphic Area -Front Panel: 867mm(h) x 685mm(w) -Side panel: 867mm(h) x 315mm(w)

£220
A4 acrylic leaflet display kit on cables with fittings

Wire cable display kits with pockets, a variety of ready made kits to make life simple. The kits include 4 Metre cables with ceiling to floor fixings, tensioners, acrylic pockets and gripper fittings to the cables. You may need to add different end fittings for angled surfaces or direct to walls or to fit into rails. Want to know more please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Wire cable display kits with pockets, a variety of ready made kits to make life simple. The kits include 4 Metre cables with ceiling to floor fixings, tensioners, acrylic pockets and gripper fittings to the cables. You may need to add different end fittings for angled surfaces or direct to walls or to fit into rails. Want to know more please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£57
Centro exhibition counter with branded front display panel

Centro exhibition counter, perfect size for filling in forms whilst standing or viewing product brochures, ideal as a reception point. Constructed from aluminium, a quality frame makes this a robust stand alone counter great for shopping centres and repeated use. The unit is flat packed and easy to assemble with a magnetic fixing graphic panel included (visual graphic area: 757mm (w) x 999mm (h) if you need help with the design please call. The white laminated top can be fitted with an ipad or tablet holder if required Samsung and Ipad tablet holders Elegant curved counter designed to complement the Centro range. PDF instruction sheet below the unit is supplied with an socket ket for rapid assembly Specifications Elegant high quality anodised aluminium curved modular counter Freestanding display with pearl white laminate counter top supplied Featuring ingenious new RotrLink post/base connection Overall height of 1025mm Footprint 1092(w) x 440mm(d) Size overall 1380mm (w) x 1025mm (h) x 530mm (d) Net weight 19.1kg 5 year guarantee on hardware For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Centro exhibition counter, perfect size for filling in forms whilst standing or viewing product brochures, ideal as a reception point. Constructed from aluminium, a quality frame makes this a robust stand alone counter great for shopping centres and repeated use. The unit is flat packed and easy to assemble with a magnetic fixing graphic panel included (visual graphic area: 757mm (w) x 999mm (h) if you need help with the design please call. The white laminated top can be fitted with an ipad or tablet holder if required Samsung and Ipad tablet holders Elegant curved counter designed to complement the Centro range. PDF instruction sheet below the unit is supplied with an socket ket for rapid assembly Specifications Elegant high quality anodised aluminium curved modular counter Freestanding display with pearl white laminate counter top supplied Featuring ingenious new RotrLink post/base connection Overall height of 1025mm Footprint 1092(w) x 440mm(d) Size overall 1380mm (w) x 1025mm (h) x 530mm (d) Net weight 19.1kg 5 year guarantee on hardware For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£305
wedge display graphic boards

Special rigid panels for floor support wedge base plate systems required to stand upright with minimum bending or lean. Range of Double sided display panels on 20mm Stadour drilled to suit wedge floor standing base units. From supplied suitable electronic files we mount and laminate to Stadour which has been tested and found to be a satisfactory board not to lean over when supported from the base only. We can also cut out shapes by quotation, which is very effective with the wedge base unit. Double sided mounting is highly recommended for stability and aids tension balancing of all graphics boards. Call an discuss you custom sign board requirements, 01256 768178.

Special rigid panels for floor support wedge base plate systems required to stand upright with minimum bending or lean. Range of Double sided display panels on 20mm Stadour drilled to suit wedge floor standing base units. From supplied suitable electronic files we mount and laminate to Stadour which has been tested and found to be a satisfactory board not to lean over when supported from the base only. We can also cut out shapes by quotation, which is very effective with the wedge base unit. Double sided mounting is highly recommended for stability and aids tension balancing of all graphics boards. Call an discuss you custom sign board requirements, 01256 768178.

£75
S35T51 5Way Lighting Gantry Junction.

A 5 way trio junction for system 35 lighting gantries. There is a lot going on with this gantry junction, legs down, horizontal beams out and support struts for raising up. Your structure is going going to be impressive and very eye catching, no doubt incorporating many apertures to frame branded banners. Each of our junctions come with a set of conicals, pins and clips. Even this impressive piece of engineering still has dims of 500mm x 500m.

A 5 way trio junction for system 35 lighting gantries. There is a lot going on with this gantry junction, legs down, horizontal beams out and support struts for raising up. Your structure is going going to be impressive and very eye catching, no doubt incorporating many apertures to frame branded banners. Each of our junctions come with a set of conicals, pins and clips. Even this impressive piece of engineering still has dims of 500mm x 500m.

£255
S35T52 Apex up 5way Junction

This 5 Way, apex up trio junction is part of our system 35 lighting gantry range. A junction as this can be used on a support leg if you wish to have an apex up lighting truss structure or rotated for apex down. Then it is used most likely in a horizontal cross beam to send up a supporting beam to carry a second tier. Please do call and discuss your ideas with us. S35T52 junction has dims of 500mm x 500m.

This 5 Way, apex up trio junction is part of our system 35 lighting gantry range. A junction as this can be used on a support leg if you wish to have an apex up lighting truss structure or rotated for apex down. Then it is used most likely in a horizontal cross beam to send up a supporting beam to carry a second tier. Please do call and discuss your ideas with us. S35T52 junction has dims of 500mm x 500m.

£255
S35T53 5 Way Trio Center Leg Junction.

The S35T535 junction is another impressive 5 way, this time with a down leg. Generally for a central leg position in a larger multi legged lighting gantry design with multiple horizontal beams this 5 way junction allows the user great creativity. The junction has 5 possible connection points but you don't have to use them all! non required ends can be smartly finished with mushroom domes, or left pointing upwards to create a castle theme. Conicals, pins and clips come supplied, dimensions are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm high.

The S35T535 junction is another impressive 5 way, this time with a down leg. Generally for a central leg position in a larger multi legged lighting gantry design with multiple horizontal beams this 5 way junction allows the user great creativity. The junction has 5 possible connection points but you don't have to use them all! non required ends can be smartly finished with mushroom domes, or left pointing upwards to create a castle theme. Conicals, pins and clips come supplied, dimensions are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm high.

£255
Double and triple acrylic pockets

Double and triple one piece portrait acrylic fittings will allow a more compact display and require less cable and clips, also has giving a display density,

Double and triple one piece portrait acrylic fittings will allow a more compact display and require less cable and clips, also has giving a display density,

£17
S35T23 Special 3 Way Junction

A special 3 way leg junction with 135 degrees of angled horizontal beams, S35T23. Now you can create a whole bunch of angular designs with ease in system 35 trussing. This junction is often used in the construction of towers, each leg creating an aperture to frame a large Pvc branded banner. Supplied with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

A special 3 way leg junction with 135 degrees of angled horizontal beams, S35T23. Now you can create a whole bunch of angular designs with ease in system 35 trussing. This junction is often used in the construction of towers, each leg creating an aperture to frame a large Pvc branded banner. Supplied with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

£184
Heavy duty display turntable loads to 300 kilos

Mains powered heavy duty display turntable with power rings Max 4amp Power output for display item ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW3000 will carry a flat concentric load of 300 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These units weigh 17 kilos. Need to know more? Please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

Mains powered heavy duty display turntable with power rings Max 4amp Power output for display item ready for your own deck or straight fitting to your display item. The TTCSW3000 will carry a flat concentric load of 300 kilo's rotating at 2.5rpm as standard, please see options below. The units have a 400mm base with turn plate standing at 110mm in height.These units weigh 17 kilos. Need to know more? Please call Coker Expo on 01256 768178

£690
Budget graphics drum for exhibition graphics.

Range of polyethylene drums for graphics, range of sizes available, all in a black finish. Handy for carrying and protection of light weight items in storage or on its way to an exhibition or event. An economy case that will afford protection to your graphics at a low cost investment. Weights from 1.8kgs to 2.8kgs.

Range of polyethylene drums for graphics, range of sizes available, all in a black finish. Handy for carrying and protection of light weight items in storage or on its way to an exhibition or event. An economy case that will afford protection to your graphics at a low cost investment. Weights from 1.8kgs to 2.8kgs.

£53
Hampshire banner stand errect

Hampshire pop up roller banner stand is if anything the most standard robust banner stand available, due to its unrivalled success it is available in Eighteen models from 600mm wide to 2.9 Metres! including single and double sided units. These pull up roller banner stand units arrive in a padded carry bag (excluding 2.9M wide models.) Visual height is 1.8M for 600mm models. For 800mm-2M wide The height is 2.145mm and 2.4 M high for Models 2.4-2.9M wide. Banner Graphics on Units 600-1500 mm wide are printed on stoplight to prevent accidental backlighting the material used is highly resistant to curling, the most successful anti curl material we have found. The Images are printed using pigmented inks and according to our suppliers this will give 100 years anti fade dye stability! Units 2000mm wide- 2900mm are printed on PVC material. Service time for pop up banner stands is normally 3 days in house on the 600-1500mm ranges and 5 days on 2000mm + models. Larger pull up roller banner stand models are made to order, please call for production times 01256 768178. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk. We are here to help so please call 01256 768178.

Hampshire pop up roller banner stand is if anything the most standard robust banner stand available, due to its unrivalled success it is available in Eighteen models from 600mm wide to 2.9 Metres! including single and double sided units. These pull up roller banner stand units arrive in a padded carry bag (excluding 2.9M wide models.) Visual height is 1.8M for 600mm models. For 800mm-2M wide The height is 2.145mm and 2.4 M high for Models 2.4-2.9M wide. Banner Graphics on Units 600-1500 mm wide are printed on stoplight to prevent accidental backlighting the material used is highly resistant to curling, the most successful anti curl material we have found. The Images are printed using pigmented inks and according to our suppliers this will give 100 years anti fade dye stability! Units 2000mm wide- 2900mm are printed on PVC material. Service time for pop up banner stands is normally 3 days in house on the 600-1500mm ranges and 5 days on 2000mm + models. Larger pull up roller banner stand models are made to order, please call for production times 01256 768178. Artwork Guidelines If you need help with artwork just let us know we have some ready made templates that may help. If you are a designer would you like to register with us? We can add your details to our database for other customers to see. For best results please supply a ready to run EPS or PDF file and a test print to our specification. For banner stands – artwork at half output size @ 300dpi We do not advise you supply any file that will output below 120dpi at full size as you then risk a pixilated image when your file is printed.Having said that we know it's not always possible and some images are amazingly tolerant. This may be a good time to order a sample test print with express delivery. All image files supplied to us must be CMYK. Our rip station adds bleed, crops marks and cut marks you do not need to! In fact if you do our image processors will automatically see this as extra image, and so it can slow the production times. We may need to ask you to amend your file and resend. It is very important to:‘convert all text to curves’ or ‘create outlines’ before you save to EPS or export to PDF. Colour Please note our equipment as most printers is colour matched as best possible to reproduce pantone colours with a high degree of accuracy, where files contain colour mixes or spot colours you are obliged to advise us, we recommend ordering a test proof with a next day delivery and this should be checked before production proceeds. Note: because of time and budget constraint this step can be omitted but this is your risk. We are here to help so please call 01256 768178.

£120
Polythene moulded transport case with wheels 2 sizes available

Wheeled moulded, transit drum 525mm x 440mm x 1100mm high. This wheeled case is great for putting exhibition graphics and pop up graphics in for protection whilst in transit too and from events and for storage between events. This transport case is made of strong polyethylene and has a built in handle and recessed wheels. They could also suit a small pop up frame with graphics. A compact and easily manageable transport solution for your exhibition display stand. This transit case is also used for the Stealth exhibition display system. You can convert it to a handy podium to for use at your event, add a table top and a graphics wrap, visible dims of 1585mm x 950mm high. Download PDF below for full specifications

Wheeled moulded, transit drum 525mm x 440mm x 1100mm high. This wheeled case is great for putting exhibition graphics and pop up graphics in for protection whilst in transit too and from events and for storage between events. This transport case is made of strong polyethylene and has a built in handle and recessed wheels. They could also suit a small pop up frame with graphics. A compact and easily manageable transport solution for your exhibition display stand. This transit case is also used for the Stealth exhibition display system. You can convert it to a handy podium to for use at your event, add a table top and a graphics wrap, visible dims of 1585mm x 950mm high. Download PDF below for full specifications

£168
Poster display pockets ready for wall mounting smart acrylic

These acrylic pockets are crystal clear the wings are pre drilled for the wall mounts Smaller sizes are 4 mounts per pocket but 6 per pocket are required for A1 and A0 sizes Please make you size selection from the drop down menu Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

These acrylic pockets are crystal clear the wings are pre drilled for the wall mounts Smaller sizes are 4 mounts per pocket but 6 per pocket are required for A1 and A0 sizes Please make you size selection from the drop down menu Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£6
Sign display system stand off bracket for acrylic or perspex display pockets

Stand offs or wall sign mounts with a satin chrome plated finish on brass screw cap with small screw for acrylic pocket wall mounting for information signage and poster displays. A stand off is also a very smart way to fix a graphic display board to a wall or display presentation area in an office or shop for promotional and advertising applications. This stand off sign mounts are 25mm high x 16mm diameter, 3 pieces make one unit, screw cup, the body and the top screw cap please see the PDF attached for dimensions. Other finishes available black, polished chrome and brass You need 6 per A0 or A1 and 4 per A2, A3 , A4 or A5 acrylic poster pocket.

Stand offs or wall sign mounts with a satin chrome plated finish on brass screw cap with small screw for acrylic pocket wall mounting for information signage and poster displays. A stand off is also a very smart way to fix a graphic display board to a wall or display presentation area in an office or shop for promotional and advertising applications. This stand off sign mounts are 25mm high x 16mm diameter, 3 pieces make one unit, screw cup, the body and the top screw cap please see the PDF attached for dimensions. Other finishes available black, polished chrome and brass You need 6 per A0 or A1 and 4 per A2, A3 , A4 or A5 acrylic poster pocket.

£4
Multi face screw fitting for cables

This fixing goes on the end of a cable and allows fixing via a plate with three screws , it also rotates in two directions

This fixing goes on the end of a cable and allows fixing via a plate with three screws , it also rotates in two directions

£7
Cable channel

Aluminium rail channel for cable fixings to allow changing widths of cables accommodating display size updates. Price is for 1 meter length.

Aluminium rail channel for cable fixings to allow changing widths of cables accommodating display size updates. Price is for 1 meter length.

£5
Sixback literature holder

Sixback Literature rack, 6 pockets A4+ 253mm wide with a frosted look. This is the perfect unit for those odd size brochures! Combining an eye-catching contemporary design and effortless no-tool, two-part assembly as well as 4 anti-slip feet. The Sixback is the perfect choice for any company wishing to display information brochures and leaflets. Pocket Quantity - 1 piece with 6 compartments. Pocket Size 253 (W) x 48 (D) mm BOXED SIZE 1265 (H) x 370 (W) x 445 (D)mm SYSTEM SIZE 1244 (H) x 330 (W) x 420 (D)mm Boxed Weight 13.0kg Created for the exhibition and trade show market.

Sixback Literature rack, 6 pockets A4+ 253mm wide with a frosted look. This is the perfect unit for those odd size brochures! Combining an eye-catching contemporary design and effortless no-tool, two-part assembly as well as 4 anti-slip feet. The Sixback is the perfect choice for any company wishing to display information brochures and leaflets. Pocket Quantity - 1 piece with 6 compartments. Pocket Size 253 (W) x 48 (D) mm BOXED SIZE 1265 (H) x 370 (W) x 445 (D)mm SYSTEM SIZE 1244 (H) x 330 (W) x 420 (D)mm Boxed Weight 13.0kg Created for the exhibition and trade show market.

£110
1.5m thick floor to ceiling cable with tensioner end fitting.

Floor to ceiling cable, 4M long x 1.5mm stainless steel wire with fixings for floor to ceiling securing. Add other display fixings as required for other surface mounting requirements. Create your own custom window cable display system with our range of parts. If you need help working out your window display configuration just give us a call 01256 768178.

Floor to ceiling cable, 4M long x 1.5mm stainless steel wire with fixings for floor to ceiling securing. Add other display fixings as required for other surface mounting requirements. Create your own custom window cable display system with our range of parts. If you need help working out your window display configuration just give us a call 01256 768178.

£12
Midi banner stand for dektop

Desk top Midi is a roller banner stand at only 400mm wide designed for countertop use. The graphic is rolled inside exactly as a normal roller banner, it comes with a carry bag and offers 4 height configurations 400mm, 800mm 1200mm and 1600mm.The poles supplied come in 4 pieces and plug together to give the desired height for your promotion. Want to know more Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Desk top Midi is a roller banner stand at only 400mm wide designed for countertop use. The graphic is rolled inside exactly as a normal roller banner, it comes with a carry bag and offers 4 height configurations 400mm, 800mm 1200mm and 1600mm.The poles supplied come in 4 pieces and plug together to give the desired height for your promotion. Want to know more Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£60
Fold flat exhibition counter with branding

Fold flat exhibition counter solution covered with your digital graphics files on front and sides. A branded counter is ideal for trade shows and events aiding you to get over your promotional message for the occasion. These flat pack counter units are all velcro assemble to enable a quick set up and take down at the end of your event. They come with a smart black top and there is an option to add a rear closure panel to act as a door panel. One shelf is included a standard with this counter. This units dimensions are 800mm x 400mm top, 1000mm high x 780mm x 380mm wide base column. Supplied in 1 week or less. Call on 01256 768178 to discuss any art working questions you may have. Ask about adding a digitally printed logo to the counter top.

Fold flat exhibition counter solution covered with your digital graphics files on front and sides. A branded counter is ideal for trade shows and events aiding you to get over your promotional message for the occasion. These flat pack counter units are all velcro assemble to enable a quick set up and take down at the end of your event. They come with a smart black top and there is an option to add a rear closure panel to act as a door panel. One shelf is included a standard with this counter. This units dimensions are 800mm x 400mm top, 1000mm high x 780mm x 380mm wide base column. Supplied in 1 week or less. Call on 01256 768178 to discuss any art working questions you may have. Ask about adding a digitally printed logo to the counter top.

£285
Media 6 literature rack with carry case.

A5, A4, A3 compact literature racks. The number 1 portable Brochure rack for exhibitions and trade shows. Folding (portrait) literature rack made of aluminium, that come with clear perspex shelves. The depth of the shelf lip is 25mm and the frame is made of aluminium, so very light indeed. This unit is supplied in a robust alley case, to provide transit protection, weighs 8.8 kilos. A stock item supplied usually within 24hrs. Ever popular at exhibitions and trade show events as it is light weight and reliable.

A5, A4, A3 compact literature racks. The number 1 portable Brochure rack for exhibitions and trade shows. Folding (portrait) literature rack made of aluminium, that come with clear perspex shelves. The depth of the shelf lip is 25mm and the frame is made of aluminium, so very light indeed. This unit is supplied in a robust alley case, to provide transit protection, weighs 8.8 kilos. A stock item supplied usually within 24hrs. Ever popular at exhibitions and trade show events as it is light weight and reliable.

£85
Race Start Line 2

This event start line incorporates side fences for extra style plus media banner support and safety. The modular design can be built in a variety of sizes this one shown is 5 meters wide overall and 3.5 meters high Banners can also be provided (not included) by quotation. This product can also be hired. Truss systems used external amy need additional base weighting and or guy lines.

This event start line incorporates side fences for extra style plus media banner support and safety. The modular design can be built in a variety of sizes this one shown is 5 meters wide overall and 3.5 meters high Banners can also be provided (not included) by quotation. This product can also be hired. Truss systems used external amy need additional base weighting and or guy lines.

£2,628
Wall screw fitting adjustable

Wall screw fitting. This fitting goes into one end of a cable to allow fixing to a wall or angled surface, inside the base is a screw cup to enable invisible fixing

Wall screw fitting. This fitting goes into one end of a cable to allow fixing to a wall or angled surface, inside the base is a screw cup to enable invisible fixing

£5
The sidewinder roller banner range together

Sidewinder pull up roller banner stand with a smart silver anodised finish and black end caps. These high quality banner stands come with a protective carry bag. The support pole is bungee joined together and housed within the unit base. The graphic banner has a visible height of 2100mm and choice of 5 widths from 600 to 1500mm. The foot print of this unit is 170mm deep x width +15mm. The graphics (printing included) are printed on Melinex stoplight, a product selected through painstaking research by the Coker Expo Group for its stability (anti curl) The inks used from 2014 are now pigmented giving 100 years of anti fade according to the manufacturers. The accuracy of Pantone matching is now over 70% please let us know if you have a particularly important or difficult colour for matching. We are here to help with any questions 01256 768178.

Sidewinder pull up roller banner stand with a smart silver anodised finish and black end caps. These high quality banner stands come with a protective carry bag. The support pole is bungee joined together and housed within the unit base. The graphic banner has a visible height of 2100mm and choice of 5 widths from 600 to 1500mm. The foot print of this unit is 170mm deep x width +15mm. The graphics (printing included) are printed on Melinex stoplight, a product selected through painstaking research by the Coker Expo Group for its stability (anti curl) The inks used from 2014 are now pigmented giving 100 years of anti fade according to the manufacturers. The accuracy of Pantone matching is now over 70% please let us know if you have a particularly important or difficult colour for matching. We are here to help with any questions 01256 768178.

£150
Double sided grip

DUse with Our Cable Displays System to support graphic panels and Acrylic Poster Holders. Available for 4mm and 7mm thick substrates: 4mm - 10mm dia. x 20mm 7mm - 16mm dia. x 43mm with rotating feature for multi-angle fixing Quality aluminium components Available in silver satin finish Requires 1.5mm (7mm only) and 2mm Allen key (not supplied)

DUse with Our Cable Displays System to support graphic panels and Acrylic Poster Holders. Available for 4mm and 7mm thick substrates: 4mm - 10mm dia. x 20mm 7mm - 16mm dia. x 43mm with rotating feature for multi-angle fixing Quality aluminium components Available in silver satin finish Requires 1.5mm (7mm only) and 2mm Allen key (not supplied)

£3
Platinum cassette roller banner stand

The New Platinum 2 pull up Roller banner stand is a good choice when quality is important. The unit incorporates an interchangeable cassette Banner which allows for swapping the graphic cartridge. It is really fast and easy, simply remove and insert the new graphic cartridge through the base and pull up the banner, good to get on with your event. Available in two sizes 850mm and 1M wide, complete with Graphic on stoplight with anti curl properties. Image size is 850 or 1M wide x 2130mm high, please add 150mm at the base when preparing the artwork, this is for the rewind mechanism. stoplight graphic with anti curl layer Hybrid telescopic pole Quick change cassette cartridge Smoky translucent end caps Stylish front profile Adjustable stabilizing feet Supplied with padded carry bag and shoulder strap Need more information or advice, call 01256 768178

The New Platinum 2 pull up Roller banner stand is a good choice when quality is important. The unit incorporates an interchangeable cassette Banner which allows for swapping the graphic cartridge. It is really fast and easy, simply remove and insert the new graphic cartridge through the base and pull up the banner, good to get on with your event. Available in two sizes 850mm and 1M wide, complete with Graphic on stoplight with anti curl properties. Image size is 850 or 1M wide x 2130mm high, please add 150mm at the base when preparing the artwork, this is for the rewind mechanism. stoplight graphic with anti curl layer Hybrid telescopic pole Quick change cassette cartridge Smoky translucent end caps Stylish front profile Adjustable stabilizing feet Supplied with padded carry bag and shoulder strap Need more information or advice, call 01256 768178

£185
Pop up case graphic wrap

Turn your exhibition pop up case into a podium counter please download the PDF below for your artwork dimensions the graphic wrap will be printed and laminated to fit precisely around the case and can be stored inside when not in use. The graphic will overlap at the back and be secured by male and female hook and loop strip

Turn your exhibition pop up case into a podium counter please download the PDF below for your artwork dimensions the graphic wrap will be printed and laminated to fit precisely around the case and can be stored inside when not in use. The graphic will overlap at the back and be secured by male and female hook and loop strip

£75
An event, race start line in Trio gantry

This is a very cost effective start line for events and races. The image shown is 5m over all width, 2.5m depth and 3.75 meters high. The unit takes only 40 minutes to assemble and can fit into an estate car with a maximum length piece of gantry at 2m. This trio system 35 structure may need additional base weighting and or guy lines to secure according to outdoor weather conditions. Banners shown are available by quotation, advised to use mesh pvc. Guy lines and stakes are another option, so too bolting the structure to a suitable ground surface.

This is a very cost effective start line for events and races. The image shown is 5m over all width, 2.5m depth and 3.75 meters high. The unit takes only 40 minutes to assemble and can fit into an estate car with a maximum length piece of gantry at 2m. This trio system 35 structure may need additional base weighting and or guy lines to secure according to outdoor weather conditions. Banners shown are available by quotation, advised to use mesh pvc. Guy lines and stakes are another option, so too bolting the structure to a suitable ground surface.

£2,107
Pop up case graphic wrap

Turn your exhibition pop up case into a podium counter please download the PDF below for your artwork dimensions the graphic wrap will be printed and laminated to fit precisely around the case and can be stored inside when not in use. The graphic will overlap at the back and be secured by male and female hook and loop strip

Turn your exhibition pop up case into a podium counter please download the PDF below for your artwork dimensions the graphic wrap will be printed and laminated to fit precisely around the case and can be stored inside when not in use. The graphic will overlap at the back and be secured by male and female hook and loop strip

£75
Banner stand light LED chrome clip on

Ciri 5W LED Banner stand light has a smart quality chrome finish. A mains powered light fitting with a bulldog clip for clamping to banner stand poles. The lighting head sits upon a sleek curving arm and can be rotated and swivelled to suit the banner stand. The fixture comes with a 2.5 metre mains lead with a UK plug.

Ciri 5W LED Banner stand light has a smart quality chrome finish. A mains powered light fitting with a bulldog clip for clamping to banner stand poles. The lighting head sits upon a sleek curving arm and can be rotated and swivelled to suit the banner stand. The fixture comes with a 2.5 metre mains lead with a UK plug.

£30
black iec splitter block

One in and two out daisy splitter block, made for an easy daisy chain plug and play, series lighting configurations. No need to struggle with this daisy lighting solution you can power multiple lights from one mains lead. allows rapid easy lighting installations one feed in and one extension to the next light. Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

One in and two out daisy splitter block, made for an easy daisy chain plug and play, series lighting configurations. No need to struggle with this daisy lighting solution you can power multiple lights from one mains lead. allows rapid easy lighting installations one feed in and one extension to the next light. Call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£9
Cafe menu display cases

Whether you are at an exhibition running a food stand, have a mobile food van at an outdoor event or are looking to brighten up your restaurant or café, our locking menu display cases are the perfect choice. The display cases are available as a House-shaped menu or round menu or in the shape of a coffee cup. The Backing plate is plasma cut 2mm steel powder coated with a choice of colours, full outdoor quality 30mm deep display case with magnetic backing. Each unit is supplied with one magnet per A4 size. We can also supply at a small extra cost self adhesive magnets to adhere to the back of menus for an even smarter presentation. These notice boards are designed to be wall mounted. Dimensions Coffee Cup: 625h x 1000mm wide window size is 303n x 453mm 2xA4 or 1 x A3 Landscape House Menu : Shapes are plasma cut outs 1212mm high x 1100mm wide Window is 653x653mm (6 A4's) Round Menu : Shapes are plasma cut outs 1300mm Diameter Window is 653x653mm (6 A4's) For more information on the menu noticeboards available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178.

Whether you are at an exhibition running a food stand, have a mobile food van at an outdoor event or are looking to brighten up your restaurant or café, our locking menu display cases are the perfect choice. The display cases are available as a House-shaped menu or round menu or in the shape of a coffee cup. The Backing plate is plasma cut 2mm steel powder coated with a choice of colours, full outdoor quality 30mm deep display case with magnetic backing. Each unit is supplied with one magnet per A4 size. We can also supply at a small extra cost self adhesive magnets to adhere to the back of menus for an even smarter presentation. These notice boards are designed to be wall mounted. Dimensions Coffee Cup: 625h x 1000mm wide window size is 303n x 453mm 2xA4 or 1 x A3 Landscape House Menu : Shapes are plasma cut outs 1212mm high x 1100mm wide Window is 653x653mm (6 A4's) Round Menu : Shapes are plasma cut outs 1300mm Diameter Window is 653x653mm (6 A4's) For more information on the menu noticeboards available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178.

£354
Cafe menu display cases

Whether you are at an exhibition running a food stand, have a mobile food van at an outdoor event or are looking to brighten up your restaurant or café, our locking menu display cases are the perfect choice. The display cases are available as a House-shaped menu or round menu or in the shape of a coffee cup. The Backing plate is plasma cut 2mm steel powder coated with a choice of colours, full outdoor quality 30mm deep display case with magnetic backing. Each unit is supplied with one magnet per A4 size. We can also supply at a small extra cost self adhesive magnets to adhere to the back of menus for an even smarter presentation. These notice boards are designed to be wall mounted. Dimensions Coffee Cup: 625h x 1000mm wide window size is 303n x 453mm 2xA4 or 1 x A3 Landscape House Menu : Shapes are plasma cut outs 1212mm high x 1100mm wide Window is 653x653mm (6 A4's) Round Menu : Shapes are plasma cut outs 1300mm Diameter Window is 653x653mm (6 A4's) For more information on the menu noticeboards available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178.

Whether you are at an exhibition running a food stand, have a mobile food van at an outdoor event or are looking to brighten up your restaurant or café, our locking menu display cases are the perfect choice. The display cases are available as a House-shaped menu or round menu or in the shape of a coffee cup. The Backing plate is plasma cut 2mm steel powder coated with a choice of colours, full outdoor quality 30mm deep display case with magnetic backing. Each unit is supplied with one magnet per A4 size. We can also supply at a small extra cost self adhesive magnets to adhere to the back of menus for an even smarter presentation. These notice boards are designed to be wall mounted. Dimensions Coffee Cup: 625h x 1000mm wide window size is 303n x 453mm 2xA4 or 1 x A3 Landscape House Menu : Shapes are plasma cut outs 1212mm high x 1100mm wide Window is 653x653mm (6 A4's) Round Menu : Shapes are plasma cut outs 1300mm Diameter Window is 653x653mm (6 A4's) For more information on the menu noticeboards available at Coker Expo, please call us on 01256 768178.

£354
Branded round display plinth

Round graphic display plinth, complete with digitally printed branded laminated body graphics. The most popular method of displaying your product at an exhibition or trade show event is by using a branded display plinth. This round graphic display plinth is available in various heights (standard is 1M), plus a choice of diameters from 500 to 700mm. Pedestal and podium units are designed to be easily portable and put together in a few moments. You can also store items inside of these podiums on your exhibition stand, if you need the items out, simply peel part of the graphic wrap away and grad the item. Components consist of top, base, 4 x poles and a body graphic wrap. Hand bolt the legs to the base of the plinth and tighten the smart chromed top studs. No need for tools. Full graphic covers the main body of the plinth attaching with velcro, finished with a choice of top colours. Our graphic display plinths can support a product display weight load of 60 kilos. These items take approximately 4 days in house to produce. Please call for quicker lead times if required. Custom units also available by quotation. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

Round graphic display plinth, complete with digitally printed branded laminated body graphics. The most popular method of displaying your product at an exhibition or trade show event is by using a branded display plinth. This round graphic display plinth is available in various heights (standard is 1M), plus a choice of diameters from 500 to 700mm. Pedestal and podium units are designed to be easily portable and put together in a few moments. You can also store items inside of these podiums on your exhibition stand, if you need the items out, simply peel part of the graphic wrap away and grad the item. Components consist of top, base, 4 x poles and a body graphic wrap. Hand bolt the legs to the base of the plinth and tighten the smart chromed top studs. No need for tools. Full graphic covers the main body of the plinth attaching with velcro, finished with a choice of top colours. Our graphic display plinths can support a product display weight load of 60 kilos. These items take approximately 4 days in house to produce. Please call for quicker lead times if required. Custom units also available by quotation. Call Coker Expo for more info on 01256 768178

£220
Wall Communicator brochure rack

Communicator wall mounted brochure display rack takes 8 A4 portrait brochures. It is also suitable for A3 landscape literature and brochures. The wide acrylic shelves hook over the frame work of the rack. There are four fixing points to secure it to the wall. This smart brochure rack is ideal for receptions and show rooms, its wide shelves are useful for those odd sized brochures too. Its height is 1450mm x 520mm wide and 240mm deep.

Communicator wall mounted brochure display rack takes 8 A4 portrait brochures. It is also suitable for A3 landscape literature and brochures. The wide acrylic shelves hook over the frame work of the rack. There are four fixing points to secure it to the wall. This smart brochure rack is ideal for receptions and show rooms, its wide shelves are useful for those odd sized brochures too. Its height is 1450mm x 520mm wide and 240mm deep.

£190
Exhibition truss with raised display area

This build is for a floor area of 3M x 3M. This gantry exhibition stand has the following dimensions, 3 x 3 x 2.5 / 3.8M high. With the addition of a simple 3 way truss junction we can send an arm up and over the main gantry frame work. This creates a great frame work to surround a publicity banner high up at any event or exhibition. 35mm diameter tube with a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system. Our sample design can be altered with ease to fit any floor area that you may need, ask for a quote.

This build is for a floor area of 3M x 3M. This gantry exhibition stand has the following dimensions, 3 x 3 x 2.5 / 3.8M high. With the addition of a simple 3 way truss junction we can send an arm up and over the main gantry frame work. This creates a great frame work to surround a publicity banner high up at any event or exhibition. 35mm diameter tube with a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system. Our sample design can be altered with ease to fit any floor area that you may need, ask for a quote.

£2,650
Demo center counters in black and white finish

Probably our most popular promotional counter, the demo center is small but perfectly suited to the smaller promotion where ever the venue. The dimensions for this unit are, 905mm High x 790mm wide. Round fronted with a rigid Pvc top fascia, made from polypropylene. Available in black or white. This counter unit folds down and can be assembled in moments. • High quality re-usable, easy to assemble • Polypropylene body panel incorporating unique hinges for easy folding • Vacuum formed high impact polystyrene tops and base shelf • Epoxy polyester powder coated steel poles Any questions or advice 01256 768178

Probably our most popular promotional counter, the demo center is small but perfectly suited to the smaller promotion where ever the venue. The dimensions for this unit are, 905mm High x 790mm wide. Round fronted with a rigid Pvc top fascia, made from polypropylene. Available in black or white. This counter unit folds down and can be assembled in moments. • High quality re-usable, easy to assemble • Polypropylene body panel incorporating unique hinges for easy folding • Vacuum formed high impact polystyrene tops and base shelf • Epoxy polyester powder coated steel poles Any questions or advice 01256 768178

£140
42w Led track light fitting in white

Very bright LED track spot with integral driver available in white, black and satin silver finish. This track spotlight has comparable performance to a 150W HQI spotlight With Cool white light out put at 3922 Lumens Or Warm white at 3709 Lumens. Now thats leading to a lovely bright showroom. With the following specification, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm of 3000 Kelvin, 3922 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. If you need a bright Led lighting fixture for use in your shop or retail unit then a track system with these display lighting fixtures could provide the solution. A powerful Led light able to light an exhibition stand too by securing the light track to a ceiling grid or handy supporting wall. Remember track can be connected in various shapes to enable illumination of the whole floor area. A 13amp power supply needs to be connected to the lighting track via it end power adapter. Need help? Please call we can offer a lighting display design service backed by our manufacturers for larger projects 3 days supply time.

Very bright LED track spot with integral driver available in white, black and satin silver finish. This track spotlight has comparable performance to a 150W HQI spotlight With Cool white light out put at 3922 Lumens Or Warm white at 3709 Lumens. Now thats leading to a lovely bright showroom. With the following specification, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm of 3000 Kelvin, 3922 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. If you need a bright Led lighting fixture for use in your shop or retail unit then a track system with these display lighting fixtures could provide the solution. A powerful Led light able to light an exhibition stand too by securing the light track to a ceiling grid or handy supporting wall. Remember track can be connected in various shapes to enable illumination of the whole floor area. A 13amp power supply needs to be connected to the lighting track via it end power adapter. Need help? Please call we can offer a lighting display design service backed by our manufacturers for larger projects 3 days supply time.

£191
42w Led track light fitting in white

Very bright LED track spot with integral driver available in white, black and satin silver finish. This track spotlight has comparable performance to a 150W HQI spotlight With Cool white light out put at 3922 Lumens Or Warm white at 3709 Lumens. Now thats leading to a lovely bright showroom. With the following specification, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm of 3000 Kelvin, 3922 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. If you need a bright Led lighting fixture for use in your shop or retail unit then a track system with these display lighting fixtures could provide the solution. A powerful Led light able to light an exhibition stand too by securing the light track to a ceiling grid or handy supporting wall. Remember track can be connected in various shapes to enable illumination of the whole floor area. A 13amp power supply needs to be connected to the lighting track via it end power adapter. Need help? Please call we can offer a lighting display design service backed by our manufacturers for larger projects 3 days supply time.

Very bright LED track spot with integral driver available in white, black and satin silver finish. This track spotlight has comparable performance to a 150W HQI spotlight With Cool white light out put at 3922 Lumens Or Warm white at 3709 Lumens. Now thats leading to a lovely bright showroom. With the following specification, 355 degree rotation with 0-180 degree tilt on the bracket, Mirror finish anodised reflector, Anti-glare design to create visual comfort, 50,000 hours average lifetime, Non-dimmable, Supplied c/w Integral Driver. Fitted with cool white bulbs of 4000 kelvin or warm of 3000 Kelvin, 3922 lumens and a beam angle of 40 degrees. If you need a bright Led lighting fixture for use in your shop or retail unit then a track system with these display lighting fixtures could provide the solution. A powerful Led light able to light an exhibition stand too by securing the light track to a ceiling grid or handy supporting wall. Remember track can be connected in various shapes to enable illumination of the whole floor area. A 13amp power supply needs to be connected to the lighting track via it end power adapter. Need help? Please call we can offer a lighting display design service backed by our manufacturers for larger projects 3 days supply time.

£191
Curved workstation in black fabric with beech top

Still a popular piece of portable exhibition furniture for trade shows, the curved workstation. We show it here with the woodgrain effect top and fabric ny-loop velcro friendly wrap and there is a wide choice when it come to counter top colours and tambour body wraps. This stylish open backed physique curved workstation can also be offered as the full body wrapped version if preferred, see the drop down menu to select it. The curved workstation measures 1000h x 985w x 500d, Weight is 17 Kilos. This exhibition counter is also available as a full graphic version which brings branding opportunities. For a really smart but simple exhibition counter look at the all beech version or the ultra modern brushed aluminium versions. If you have a question please call on 01256 768178.

Still a popular piece of portable exhibition furniture for trade shows, the curved workstation. We show it here with the woodgrain effect top and fabric ny-loop velcro friendly wrap and there is a wide choice when it come to counter top colours and tambour body wraps. This stylish open backed physique curved workstation can also be offered as the full body wrapped version if preferred, see the drop down menu to select it. The curved workstation measures 1000h x 985w x 500d, Weight is 17 Kilos. This exhibition counter is also available as a full graphic version which brings branding opportunities. For a really smart but simple exhibition counter look at the all beech version or the ultra modern brushed aluminium versions. If you have a question please call on 01256 768178.

£237
Communicator brochure racks. Single sided free standing 3 sizes.

This communicator brochure rack - literature rack is a single sided aluminium framed freestanding unit, with acrylic shelves for clear presentation of A4 portrait and A3 Landscape brochures or magazines. The communicator range of racks are all very useful for displaying those odd sized brochures in a showroom or reception. There is an element of assembly and together with there size may not not be the most portable for use at an both exhibition. This floor standing version with acrylic hook on literature holders, is offered in three sizes 8-16 A4 portrait, the depth of the shelf is 40mm. The height of this rack is 1760mm x 546/780 & 1780mm depending on model.

This communicator brochure rack - literature rack is a single sided aluminium framed freestanding unit, with acrylic shelves for clear presentation of A4 portrait and A3 Landscape brochures or magazines. The communicator range of racks are all very useful for displaying those odd sized brochures in a showroom or reception. There is an element of assembly and together with there size may not not be the most portable for use at an both exhibition. This floor standing version with acrylic hook on literature holders, is offered in three sizes 8-16 A4 portrait, the depth of the shelf is 40mm. The height of this rack is 1760mm x 546/780 & 1780mm depending on model.

£200
Black moulded pop up display transport case with beech top.

The Easy Pop Up case is a strong moulded construction complete with lockable catches (Lock not supplied). This wheeled pop up transport case has a lighting compartment within lid and a free folding woodgrain effect counter top, full details on PDF below. With the addition of a graphic wrap you can turn your pop up case into a podium on your exhibition stand. This Quality display stand case seems to fit most cars, it will hold a pop up stand up to 3x4 straight or curved complete with the frame, magnetic bars, graphics and lights go into a lighting compartment in the lid with pre-shaped foam cut outs. This pop up display transit case has is tough and hard wearing built to take the knocks and protect your valuable pop up display equipment. Note : Graphic wrap sizes 1760 = 50mm overlap x 830mm high Feel free to call 01256 768178 with any questions.

The Easy Pop Up case is a strong moulded construction complete with lockable catches (Lock not supplied). This wheeled pop up transport case has a lighting compartment within lid and a free folding woodgrain effect counter top, full details on PDF below. With the addition of a graphic wrap you can turn your pop up case into a podium on your exhibition stand. This Quality display stand case seems to fit most cars, it will hold a pop up stand up to 3x4 straight or curved complete with the frame, magnetic bars, graphics and lights go into a lighting compartment in the lid with pre-shaped foam cut outs. This pop up display transit case has is tough and hard wearing built to take the knocks and protect your valuable pop up display equipment. Note : Graphic wrap sizes 1760 = 50mm overlap x 830mm high Feel free to call 01256 768178 with any questions.

£165
Communicator brochure rack. Double sided 3 Sizes

This free standing brochure rack - literature rack is the double sided version of the communicator range, suitable for A4 portrait or A3 landscape presentation of brochures and leaflets. This units is constructed from an aluminium frame with smart hook on acrylic shelves, aimed at the showroom or reception market for every day use. There are three models to choose from 16 - 32 A4 Portrait brochures at once, the depth of the shelf is 40mm. Units are 1760mm High and 450mm deep Widths are 546, 766 & 1780mm depending on the model chosen.

This free standing brochure rack - literature rack is the double sided version of the communicator range, suitable for A4 portrait or A3 landscape presentation of brochures and leaflets. This units is constructed from an aluminium frame with smart hook on acrylic shelves, aimed at the showroom or reception market for every day use. There are three models to choose from 16 - 32 A4 Portrait brochures at once, the depth of the shelf is 40mm. Units are 1760mm High and 450mm deep Widths are 546, 766 & 1780mm depending on the model chosen.

£245
Exhibition panel hire with poles and bases

Exhibition panel hire, build your own exhibition stand with these modular panels. Our exhibition panels are split height at 1m and 1250mm so achieve a height of 2250mm once assembled. the hire panels are 1m in width and each panel is supplied with poles and 300mm diameter heavy steel bases. The fabric on the boards is a heavy duty polyweave so long lasting and acceptable to hook velcro fastners. These are not pin boards. Standard panel hire period is 1 to 5 days. Delivery will be by courier for self set up, please advise your exhibition venue along with dates and times, we can then quote for you. Alternative you you are welcome to collect and return

Exhibition panel hire, build your own exhibition stand with these modular panels. Our exhibition panels are split height at 1m and 1250mm so achieve a height of 2250mm once assembled. the hire panels are 1m in width and each panel is supplied with poles and 300mm diameter heavy steel bases. The fabric on the boards is a heavy duty polyweave so long lasting and acceptable to hook velcro fastners. These are not pin boards. Standard panel hire period is 1 to 5 days. Delivery will be by courier for self set up, please advise your exhibition venue along with dates and times, we can then quote for you. Alternative you you are welcome to collect and return

£20
Exhibition stand with a canopy roof structure.

Vector Kit 5 is made up of three walls and a roof canopy, this modular exhibition structure has a size of 3M wide and 3m deep by height of 2070mm and 2310 to the canopy height. The extending roof canopy on the vector trade show stand ties the walls together and creates an opportunity for down lighting, a nice way to illuminate an exhibition stand floor area. Vector displays come in a range of freeform styles and designs, all can be added too at a later date to create a fresh new exhibition stand, so should you wish to change the look at your next trade show event it can be done with ease. The smart aluminium profiles lock together with an allen key fitting, follow the drawing that we will supply. now take your printed tension fabric graphics which have a clever silicone bead sewn to all sides and gently push he bead into the receiving edge of the profile. Please note price is not including accessories shown or any lighting fixtures. You may wish to consider adding transit cases to keep your exhibition system all together and protected during transit to different events and shows. We can custom build a modular exhibition booth along these lines to your specific stand dimensions, please ask for a quotation 01256 768178

Vector Kit 5 is made up of three walls and a roof canopy, this modular exhibition structure has a size of 3M wide and 3m deep by height of 2070mm and 2310 to the canopy height. The extending roof canopy on the vector trade show stand ties the walls together and creates an opportunity for down lighting, a nice way to illuminate an exhibition stand floor area. Vector displays come in a range of freeform styles and designs, all can be added too at a later date to create a fresh new exhibition stand, so should you wish to change the look at your next trade show event it can be done with ease. The smart aluminium profiles lock together with an allen key fitting, follow the drawing that we will supply. now take your printed tension fabric graphics which have a clever silicone bead sewn to all sides and gently push he bead into the receiving edge of the profile. Please note price is not including accessories shown or any lighting fixtures. You may wish to consider adding transit cases to keep your exhibition system all together and protected during transit to different events and shows. We can custom build a modular exhibition booth along these lines to your specific stand dimensions, please ask for a quotation 01256 768178

£2,280
Vector kit 7, freeform exhibition display stand with shelves.

Vector Kit 6 is an stand alone freeform trade show display stand, designed to catch the eye at any event. A free style, freeform vector display brings curves and arcs into the exhibition arena that has many straight aligned walls and divides. Lift the look of your exhibition stand with some soft curves and some real design. This freeform vector exhibition stand includes shelving and cable kits with graphic display boards to enable easy product promotion on a grande structure. A simple allen key tool is all you will need to lock together each of the aluminium sections. A simple channel in each aluminium profile receives the silicone bead that is sewn to all edges of our tension fabric graphics. Allow 10 days to 2 weeks to produce a freeform exhibition structure as this. We also offer a custom design service to allow you to create your own free style vector exhibition stand. Call for drawing and quotation 01256 768178

Vector Kit 6 is an stand alone freeform trade show display stand, designed to catch the eye at any event. A free style, freeform vector display brings curves and arcs into the exhibition arena that has many straight aligned walls and divides. Lift the look of your exhibition stand with some soft curves and some real design. This freeform vector exhibition stand includes shelving and cable kits with graphic display boards to enable easy product promotion on a grande structure. A simple allen key tool is all you will need to lock together each of the aluminium sections. A simple channel in each aluminium profile receives the silicone bead that is sewn to all edges of our tension fabric graphics. Allow 10 days to 2 weeks to produce a freeform exhibition structure as this. We also offer a custom design service to allow you to create your own free style vector exhibition stand. Call for drawing and quotation 01256 768178

£1,505
Custom modular exhibition stand with arch support and storage cupboard

Vector Kit 7 modular exhibition display stand with a supporting arch and cupboard storeroom area. This exhibition stand has dimensions of 6000mm x 3000mm x 2400mm high. Vector modular display stands are created from a range of aluminium profile sections that lock together with an allen key connector fitting. Each aluminium section has a receiving channel to accept the fabric graphics. Each fabric graphic has a flexible silicone bead sewn to every edge, this slips in the channel to hold it tight and create the finished display wall. There is also an option for a solid foamex panel to be fixed into the display frames with velcro, available by quotation. Method of assemble of an exhibition stand as this example, the aluminium frame work is assembled from standard sizes frames to create the structure of the complete exhibition stand. This then needs to be dressed with graphics, either tension fabrics or velcro fixed digitally printed display boards. All our vector modular displays are designs that can be adapted to suit your bespoke requirements or altered at a future point in time to create a new trade show stand for another event. A modular display as this is all about standing out from the crowd, your own printed branding brings a stylish display stand to life. Need a bespoke design along these lines, 01256 768178

Vector Kit 7 modular exhibition display stand with a supporting arch and cupboard storeroom area. This exhibition stand has dimensions of 6000mm x 3000mm x 2400mm high. Vector modular display stands are created from a range of aluminium profile sections that lock together with an allen key connector fitting. Each aluminium section has a receiving channel to accept the fabric graphics. Each fabric graphic has a flexible silicone bead sewn to every edge, this slips in the channel to hold it tight and create the finished display wall. There is also an option for a solid foamex panel to be fixed into the display frames with velcro, available by quotation. Method of assemble of an exhibition stand as this example, the aluminium frame work is assembled from standard sizes frames to create the structure of the complete exhibition stand. This then needs to be dressed with graphics, either tension fabrics or velcro fixed digitally printed display boards. All our vector modular displays are designs that can be adapted to suit your bespoke requirements or altered at a future point in time to create a new trade show stand for another event. A modular display as this is all about standing out from the crowd, your own printed branding brings a stylish display stand to life. Need a bespoke design along these lines, 01256 768178

£2,835
Vector kit 8 modular exhibition stand with two support arches

Vector Kit 8 trade show display stand, designed to fit a 6x3 Metre L Shaped exhibition stand floor area. Vector modular display stands are produced with various aluminium profile sections that lock together with an connector fitting. Each aluminium section has a receiving channel to accept the fabric graphics. All tension fabric graphics have a flexible silicone bead stitched to every edge. This jab fits into the channel to hold it tight and create the finished display. Should you wish for a more traditional graphic style we also offer an option for a printed foamex panel to be fixed into the display frames with velcro, available by quotation. To assemble a trade show display stand as this example, the aluminium frame work is assembled from standard size aluminium components. The assembled frames then lock together to create the finished structure of the exhibition stand. This then needs to be dressed with graphics, either tension fabrics, the most popular or velcro fixed digitally printed display boards. All our vector modular displays are designs that can be adapted to suit your custom requirement. We can also altered any stand design at a later date to create a new trade show display stand for your next event. We keep a log of all drawings and the components list to build it. A modular display as this makes a statement about the company and the products it is promoting, your own printed branding brings a stylish display stand as this to life. Please note the accessories shown are not included in the cost shown. Need a custom trade show stand design along these lines, 01256 768178

Vector Kit 8 trade show display stand, designed to fit a 6x3 Metre L Shaped exhibition stand floor area. Vector modular display stands are produced with various aluminium profile sections that lock together with an connector fitting. Each aluminium section has a receiving channel to accept the fabric graphics. All tension fabric graphics have a flexible silicone bead stitched to every edge. This jab fits into the channel to hold it tight and create the finished display. Should you wish for a more traditional graphic style we also offer an option for a printed foamex panel to be fixed into the display frames with velcro, available by quotation. To assemble a trade show display stand as this example, the aluminium frame work is assembled from standard size aluminium components. The assembled frames then lock together to create the finished structure of the exhibition stand. This then needs to be dressed with graphics, either tension fabrics, the most popular or velcro fixed digitally printed display boards. All our vector modular displays are designs that can be adapted to suit your custom requirement. We can also altered any stand design at a later date to create a new trade show display stand for your next event. We keep a log of all drawings and the components list to build it. A modular display as this makes a statement about the company and the products it is promoting, your own printed branding brings a stylish display stand as this to life. Please note the accessories shown are not included in the cost shown. Need a custom trade show stand design along these lines, 01256 768178

£2,330
Wave display stand with canopy roof, LCD screens and literature racks

Linear wave display stand has a visible graphic area of 2000 x 2000mm Total frame is 2475mm high x 3000mm wide. This executive stylish design is very easy to assemble with a small number of components that are in a smart anodised finish. The side wings are in a frosted acrylic being mounted to the 75mm diameter upright round posts. The price includes 2 LCD holders and 6 literature holders or 2 LCD holders and 4 shelves and graphics. This freestanding promotional advertising display is designed for semi permanent display locations such as shopping centers, receptions, retail applications and showroom areas in particular. Please watch the video to understand how the system is assembled. Choice of top styles, lights are not included, we recommend 2 x LED pop up lights For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Linear wave display stand has a visible graphic area of 2000 x 2000mm Total frame is 2475mm high x 3000mm wide. This executive stylish design is very easy to assemble with a small number of components that are in a smart anodised finish. The side wings are in a frosted acrylic being mounted to the 75mm diameter upright round posts. The price includes 2 LCD holders and 6 literature holders or 2 LCD holders and 4 shelves and graphics. This freestanding promotional advertising display is designed for semi permanent display locations such as shopping centers, receptions, retail applications and showroom areas in particular. Please watch the video to understand how the system is assembled. Choice of top styles, lights are not included, we recommend 2 x LED pop up lights For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£1,200
Curve linear display stand with branded sign and curved roof structure

The curve display stand has a visible graphic area of 2000 x 2000mm Total frame is 2475mm high x 3000mm wide. This executive, stylish design is very easy to assemble with a small number of components that are in a smart anodised aluminium finish. The side wings are in a frosted acrylic being mounted to the 75mm diameter upright round posts. The price includes 2 LCD holders and 6 literature holders or 2 LCD holders and 4 shelves and graphics. This freestanding promotional display is designed for semi permanent display locations such as a shopping center, reception, retail applications or showroom area. If you have a special promotion coming up this display stand with its eye catching shape and some powerful branding could turn heads for your product or event. Please watch the video to understand how the system is assembled. Lights are not included, we recommend 2 x LED pop up lights For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

The curve display stand has a visible graphic area of 2000 x 2000mm Total frame is 2475mm high x 3000mm wide. This executive, stylish design is very easy to assemble with a small number of components that are in a smart anodised aluminium finish. The side wings are in a frosted acrylic being mounted to the 75mm diameter upright round posts. The price includes 2 LCD holders and 6 literature holders or 2 LCD holders and 4 shelves and graphics. This freestanding promotional display is designed for semi permanent display locations such as a shopping center, reception, retail applications or showroom area. If you have a special promotion coming up this display stand with its eye catching shape and some powerful branding could turn heads for your product or event. Please watch the video to understand how the system is assembled. Lights are not included, we recommend 2 x LED pop up lights For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£1,200
Display stand with Lcd screens

Audio Visual Centro Kit 1 - Centro Multimedia display stands have been designed to create a display wall that incorporates an Lcd screen for an interactive or multimedia element. The new Rotrlink connection with anodised posts enables a very quick set up with a small number of components. The key way posts enable the fixing of additional elements such as tables, shelves and literature racks thanks to clever cams. There is even a match counter unit to complete the display and give an image to be proud of at any event or in your company showroom. Supplied with graphics panels. • Innovative modular AV stands • 42" maximum screen size for AV Kit 1 • New unique RotrLink connection • Anodised aluminium 8-way posts and matching silver steel bases • Fewer component parts providing reduced assembly times • 4mm hex key supplied • Compatible with entire Centro range • Overall height without lighting 2019mm • Podium table included for stand stability • Footprint - 1206(w) x 521mm(d) • Gross weight including optional 2 x trolley cases 54kg • Overall graphic dimensions - 1990(h) x 950mm(w) Optional upgrades • We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases • iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied • MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder

Audio Visual Centro Kit 1 - Centro Multimedia display stands have been designed to create a display wall that incorporates an Lcd screen for an interactive or multimedia element. The new Rotrlink connection with anodised posts enables a very quick set up with a small number of components. The key way posts enable the fixing of additional elements such as tables, shelves and literature racks thanks to clever cams. There is even a match counter unit to complete the display and give an image to be proud of at any event or in your company showroom. Supplied with graphics panels. • Innovative modular AV stands • 42" maximum screen size for AV Kit 1 • New unique RotrLink connection • Anodised aluminium 8-way posts and matching silver steel bases • Fewer component parts providing reduced assembly times • 4mm hex key supplied • Compatible with entire Centro range • Overall height without lighting 2019mm • Podium table included for stand stability • Footprint - 1206(w) x 521mm(d) • Gross weight including optional 2 x trolley cases 54kg • Overall graphic dimensions - 1990(h) x 950mm(w) Optional upgrades • We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases • iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied • MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder

£800
Audio Visual Display Wall Centro Kit 2 with branding

Audio Visual Display Wall Centro Kit 2 an ideal solution if you need a portable display wall with an Lcd screen built in to allow public interaction or promotional films to be shown at events. These visual display walls are an ideal form of Multimedia presentation display wall and even have a range of optional upgrades too such as, iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied and MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white. We advise that this Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases. Price includes graphics. • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder • Innovative modular AV stands - please advise your screen size • 60" maximum screen size for AV Kit 2 • New unique RotrLink connection with anodised aluminium 8-way posts and matching silver steel bases • Fewer component parts providing reduced assembly times • 4mm hex key tool supplied • Compatible with other Centro accessories • Overall height 2019mm • Podium table included for stand stability • Footprint - 1765(w) x 521mm(d) • Overall graphic dimensions - 2 at 1990(h) x 750mm(w) Optional upgrades • We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases • iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied • MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder Need help or advice, call 01256 768178

Audio Visual Display Wall Centro Kit 2 an ideal solution if you need a portable display wall with an Lcd screen built in to allow public interaction or promotional films to be shown at events. These visual display walls are an ideal form of Multimedia presentation display wall and even have a range of optional upgrades too such as, iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied and MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white. We advise that this Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases. Price includes graphics. • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder • Innovative modular AV stands - please advise your screen size • 60" maximum screen size for AV Kit 2 • New unique RotrLink connection with anodised aluminium 8-way posts and matching silver steel bases • Fewer component parts providing reduced assembly times • 4mm hex key tool supplied • Compatible with other Centro accessories • Overall height 2019mm • Podium table included for stand stability • Footprint - 1765(w) x 521mm(d) • Overall graphic dimensions - 2 at 1990(h) x 750mm(w) Optional upgrades • We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases • iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied • MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white • Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder Need help or advice, call 01256 768178

£907
Audio Visual Display Stand Centro Kit 3

Audio Visual display stand Centro Kit 3 - Centro Multimedia display stands are designed to create a display wall that incorporates an Lcd screen for an interactive element at events, exhibitions and in the showroom, ideal to run a promotional film or presentation on. The Rotrlink connection with anodised posts enables a very quick set up with a small number of components. The key way posts enable the fixing of additional elements such as tables, shelves and literature racks, all thanks to clever cams. As handy add-ons you can choose from a matching counter unit, literature racks, ipad mounts and acrylic top caps. We also offer an eye catching range of accessories to complete any audio visual display stand and give a company image to be proud of at any event. Supplied with graphics panels. Clever modular AV stands - please specify screen size 42" maximum screen size for AV Kit 3 RotrLink connection with anodised aluminium 8-way posts Matching silver steel bases Fewer component parts, reduced assembly times 4mm hex key supplied Compatible with entire Centro range Overall height without lighting 2019mm Footprint - 2885mm(w) x 518mm(d) Gross weight including optional 2 x trolley cases 70kg Overall graphic dimensions - centre panel 1 x 1990mm (h) x 950(w) and outer panels 2 x 1990(h) x 750mm(w) Optional upgrades We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder Questions or advice please do call on 01256 768178

Audio Visual display stand Centro Kit 3 - Centro Multimedia display stands are designed to create a display wall that incorporates an Lcd screen for an interactive element at events, exhibitions and in the showroom, ideal to run a promotional film or presentation on. The Rotrlink connection with anodised posts enables a very quick set up with a small number of components. The key way posts enable the fixing of additional elements such as tables, shelves and literature racks, all thanks to clever cams. As handy add-ons you can choose from a matching counter unit, literature racks, ipad mounts and acrylic top caps. We also offer an eye catching range of accessories to complete any audio visual display stand and give a company image to be proud of at any event. Supplied with graphics panels. Clever modular AV stands - please specify screen size 42" maximum screen size for AV Kit 3 RotrLink connection with anodised aluminium 8-way posts Matching silver steel bases Fewer component parts, reduced assembly times 4mm hex key supplied Compatible with entire Centro range Overall height without lighting 2019mm Footprint - 2885mm(w) x 518mm(d) Gross weight including optional 2 x trolley cases 70kg Overall graphic dimensions - centre panel 1 x 1990mm (h) x 950(w) and outer panels 2 x 1990(h) x 750mm(w) Optional upgrades We advise, Kit requires two wheeled trolley cases iPad holder and Centro interface post mounting bracket supplied MDF Quadrant shelf with durable coating available in grey or white Colour co-ordinated acrylic A4 portrait brochure holder Questions or advice please do call on 01256 768178

£1,157
cafe barrier system prime

Our alfresco prime cafe barrier posts are the top of our range, they are suitable for use inside and outside in both sheltered and exposed locations. Define the pavement dining area outside your restaurant. They have heavier bases than standard and our banners are mounted with cross rails both at the top and bottom of the poles. The banners are fitted and gripped integrally without an overlapped hem avoiding stitching and welded seams being visible, the banners are not included but available from our digital printing section. The price shown is one post. Post and Base Stanchion. Polished stainless steel post Polished stainless steel base cover Polished chrome post cap – cast aluminium Wheelchair friendly low height base Childproof blanking plugs included Suitable for indoor, outdoor, high traffic and exposed areas 17kg 2 year warranty applies. Cross Arm - rails. Three cross arm widths 1200, 1500 and 2000mm (post centres) Polished aluminium cross arms with chrome ends Slide graphics into the cross arms Strong, durable cross arms Primo original cross arms and spring clips eliminate the need to stitch or eyelet the graphic Wall mounting bracket available Graphics not included 2 year warranty applies. Base diameter is 350mm - post height is 1025mm. Make your selection below and adjust quantities in your shopping basket. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

Our alfresco prime cafe barrier posts are the top of our range, they are suitable for use inside and outside in both sheltered and exposed locations. Define the pavement dining area outside your restaurant. They have heavier bases than standard and our banners are mounted with cross rails both at the top and bottom of the poles. The banners are fitted and gripped integrally without an overlapped hem avoiding stitching and welded seams being visible, the banners are not included but available from our digital printing section. The price shown is one post. Post and Base Stanchion. Polished stainless steel post Polished stainless steel base cover Polished chrome post cap – cast aluminium Wheelchair friendly low height base Childproof blanking plugs included Suitable for indoor, outdoor, high traffic and exposed areas 17kg 2 year warranty applies. Cross Arm - rails. Three cross arm widths 1200, 1500 and 2000mm (post centres) Polished aluminium cross arms with chrome ends Slide graphics into the cross arms Strong, durable cross arms Primo original cross arms and spring clips eliminate the need to stitch or eyelet the graphic Wall mounting bracket available Graphics not included 2 year warranty applies. Base diameter is 350mm - post height is 1025mm. Make your selection below and adjust quantities in your shopping basket. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178.

£95
Cafe barrier with advertising banner

Walkway cafe barrier post and base. Define the pavement dining or seating area outside your restaurant or cafe with our smart coffee time cafe barrier system. Black posts with banner rails in 3 sizes. The cafe banners lock to the top of the post with a cam and then tie to the base of the post with a spring clip. Outdoor stanchion post. 12.5kg post and base plate. Black powder coated paint finish. Childproof blanking plugs included. Suitable for indoor use and outdoor use in sheltered areas. Standard 1 year warranty applies. Cross Arms - rails Three cross arm widths 1200, 1500 and 2000mm (post centres) Graphic bar allows for traditional loop graphic fixing. Black powder coated cross arms with black chrome ends Strong, durable cross arms. Bottom of graphic attaches to post using a spring clip (included). Wall mounting bracket available. Graphics not included. Standard 1 year warranty applies SPECIFICATIONS. GRAPHIC PANEL SIZE Finished graphic panel size 900mm x 1775 / 1275 / 975mm [Please note – 100mm of graphic is folded over to create pole pocket] Visual graphic area 800mm x 1775 / 1275 / 975mm Graphic panel thickness 500 micron The price shown is one post and base. Please add your extra options below and change quantities as required in your shopping basket. Please see our PDFs for printable details on assembly and banner fitting details. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Walkway cafe barrier post and base. Define the pavement dining or seating area outside your restaurant or cafe with our smart coffee time cafe barrier system. Black posts with banner rails in 3 sizes. The cafe banners lock to the top of the post with a cam and then tie to the base of the post with a spring clip. Outdoor stanchion post. 12.5kg post and base plate. Black powder coated paint finish. Childproof blanking plugs included. Suitable for indoor use and outdoor use in sheltered areas. Standard 1 year warranty applies. Cross Arms - rails Three cross arm widths 1200, 1500 and 2000mm (post centres) Graphic bar allows for traditional loop graphic fixing. Black powder coated cross arms with black chrome ends Strong, durable cross arms. Bottom of graphic attaches to post using a spring clip (included). Wall mounting bracket available. Graphics not included. Standard 1 year warranty applies SPECIFICATIONS. GRAPHIC PANEL SIZE Finished graphic panel size 900mm x 1775 / 1275 / 975mm [Please note – 100mm of graphic is folded over to create pole pocket] Visual graphic area 800mm x 1775 / 1275 / 975mm Graphic panel thickness 500 micron The price shown is one post and base. Please add your extra options below and change quantities as required in your shopping basket. Please see our PDFs for printable details on assembly and banner fitting details. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£65
6 panel and pole display stand with landscape header.

Six panel and pole display stand comprising of 6x 600 x 900mm panels and 1 - 250 x 900mm header panel at 12.6kgs or upgrade to 700 x 1000mm panels at 18kgs, 8x 900mm poles 2x 250mm header poles, 4 bar feet. Panels can be used in portrait or landscape orientation a basic modular display stand that can be used in a number of configurations. Please select fabric colours from above fabric colour swatch, you also have a choice of black or grey Pvc frames, the trims width is 15mm all round. You can have different colours each side too if that allows versatility for a greater number of uses at events, presentations and display uses. Expect 1 week supply time, quicker for the basic blue/grey colour panel combination.

Six panel and pole display stand comprising of 6x 600 x 900mm panels and 1 - 250 x 900mm header panel at 12.6kgs or upgrade to 700 x 1000mm panels at 18kgs, 8x 900mm poles 2x 250mm header poles, 4 bar feet. Panels can be used in portrait or landscape orientation a basic modular display stand that can be used in a number of configurations. Please select fabric colours from above fabric colour swatch, you also have a choice of black or grey Pvc frames, the trims width is 15mm all round. You can have different colours each side too if that allows versatility for a greater number of uses at events, presentations and display uses. Expect 1 week supply time, quicker for the basic blue/grey colour panel combination.

£205
indoor cafe barrier and cordoning

Indoor cafe barrier, pedestrian cordoning screen, but not as you know it, this is a very different cordoning system. We use our System 70 aluminium 50mm box profile to create a supporting framework to carry a 3mm pvc panel on each side, making it double sided as standard. This cafe barrier system can be used in straight lines or linked at right angles to form a booth or segregated area if so required. The panels sizes are 1500mm x 1m high and feet are 450mm x 50mm in 6mm steel bar. A linking connector comes with each unit too. This queue barrier is ideal to form a line or cordon off and area, something you see at sports centers, shopping center isles and in retail queuing applications. It is also possible to custom make any size due to its method of construction so do ask for a quote to suit your particular needs, a little wider, a little higher, 01256 768178.

Indoor cafe barrier, pedestrian cordoning screen, but not as you know it, this is a very different cordoning system. We use our System 70 aluminium 50mm box profile to create a supporting framework to carry a 3mm pvc panel on each side, making it double sided as standard. This cafe barrier system can be used in straight lines or linked at right angles to form a booth or segregated area if so required. The panels sizes are 1500mm x 1m high and feet are 450mm x 50mm in 6mm steel bar. A linking connector comes with each unit too. This queue barrier is ideal to form a line or cordon off and area, something you see at sports centers, shopping center isles and in retail queuing applications. It is also possible to custom make any size due to its method of construction so do ask for a quote to suit your particular needs, a little wider, a little higher, 01256 768178.

£280
Exhibition display boards, individual panels.

Build your own display stand with our custom sized panels, individual display panels for making modular displays and exhibition booths. Buy your separate panels, poles and base plates if required to make up an size display or configuration that suits your particular requirements for each different exhibition or trade show. These panels can also be used to make display plinths with the addition of a plinth worktop or a even a cupboard with our door panel. These exhibition panels are covered in loop nylon fabric as standard but for an additional 20% you can upgrade to a prelude heavy duty fabric. Ask about door panels and table tops for benches, 01256 768178 We are happy to provide a quotation service with these projects.

Build your own display stand with our custom sized panels, individual display panels for making modular displays and exhibition booths. Buy your separate panels, poles and base plates if required to make up an size display or configuration that suits your particular requirements for each different exhibition or trade show. These panels can also be used to make display plinths with the addition of a plinth worktop or a even a cupboard with our door panel. These exhibition panels are covered in loop nylon fabric as standard but for an additional 20% you can upgrade to a prelude heavy duty fabric. Ask about door panels and table tops for benches, 01256 768178 We are happy to provide a quotation service with these projects.

£51
Connection poles 16 and 25mm

Connection poles 16mm and 25mm diameter in black or grey paint finish. These poles are for use with our modular panel display stands and are offered in a variety lengths to suit panel size options and uses. The poles can be screwed together and fitted with feet when required to enable panels to be set up as individual freestanding display boards or in any configuration required.

Connection poles 16mm and 25mm diameter in black or grey paint finish. These poles are for use with our modular panel display stands and are offered in a variety lengths to suit panel size options and uses. The poles can be screwed together and fitted with feet when required to enable panels to be set up as individual freestanding display boards or in any configuration required.

£7
Aluminium framed folding display stands 3 x sizes with headers

Our Aluminium framed gear edge display stands are the most durable in the range, with a stylish toothed gear profile the units offer light weight, quality and styling with high durability thanks to the smart anodised aluminium frames finish. We have three units in the range 6, 7 and 8 panel folding display stands including header panels, all with high quality graphics fitted. The mains panels are 600x900mm and the header is 600x250mm high. Carry bags and carry cases are also available to protect your presentation display board whilst in storage and transit to events and venues. Expect a week production time after supply of your digital files. Recommended optional AB109A Standard bag or AB110A Basic bag Recommended optional carry cases: 900 x 600 panels: AC308

Our Aluminium framed gear edge display stands are the most durable in the range, with a stylish toothed gear profile the units offer light weight, quality and styling with high durability thanks to the smart anodised aluminium frames finish. We have three units in the range 6, 7 and 8 panel folding display stands including header panels, all with high quality graphics fitted. The mains panels are 600x900mm and the header is 600x250mm high. Carry bags and carry cases are also available to protect your presentation display board whilst in storage and transit to events and venues. Expect a week production time after supply of your digital files. Recommended optional AB109A Standard bag or AB110A Basic bag Recommended optional carry cases: 900 x 600 panels: AC308

£408
display panel feet

Consideration must be given to the stability of a modular panel and pole display stand, equally to a folding display stand if the floor is uneven. We offer two solutions circular base plates 300mm diameter or channel feet, both are offered in grey or black, approx 1 kg weight and 3kg respectively. Create a single freestanding display board or a booth, with panel poles and bases as required. Supplied with an 8mm hex bolt for fixing to both 16mm dia and 25mm dia poles. Please make your selection below.

Consideration must be given to the stability of a modular panel and pole display stand, equally to a folding display stand if the floor is uneven. We offer two solutions circular base plates 300mm diameter or channel feet, both are offered in grey or black, approx 1 kg weight and 3kg respectively. Create a single freestanding display board or a booth, with panel poles and bases as required. Supplied with an 8mm hex bolt for fixing to both 16mm dia and 25mm dia poles. Please make your selection below.

£10
Aerial lighting gantry 4m diameter circle

A 4m diameter Trio aerial lighting truss rig in our 35mm diameter tube, modular truss system. At this size your are able to illuminate large exhibition and dance floor areas with ease, just add your chosen lighting fixtures. This is a quick assembly truss using a spigot and pin connection system. This 4m diameter Trio circle is supplied with 5 lifting eyes, you may wish to upgrade to truss adapters if this is your preference for suspending your lighting rig. 4 pieces at 1.9m radius sections, weighs 34 kilos. Questions or advice call 01256 768178.

A 4m diameter Trio aerial lighting truss rig in our 35mm diameter tube, modular truss system. At this size your are able to illuminate large exhibition and dance floor areas with ease, just add your chosen lighting fixtures. This is a quick assembly truss using a spigot and pin connection system. This 4m diameter Trio circle is supplied with 5 lifting eyes, you may wish to upgrade to truss adapters if this is your preference for suspending your lighting rig. 4 pieces at 1.9m radius sections, weighs 34 kilos. Questions or advice call 01256 768178.

£2,159
Audio Visual Display Stand for 32" Screens

The stylish and sturdy curved aluminium frame made up of a 968mm high upright beam and a 780mm wide base, holds a 640 x 1470mm graphic. The 1450mm AV pillar is able to support a 32" screen using a universal VESA mounting bracket, which also features a security tab to prevent the screen from being lifted off. The sliding / tilt, clamp bracket allows you to adjust the height of your screen, while any cables are discretely hidden within the AV pillar.

The stylish and sturdy curved aluminium frame made up of a 968mm high upright beam and a 780mm wide base, holds a 640 x 1470mm graphic. The 1450mm AV pillar is able to support a 32" screen using a universal VESA mounting bracket, which also features a security tab to prevent the screen from being lifted off. The sliding / tilt, clamp bracket allows you to adjust the height of your screen, while any cables are discretely hidden within the AV pillar.

£595
Av Lcd Screen Stand, 37- 42" Display Screens

A stylish and sturdy curved aluminum frame made up of a 968mm high upright beam and a 980mm wide base, holds a 840 x 1020mm graphic. The 1450mm AV pillar is able to support a 37"/42" screen using a universal VESA mounting bracket, which also features a security tab to prevent the screen from being lifted off. The sliding / tilt, clamp bracket allows you to adjust the height of your screen, while any cables are discretely hidden within the AV pillar.

A stylish and sturdy curved aluminum frame made up of a 968mm high upright beam and a 980mm wide base, holds a 840 x 1020mm graphic. The 1450mm AV pillar is able to support a 37"/42" screen using a universal VESA mounting bracket, which also features a security tab to prevent the screen from being lifted off. The sliding / tilt, clamp bracket allows you to adjust the height of your screen, while any cables are discretely hidden within the AV pillar.

£691
White and black Moonbase tablet holder units

MoonBase POS Tablet Holder and display stand Moonbase POS tablet display stand for Apple and Samsung products MoonBase tablet iPad/Tablet Holder The New MoonBase Tablet Holder offers a perfect display solution for a tablet for demonstration, checkout, interactive presentation, plus exhibitions, restaurants and events. The design enables a 45° screen sharing option between customer and staff as well as a 330° swivel option meaning enabling landscape or portrait configurations for your tablet. The MoonBase Tablet Holder has a lockable enclosure and is compatible with Apple or Samsung tablets. Specifications: Elegant free-sitting or mountable semi-cylindrical base- Lockable enclosure with 45° screen sharing and 330° rotation Continuous power option- Available in Saturn Black or Stardust White finish Optional cable security cord with two keys- Overall holder dimensions: Portrait: 225(w) x 265(d) x 260mm(h)- Landscape: 306(w) x 240(d) x 225mm(h) Packaged weight: 4.7kg- Compatible Samsung tablets as follows: Samsung Galaxy Tab 3 10.1" (launched July 2013) Samsung Galaxy Note 10.1" 2014 Edition (launched October 2013) Samsung Galaxy TabPRO 10.1" (launched February 2014) Samsung Galaxy Tab 4 10.1" (launched May 2014) Compatible Apple tablets as follows: Apple iPad 4 'Retina' 9.7" (launched November 2012) Apple iPad Air 9.7" (launched November 2013) Apple iPad Air 2 9.7" (launched October 2014) Please see the PDF to the left for locks and key information (available extras) For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

MoonBase POS Tablet Holder and display stand Moonbase POS tablet display stand for Apple and Samsung products MoonBase tablet iPad/Tablet Holder The New MoonBase Tablet Holder offers a perfect display solution for a tablet for demonstration, checkout, interactive presentation, plus exhibitions, restaurants and events. The design enables a 45° screen sharing option between customer and staff as well as a 330° swivel option meaning enabling landscape or portrait configurations for your tablet. The MoonBase Tablet Holder has a lockable enclosure and is compatible with Apple or Samsung tablets. Specifications: Elegant free-sitting or mountable semi-cylindrical base- Lockable enclosure with 45° screen sharing and 330° rotation Continuous power option- Available in Saturn Black or Stardust White finish Optional cable security cord with two keys- Overall holder dimensions: Portrait: 225(w) x 265(d) x 260mm(h)- Landscape: 306(w) x 240(d) x 225mm(h) Packaged weight: 4.7kg- Compatible Samsung tablets as follows: Samsung Galaxy Tab 3 10.1" (launched July 2013) Samsung Galaxy Note 10.1" 2014 Edition (launched October 2013) Samsung Galaxy TabPRO 10.1" (launched February 2014) Samsung Galaxy Tab 4 10.1" (launched May 2014) Compatible Apple tablets as follows: Apple iPad 4 'Retina' 9.7" (launched November 2012) Apple iPad Air 9.7" (launched November 2013) Apple iPad Air 2 9.7" (launched October 2014) Please see the PDF to the left for locks and key information (available extras) For more information please call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£85
5m diameter lighting truss circle

Trio 5m diameter suspended lighting truss circle in our System 35 modular truss system, supplied with 6 lifting eyes. This is our smaller weight system, 35mm diameter aluminium tube with quick connection spigot and pin fittings. We can also offer circles in this size and other diameters in a heavy weight 50mm diameter weight tube. 8 pieces at 2.4 radius sections which weighs 57 kilos. Remember that some times even a 5meter diameter truss circle is just not big enough, why not add in some straight beams to elongate it and add those extra meters to cover your exhibition, dance floor or atrium. We can also supply various lighting fixtures and if needs be a paint service, do you need white, black or any other colour by quotation. Call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178

Trio 5m diameter suspended lighting truss circle in our System 35 modular truss system, supplied with 6 lifting eyes. This is our smaller weight system, 35mm diameter aluminium tube with quick connection spigot and pin fittings. We can also offer circles in this size and other diameters in a heavy weight 50mm diameter weight tube. 8 pieces at 2.4 radius sections which weighs 57 kilos. Remember that some times even a 5meter diameter truss circle is just not big enough, why not add in some straight beams to elongate it and add those extra meters to cover your exhibition, dance floor or atrium. We can also supply various lighting fixtures and if needs be a paint service, do you need white, black or any other colour by quotation. Call and discuss your needs and time line 01256 768178

£2,699
Monsoon PVC banner display frame work

The monsoon outdoor banner stand for external events and promotions, works on a simple A-frame configuration. This frame work is assembled in moments, then just stretch your banner inside the aperture created and connect it to the frame work with bungies or cable ties. The systems dimensions are, 2500mm x 1000mm high x 640mm deep with a banner aperture of 2340mm x 840mm. This banner display system comes with a single sided, eyed Pvc outdoor grade banner. Natural finish 25mm square aluminium tubes with reinforced plastic moulding. Easy push-fit assembly with plastic flush-fit joints – no tools necessary. Graphic secured with adjustable looped elastics. Supplied complete with guide pegs and Includes carry bag. Double sided units are also available. Frame is 6.5 kilos. Suitable for outdoor conditions up to Beaufort scale 5, call for art working details, 01256 768178

The monsoon outdoor banner stand for external events and promotions, works on a simple A-frame configuration. This frame work is assembled in moments, then just stretch your banner inside the aperture created and connect it to the frame work with bungies or cable ties. The systems dimensions are, 2500mm x 1000mm high x 640mm deep with a banner aperture of 2340mm x 840mm. This banner display system comes with a single sided, eyed Pvc outdoor grade banner. Natural finish 25mm square aluminium tubes with reinforced plastic moulding. Easy push-fit assembly with plastic flush-fit joints – no tools necessary. Graphic secured with adjustable looped elastics. Supplied complete with guide pegs and Includes carry bag. Double sided units are also available. Frame is 6.5 kilos. Suitable for outdoor conditions up to Beaufort scale 5, call for art working details, 01256 768178

£150
2 Tier Lighting Gantry design

This build is for a floor area of 4m x 4m. The lighting gantry or truss has the following dimensions, 3m x 3m x 3.5m high. You know that the impressive look and height of a 2 tier lighting truss structure will be seen from way off across any exhibition hall. A quick system to construct thanks to a spigot and pin connection. The aluminium tube size is 35mm diameter. Be seen and get your brand over at any event with your banners set high up in the truss apertures that a second level of truss creates. Need a different floor size, no problem ask for a quote, 01256 768178.

This build is for a floor area of 4m x 4m. The lighting gantry or truss has the following dimensions, 3m x 3m x 3.5m high. You know that the impressive look and height of a 2 tier lighting truss structure will be seen from way off across any exhibition hall. A quick system to construct thanks to a spigot and pin connection. The aluminium tube size is 35mm diameter. Be seen and get your brand over at any event with your banners set high up in the truss apertures that a second level of truss creates. Need a different floor size, no problem ask for a quote, 01256 768178.

£3,668
The storm banner stand with water filled base

The Storm or Hydro 2 banner stand can be used outdoors for external events and promotional displays. The outdoor banner display is available in single and double sided units. The base unit can be filled with water or sand. Outdoor banner stands as this are suitable to Beaufort scale 3 weather conditions. The graphic size is 848x1848mm with a visual area of 800x1800mm printed at 720 dpi, fixed with eyelets. The system comes complete with a canvas carry bag. Expect a supply time of 1 week for external banner stands 01256 768178.

The Storm or Hydro 2 banner stand can be used outdoors for external events and promotional displays. The outdoor banner display is available in single and double sided units. The base unit can be filled with water or sand. Outdoor banner stands as this are suitable to Beaufort scale 3 weather conditions. The graphic size is 848x1848mm with a visual area of 800x1800mm printed at 720 dpi, fixed with eyelets. The system comes complete with a canvas carry bag. Expect a supply time of 1 week for external banner stands 01256 768178.

£133
Lighting truss for large exhibition stands

Lighting truss systems for a large floor area of 10m x 3m. This structure stands at 10m x 4m x 3m high a popular exhibition floor size at events such as the boat show. If you need it larger still we can add to the width and length, ask for a quote. This is an aluminium modular truss system that uses a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system, this means no nuts and bolts and tight joints to stop visible deflection of long beams. We are based in Hampshire, come and visit, 01256 768178.

Lighting truss systems for a large floor area of 10m x 3m. This structure stands at 10m x 4m x 3m high a popular exhibition floor size at events such as the boat show. If you need it larger still we can add to the width and length, ask for a quote. This is an aluminium modular truss system that uses a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system, this means no nuts and bolts and tight joints to stop visible deflection of long beams. We are based in Hampshire, come and visit, 01256 768178.

£3,637
Sys 50 Trio Lighting truss 8m x 4m

Display lighting truss system in our system 50 trio range comprising a 50mm aluminium tube. This design covers a floor area of 8m x 4m and stands at 3.5m high, using 2 piece split legs to make assembly easier. Make a real impact with this structure, cover it in graphics, lighting or AVI equipment. Easy spigot and split pin connection to lock one section to another. A system that can be added to year on year. Free cad service to make your idea's become reality.

Display lighting truss system in our system 50 trio range comprising a 50mm aluminium tube. This design covers a floor area of 8m x 4m and stands at 3.5m high, using 2 piece split legs to make assembly easier. Make a real impact with this structure, cover it in graphics, lighting or AVI equipment. Easy spigot and split pin connection to lock one section to another. A system that can be added to year on year. Free cad service to make your idea's become reality.

£3,788
50mm SC50 Trio Double goal post gantry stand

This stand gives the perfect frame for your large banner graphics. Our 50mm Trio truss system can also be used outdoors, we would advise mesh banners. This structure comes with extra large additional base plates at 1m square, to give a straight wall stability. Also bare in mind that additional base weight loading or guy lines amy be required to secure a system, depending on weather conditions. This structures dims are 7.5m wide x 3m high.

This stand gives the perfect frame for your large banner graphics. Our 50mm Trio truss system can also be used outdoors, we would advise mesh banners. This structure comes with extra large additional base plates at 1m square, to give a straight wall stability. Also bare in mind that additional base weight loading or guy lines amy be required to secure a system, depending on weather conditions. This structures dims are 7.5m wide x 3m high.

£2,105
System 50 Trio lighting truss back drop

This build has been designed as a back drop or rear wall at any exhibition or trade show event. This uses our 50mm diameter tube, spigot and pin system on additional 1m sq base plates, for stability. If you can not bolt into the floor, a single arch, portal or goal post as this design will need additional support. System 50 Trio is well suited to external events too. Banners should be made of mesh pvc banner to reduce wind pressure. This structure has dimensions of 6m x 2.5m high.

This build has been designed as a back drop or rear wall at any exhibition or trade show event. This uses our 50mm diameter tube, spigot and pin system on additional 1m sq base plates, for stability. If you can not bolt into the floor, a single arch, portal or goal post as this design will need additional support. System 50 Trio is well suited to external events too. Banners should be made of mesh pvc banner to reduce wind pressure. This structure has dimensions of 6m x 2.5m high.

£1,394
System 50 Trio Lighting Truss 4m x 4m

A basic starting structure in our system 50 trio lighting truss, 4m x 4m x 3m high.

A basic starting structure in our system 50 trio lighting truss, 4m x 4m x 3m high.

£2,708
System 50 Exhibition Gantry 6 Leg Rectangle

System 50 Sound and Lighting Display Truss System Here we show a 6 legged 8x4 Metre design using System 50 Trio lighting truss, this system can be used inside or out its also capable of high weight loading and long unsupported spans between legs. This design is 8 x 4M x 2.5M high, but is just shown here as an example to give you an idea of cost and the limitless possibilities offered with an exhibition gantry from any of our ranges. All the connections employ precision made conicals that plug into each other and are quickly secured with tapered pins and safety clips, Once connected the system is solid without deflection issues at the joints. Its a favoured system for those who install it because its quick and easy a satisfyingly solid construction. Please feel free to call and discuss your requirement, we will be happy to provide a cad drawing and quotation. Coker Expo have several ranges of Own Gantry stands to choose from all systems are TUV certified and Globally Compatible providing you take the right advice. An investment in System 35 or System 50 Exhibition Gantry is just about as solid as the Stands.

System 50 Sound and Lighting Display Truss System Here we show a 6 legged 8x4 Metre design using System 50 Trio lighting truss, this system can be used inside or out its also capable of high weight loading and long unsupported spans between legs. This design is 8 x 4M x 2.5M high, but is just shown here as an example to give you an idea of cost and the limitless possibilities offered with an exhibition gantry from any of our ranges. All the connections employ precision made conicals that plug into each other and are quickly secured with tapered pins and safety clips, Once connected the system is solid without deflection issues at the joints. Its a favoured system for those who install it because its quick and easy a satisfyingly solid construction. Please feel free to call and discuss your requirement, we will be happy to provide a cad drawing and quotation. Coker Expo have several ranges of Own Gantry stands to choose from all systems are TUV certified and Globally Compatible providing you take the right advice. An investment in System 35 or System 50 Exhibition Gantry is just about as solid as the Stands.

£4,038
CS50 TRIO External Event Race Start Line

A good sized outdoor event race start line, finish line, in our system 50 trio truss. We would suggest that with outdoor banners in windy conditions mesh pvc is advisable to allow wind flow through the media. Expect 2 - 3 men to be required to set up this race start line. This truss system is again spigot and pin with a solid conical, quick set up and take down with strength for higher weight loadings. The longest section in this build is a 2m beam, we can use smaller sections but costs will raise. The structures dimensions are 6m x 4m high and the support legs extend 2.5m from front to rear. Please bear in mind that additional weighting down and or guy roping may be required depending on the weather conditions and the surface it is standing up upon.

A good sized outdoor event race start line, finish line, in our system 50 trio truss. We would suggest that with outdoor banners in windy conditions mesh pvc is advisable to allow wind flow through the media. Expect 2 - 3 men to be required to set up this race start line. This truss system is again spigot and pin with a solid conical, quick set up and take down with strength for higher weight loadings. The longest section in this build is a 2m beam, we can use smaller sections but costs will raise. The structures dimensions are 6m x 4m high and the support legs extend 2.5m from front to rear. Please bear in mind that additional weighting down and or guy roping may be required depending on the weather conditions and the surface it is standing up upon.

£2,276
A range of double sided pop up fabric outdoor display

the Pop Out banner stand is a great flexible display product that will make your message stand out from the crowd at any event either in-doors or out. Extremely portable and lightweight the design is based around a flexible metal pole providing greater stability and improved performance without the need for assembly and packs away into a small carry bag supplied with the kit. Complete with banner graphic High visual impact display stand Indoor/outdoor use Extremely light weight Supplied with carry bag and ground pegs No tools required Available in three sizes Service time is normally 5 days (standard) Three Sizes 1.4, 1.7 and 2 Metres

the Pop Out banner stand is a great flexible display product that will make your message stand out from the crowd at any event either in-doors or out. Extremely portable and lightweight the design is based around a flexible metal pole providing greater stability and improved performance without the need for assembly and packs away into a small carry bag supplied with the kit. Complete with banner graphic High visual impact display stand Indoor/outdoor use Extremely light weight Supplied with carry bag and ground pegs No tools required Available in three sizes Service time is normally 5 days (standard) Three Sizes 1.4, 1.7 and 2 Metres

£167
Fabric covered straight pop up stand.

The velcro friendly straight pop up display stand kit, ready for use. A self expanding pop up frame system with magnetic bars makes a fast easy display or room divider in moments the velcro nylon loop fabric panels are bright and ready for your graphics to be velcro fixed. Supplied in a wheeled transit case, with lighting compartment in the lid. Panels are 733mm x 2225mm high. This wheeled trolly can be fitted with a fabric or graphic wrap to turn it into a podium on your stand if so required, ask about details. 2 Floodlights can be added if your display or presentation would benefit from an illuminated display. 1 week supply time.

The velcro friendly straight pop up display stand kit, ready for use. A self expanding pop up frame system with magnetic bars makes a fast easy display or room divider in moments the velcro nylon loop fabric panels are bright and ready for your graphics to be velcro fixed. Supplied in a wheeled transit case, with lighting compartment in the lid. Panels are 733mm x 2225mm high. This wheeled trolly can be fitted with a fabric or graphic wrap to turn it into a podium on your stand if so required, ask about details. 2 Floodlights can be added if your display or presentation would benefit from an illuminated display. 1 week supply time.

£700
Cafe barrier with advertising banner

Walkway cafe barrier post and base. Define the pavement dining or seating area outside your restaurant or cafe with our smart coffee time cafe barrier system. Black posts with banner rails in 3 sizes. The cafe banners lock to the top of the post with a cam and then tie to the base of the post with a spring clip. Outdoor stanchion post. 12.5kg post and base plate. Black powder coated paint finish. Childproof blanking plugs included. Suitable for indoor use and outdoor use in sheltered areas. Standard 1 year warranty applies. Cross Arms - rails Three cross arm widths 1200, 1500 and 2000mm (post centres) Graphic bar allows for traditional loop graphic fixing. Black powder coated cross arms with black chrome ends Strong, durable cross arms. Bottom of graphic attaches to post using a spring clip (included). Wall mounting bracket available. Graphics not included. Standard 1 year warranty applies SPECIFICATIONS. GRAPHIC PANEL SIZE Finished graphic panel size 900mm x 1775 / 1275 / 975mm [Please note – 100mm of graphic is folded over to create pole pocket] Visual graphic area 800mm x 1775 / 1275 / 975mm Graphic panel thickness 500 micron The price shown is one post and base. Please add your extra options below and change quantities as required in your shopping basket. Please see our PDFs for printable details on assembly and banner fitting details. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

Walkway cafe barrier post and base. Define the pavement dining or seating area outside your restaurant or cafe with our smart coffee time cafe barrier system. Black posts with banner rails in 3 sizes. The cafe banners lock to the top of the post with a cam and then tie to the base of the post with a spring clip. Outdoor stanchion post. 12.5kg post and base plate. Black powder coated paint finish. Childproof blanking plugs included. Suitable for indoor use and outdoor use in sheltered areas. Standard 1 year warranty applies. Cross Arms - rails Three cross arm widths 1200, 1500 and 2000mm (post centres) Graphic bar allows for traditional loop graphic fixing. Black powder coated cross arms with black chrome ends Strong, durable cross arms. Bottom of graphic attaches to post using a spring clip (included). Wall mounting bracket available. Graphics not included. Standard 1 year warranty applies SPECIFICATIONS. GRAPHIC PANEL SIZE Finished graphic panel size 900mm x 1775 / 1275 / 975mm [Please note – 100mm of graphic is folded over to create pole pocket] Visual graphic area 800mm x 1775 / 1275 / 975mm Graphic panel thickness 500 micron The price shown is one post and base. Please add your extra options below and change quantities as required in your shopping basket. Please see our PDFs for printable details on assembly and banner fitting details. For more information call Coker Expo 01256 768178

£65
Magnetic graphic posts

Freestanding Or Gantry Connecting Aluminium posts 50mm Square with 25mm magnetic fixing track for attaching graphics to create high quality back walls at exhibitions and events. The graphics can be rolled and are fitted with opposing force magnetic strip 25mm wide on each side. Graphics snap on firmly into place. The posts can be free standing with metal base plates or fitted with an adjustable foot and a gantry clamp to facilitate fixing between an overhead gantry and the floor. Posts can be combined to make long length walling, the graphic panel heights can be easily adjusted to allow the image registration to flow accurately.

Freestanding Or Gantry Connecting Aluminium posts 50mm Square with 25mm magnetic fixing track for attaching graphics to create high quality back walls at exhibitions and events. The graphics can be rolled and are fitted with opposing force magnetic strip 25mm wide on each side. Graphics snap on firmly into place. The posts can be free standing with metal base plates or fitted with an adjustable foot and a gantry clamp to facilitate fixing between an overhead gantry and the floor. Posts can be combined to make long length walling, the graphic panel heights can be easily adjusted to allow the image registration to flow accurately.

£70
A basic free standing aluminium exhibition frame with feet

Media wall, free standing exhibition frameworks built using 50x50mm square aluminium box section. Supplied with a mill finish. This example is 2M high with three width options as standard. is suitable for applications such as, Large Banners clipped to frames Product display Square frames can have graphics applied to the aluminium framework for branding Wire cable display systems Hanging of LCD screens magnetic graphics are also possible by quotation We can produce larger exhibition frameworks suitable for large exhibition back drops and graphic walls at trade show events. These can be built as smaller assemblies and then bolted together or produced in longer size aluminium sections straight off. Quick and easy assembly system, an allen key set takes care of tools. Made to order, expect 7 working days supply time including graphics. Custom sizes are by quotation and just what this exhibition display frame has been produced for, 01257 678178.

Media wall, free standing exhibition frameworks built using 50x50mm square aluminium box section. Supplied with a mill finish. This example is 2M high with three width options as standard. is suitable for applications such as, Large Banners clipped to frames Product display Square frames can have graphics applied to the aluminium framework for branding Wire cable display systems Hanging of LCD screens magnetic graphics are also possible by quotation We can produce larger exhibition frameworks suitable for large exhibition back drops and graphic walls at trade show events. These can be built as smaller assemblies and then bolted together or produced in longer size aluminium sections straight off. Quick and easy assembly system, an allen key set takes care of tools. Made to order, expect 7 working days supply time including graphics. Custom sizes are by quotation and just what this exhibition display frame has been produced for, 01257 678178.

£180
S35T33_34 Special 3 way Junction

A custom designed 3 way 33_34 junction, left and right are no more. How about an angular leg for system 35 trio lighting gantry systems with this special corner junction S35T33/34.With the standard 33 and 34 corner junctions the legs triangular orientation turns for each. Not so for this truss junction, the actual down leg is rotated by 45 degrees and can be used in any corner of your exhibition floor area. Dims of 500mm x 500mm, comes with a set of conicals, pins and clips.

A custom designed 3 way 33_34 junction, left and right are no more. How about an angular leg for system 35 trio lighting gantry systems with this special corner junction S35T33/34.With the standard 33 and 34 corner junctions the legs triangular orientation turns for each. Not so for this truss junction, the actual down leg is rotated by 45 degrees and can be used in any corner of your exhibition floor area. Dims of 500mm x 500mm, comes with a set of conicals, pins and clips.

£166
indoor cafe barrier and cordoning

Indoor cafe barrier, pedestrian cordoning screen, but not as you know it, this is a very different cordoning system. We use our System 70 aluminium 50mm box profile to create a supporting framework to carry a 3mm pvc panel on each side, making it double sided as standard. This cafe barrier system can be used in straight lines or linked at right angles to form a booth or segregated area if so required. The panels sizes are 1500mm x 1m high and feet are 450mm x 50mm in 6mm steel bar. A linking connector comes with each unit too. This queue barrier is ideal to form a line or cordon off and area, something you see at sports centers, shopping center isles and in retail queuing applications. It is also possible to custom make any size due to its method of construction so do ask for a quote to suit your particular needs, a little wider, a little higher, 01256 768178.

Indoor cafe barrier, pedestrian cordoning screen, but not as you know it, this is a very different cordoning system. We use our System 70 aluminium 50mm box profile to create a supporting framework to carry a 3mm pvc panel on each side, making it double sided as standard. This cafe barrier system can be used in straight lines or linked at right angles to form a booth or segregated area if so required. The panels sizes are 1500mm x 1m high and feet are 450mm x 50mm in 6mm steel bar. A linking connector comes with each unit too. This queue barrier is ideal to form a line or cordon off and area, something you see at sports centers, shopping center isles and in retail queuing applications. It is also possible to custom make any size due to its method of construction so do ask for a quote to suit your particular needs, a little wider, a little higher, 01256 768178.

£280
Backdrop banner for events

Backdrop banner for events, this is a free standing exhibition framework that is covered in pvc banners. The structure is built using 50x50mm square aluminium box section, supplied with a mill finish. This unit is 3m x 2.5m high but can can make this to any custom size that you might require. Our System 70 is suitable for applications such as, backdrop banner wall, event banner walls, graphic walls and printed logo walls for all manner of shows and events. These banner frames can be built as smaller assemblies and then bolted together or produced in longer size aluminium sections straight off if your transport allows. The only tool needed is a hex bolt which you can purchase from ourselves. Set up your framework and then unroll the banner which is supplied on a roll across the frame. You will note that the banner wraps around the sides and over the top, a tight fold in the top corners. Pull the banner to align the graphics to the bottom and then use the clips supplied to fix it securely to the frame. The finishing touch is lighting for your back drop banner wall if you wish to add them. Lights are 20w and Led so will use little power, all in all a very low cost way to create an impressive graphic wall. Key points, Pvc banner graphics, quick and easy assembly, an allen key takes care of tools. Artwork graphic size is 3100 x 2600mm high Made to order, expect 7 - 10 working days supply time including graphics. Custom sizes are by quotation and just what this System 70 exhibition display frame has been produced for, 01257 678178.

Backdrop banner for events, this is a free standing exhibition framework that is covered in pvc banners. The structure is built using 50x50mm square aluminium box section, supplied with a mill finish. This unit is 3m x 2.5m high but can can make this to any custom size that you might require. Our System 70 is suitable for applications such as, backdrop banner wall, event banner walls, graphic walls and printed logo walls for all manner of shows and events. These banner frames can be built as smaller assemblies and then bolted together or produced in longer size aluminium sections straight off if your transport allows. The only tool needed is a hex bolt which you can purchase from ourselves. Set up your framework and then unroll the banner which is supplied on a roll across the frame. You will note that the banner wraps around the sides and over the top, a tight fold in the top corners. Pull the banner to align the graphics to the bottom and then use the clips supplied to fix it securely to the frame. The finishing touch is lighting for your back drop banner wall if you wish to add them. Lights are 20w and Led so will use little power, all in all a very low cost way to create an impressive graphic wall. Key points, Pvc banner graphics, quick and easy assembly, an allen key takes care of tools. Artwork graphic size is 3100 x 2600mm high Made to order, expect 7 - 10 working days supply time including graphics. Custom sizes are by quotation and just what this System 70 exhibition display frame has been produced for, 01257 678178.

£530
Event backdrop wall

Event backdrop wall for events, this is a free standing exhibition framework that is covered in pvc banners. The structure is built using 50x50mm square aluminium box section, supplied with a mill finish. This unit is 3m x 2.5m high but can can make this to any custom size that you might require. Our System 70 is suitable for applications such as, backdrop banner wall, event banner walls, graphic walls and printed logo walls for all manner of shows and events. These banner frameworks can be built as smaller assemblies and then bolted together or produced in longer size aluminium sections straight off if your transport allows. The only tool needed is a hex bolt which you can purchase from ourselves. Set up your framework and then unroll the banner which is supplied on a roll across the frame. You will note that the banner wraps around the sides and over the top, a tight fold in the top corners. Pull the pvc banner to align the graphics to the bottom and then use the clips supplied to fix it securely to the frame. The finishing touch is lighting for your back drop banner wall if you wish to add them. Lights are 20w and Led so will use little power, all in all a very low cost way to create an impressive backdrop wall at any event. Key points, Pvc banner graphics, quick and easy assembly, an allen key takes care of tools. Artwork graphic size is 3100 x 2600mm high Made to order, expect 7 - 10 working days supply time including graphics. Custom sizes are by quotation and just what this System 70 exhibition display frame has been produced for, 01257 678178.

Event backdrop wall for events, this is a free standing exhibition framework that is covered in pvc banners. The structure is built using 50x50mm square aluminium box section, supplied with a mill finish. This unit is 3m x 2.5m high but can can make this to any custom size that you might require. Our System 70 is suitable for applications such as, backdrop banner wall, event banner walls, graphic walls and printed logo walls for all manner of shows and events. These banner frameworks can be built as smaller assemblies and then bolted together or produced in longer size aluminium sections straight off if your transport allows. The only tool needed is a hex bolt which you can purchase from ourselves. Set up your framework and then unroll the banner which is supplied on a roll across the frame. You will note that the banner wraps around the sides and over the top, a tight fold in the top corners. Pull the pvc banner to align the graphics to the bottom and then use the clips supplied to fix it securely to the frame. The finishing touch is lighting for your back drop banner wall if you wish to add them. Lights are 20w and Led so will use little power, all in all a very low cost way to create an impressive backdrop wall at any event. Key points, Pvc banner graphics, quick and easy assembly, an allen key takes care of tools. Artwork graphic size is 3100 x 2600mm high Made to order, expect 7 - 10 working days supply time including graphics. Custom sizes are by quotation and just what this System 70 exhibition display frame has been produced for, 01257 678178.

£880
Wheeled concertina dividers for offices and schools

Our office divider, mobile concertina panels are offered in two fabric types, 4 widths and three heights. Our Folding, wheeled office panels are Velcro friendly with Nyloop fabric and pinnable with Woolmix. The mobile office dividers we supply are suitable for dividing working areas in any room, such as an office, classroom or an area that requires a little more privacy or a reduction in noise level. Each folding panel is 585mm wide x a choice of heights 1200, 1500 and 1800mm. Choose from our extensive fabric colours, Nyloop is particularly Velcro friendly, ideal for attaching graphics and posters. Woolmix is a smart office finish that is very decorative and hard wearing with a slight texture but not suitable for Velcro because of this. These concertina display panels have a smart aluminium frame surrounding the edge of each panel, supplied pre hinged, fabric to both sides and are fitted with two locking castor wheels. These units are made to order so we advise you check supply times, 01256 768178

Our office divider, mobile concertina panels are offered in two fabric types, 4 widths and three heights. Our Folding, wheeled office panels are Velcro friendly with Nyloop fabric and pinnable with Woolmix. The mobile office dividers we supply are suitable for dividing working areas in any room, such as an office, classroom or an area that requires a little more privacy or a reduction in noise level. Each folding panel is 585mm wide x a choice of heights 1200, 1500 and 1800mm. Choose from our extensive fabric colours, Nyloop is particularly Velcro friendly, ideal for attaching graphics and posters. Woolmix is a smart office finish that is very decorative and hard wearing with a slight texture but not suitable for Velcro because of this. These concertina display panels have a smart aluminium frame surrounding the edge of each panel, supplied pre hinged, fabric to both sides and are fitted with two locking castor wheels. These units are made to order so we advise you check supply times, 01256 768178

£280
Full range of office screen dividers

Office divider screens free standing in loop nylon and Woolmix fabric, ideal for dividing and screening and area off in an office or school environment. We can offer two widths 1200 or 1500mm and there are three heights available 1200mm 1500 or 1800mm. You also have a choice of two fabric choices: Nyloop office panels are Velcro friendly only. Woolmix panels are decorative with a slight texture but, you can use pins on these but not Velcro hook. Office screen divider panels are 40 mm thick and are supplied with a pair of black stabilising feet. You can join these office dividers with a special linking strip that slides onto the panel edge profile to enable 2 or more panels to connect up, works as a key way to allow the formation of cubicles, a formation of 4 panels on a central joining strip. Call 01256 768178 for help and advice - supply times. These panels are made to order.

Office divider screens free standing in loop nylon and Woolmix fabric, ideal for dividing and screening and area off in an office or school environment. We can offer two widths 1200 or 1500mm and there are three heights available 1200mm 1500 or 1800mm. You also have a choice of two fabric choices: Nyloop office panels are Velcro friendly only. Woolmix panels are decorative with a slight texture but, you can use pins on these but not Velcro hook. Office screen divider panels are 40 mm thick and are supplied with a pair of black stabilising feet. You can join these office dividers with a special linking strip that slides onto the panel edge profile to enable 2 or more panels to connect up, works as a key way to allow the formation of cubicles, a formation of 4 panels on a central joining strip. Call 01256 768178 for help and advice - supply times. These panels are made to order.

£100
120 degree lighting truss junction with leg

A special 3 way leg junction S35T22. This is a very impressive piece of truss, created at 120 degrees and apex down with a leg strut. Now think of all the towers and structures that you can create, some thing angular can become possible with ease. Supplied with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

A special 3 way leg junction S35T22. This is a very impressive piece of truss, created at 120 degrees and apex down with a leg strut. Now think of all the towers and structures that you can create, some thing angular can become possible with ease. Supplied with a full set of conicals, pins and clips.

£184
S35T Bookend Multi Junction

This special adjustable truss junction is hinged and fits both S35 Trio and Quad trussing making the impossible possible! There are occasions when a standard trussing junction just will not achieve the angle that is required, this is where our custom truss junction may well do the job for you. If you are looking to create a custom angle within your truss system think about a bookend junction.

This special adjustable truss junction is hinged and fits both S35 Trio and Quad trussing making the impossible possible! There are occasions when a standard trussing junction just will not achieve the angle that is required, this is where our custom truss junction may well do the job for you. If you are looking to create a custom angle within your truss system think about a bookend junction.

£200
S35 Quad Cube

The revolutionary system 35 truss "quad cube" supplied with 8 nodes or half conicals, as a two way junction. Add half conical node kits shown below to upgrade the junction to three way, four way, five or 6 way! This is a multi junction, truly. With this little gem there is no need to have a load of different junctions, so less components to store and transport. S35QBOX dimensions of 220mm x 220mm.

The revolutionary system 35 truss "quad cube" supplied with 8 nodes or half conicals, as a two way junction. Add half conical node kits shown below to upgrade the junction to three way, four way, five or 6 way! This is a multi junction, truly. With this little gem there is no need to have a load of different junctions, so less components to store and transport. S35QBOX dimensions of 220mm x 220mm.

£190
XL Gantry Base Plate

This is our extra large gantry base plate, it measures in at 800mm x 800mm x 6mm thick plate steel, APPROX 23KGS. Powder coated grey paint finish. If you are unable to bolt a single truss column into the floor or a portal, goal post design, then this base plate will give great support to your structure. The base plate must be used together with a standard base plate, the position of the standard base plate can be adjusted depending where its bolted to the XL base plate. This flexibility allows a goal post banner stand for example to be placed against a wall or free standing as a divider or arch. There are many ways of achieving an impressive design with gantry. We are here to help please call 01256 768178 we have a gantry specialist in our team.

This is our extra large gantry base plate, it measures in at 800mm x 800mm x 6mm thick plate steel, APPROX 23KGS. Powder coated grey paint finish. If you are unable to bolt a single truss column into the floor or a portal, goal post design, then this base plate will give great support to your structure. The base plate must be used together with a standard base plate, the position of the standard base plate can be adjusted depending where its bolted to the XL base plate. This flexibility allows a goal post banner stand for example to be placed against a wall or free standing as a divider or arch. There are many ways of achieving an impressive design with gantry. We are here to help please call 01256 768178 we have a gantry specialist in our team.

£160
Quad Lighting Gantry, 3mx3m floor area

System 35 Quad offers a very fast build time, immense strength and style in a 35mm diameter tube. Each section comes with a set of conicals, pins and clips. Quick and easy set up and take down makes truss a perfect solution for carrying lighting, signs and banners at any exhibition or trade show event. Add to this basic structure as time goes by and your need for a larger floor size becomes a requirement. This Example is square, at 3m x 3m x 2.5m high, but can be built to a variety of sizes with the addition of extra sections, this will allow you to alter the configuration of the truss components in your aluminium structure and make a multitude of stand sizes. Call 01256 768178 for more info on trussing systems.

System 35 Quad offers a very fast build time, immense strength and style in a 35mm diameter tube. Each section comes with a set of conicals, pins and clips. Quick and easy set up and take down makes truss a perfect solution for carrying lighting, signs and banners at any exhibition or trade show event. Add to this basic structure as time goes by and your need for a larger floor size becomes a requirement. This Example is square, at 3m x 3m x 2.5m high, but can be built to a variety of sizes with the addition of extra sections, this will allow you to alter the configuration of the truss components in your aluminium structure and make a multitude of stand sizes. Call 01256 768178 for more info on trussing systems.

£2,160
Rectangular exhibition stand Quad System 35

This is a popular floor size, here offered in our quad lighting truss. The structure stands at 7 x 3 x 3m high. Additional beams can be added or indeed removed to alter the size of this system.

This is a popular floor size, here offered in our quad lighting truss. The structure stands at 7 x 3 x 3m high. Additional beams can be added or indeed removed to alter the size of this system.

£2,800
Suspended lighting truss S35 Quad

System 35 Quad suspended lighting truss rig. An eye catching lighting truss that can be suspended on cables fixed into a strong ceiling structure or I beam. This truss system uses a 35mm diameter tube and a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system for its assembly. Just add the lighting that you like or already have. Remember to add clamps for any lighting fixtures and lifting eyes or truss brackets for the rigs suspension. This structures dims measure 4.3 x 4.3m. This is just a sample design it could be amended in size or shape to form any required suspended truss structure, call for details and a quotation 01256 768178.

System 35 Quad suspended lighting truss rig. An eye catching lighting truss that can be suspended on cables fixed into a strong ceiling structure or I beam. This truss system uses a 35mm diameter tube and a quick and easy spigot and pin connection system for its assembly. Just add the lighting that you like or already have. Remember to add clamps for any lighting fixtures and lifting eyes or truss brackets for the rigs suspension. This structures dims measure 4.3 x 4.3m. This is just a sample design it could be amended in size or shape to form any required suspended truss structure, call for details and a quotation 01256 768178.

£1,904
SYS35 Quad Lighting Gantry Tower

An impressive lighting gantry tower in quad trussing, 1500m x 1500m x 3.5m high. This design uses standard 3 way junctions not multi nodes. This structure has a 3 stage leg to make assembly and raising easy. 35mm diameter tube with conicals, spigot and pin connection.

An impressive lighting gantry tower in quad trussing, 1500m x 1500m x 3.5m high. This design uses standard 3 way junctions not multi nodes. This structure has a 3 stage leg to make assembly and raising easy. 35mm diameter tube with conicals, spigot and pin connection.

£3,115
SYS35 Quad Lighting Truss 10m x 6m x 3m

A six legged structure with cross beam to carry more lighting fixtures above the exhibition floor area. This structures dimensions are 10m x 6m x 3m high, it is in our quad system 35 lighting truss. A two piece split leg makes raising this large build a lot easier and quicker too. 35mm diameter tube, with high load carrying abilities and low deflection rates over long spans. This build uses standard junctions but we could also supply this with multi nodes by quotation.

A six legged structure with cross beam to carry more lighting fixtures above the exhibition floor area. This structures dimensions are 10m x 6m x 3m high, it is in our quad system 35 lighting truss. A two piece split leg makes raising this large build a lot easier and quicker too. 35mm diameter tube, with high load carrying abilities and low deflection rates over long spans. This build uses standard junctions but we could also supply this with multi nodes by quotation.

£4,754
System 35 Quad Free Standing Banner Frame

A smart free standing quad truss banner display frame. This quad system 35 truss frames dimensions are 2940mm x 1440mm wide and 1220mm deep. This structure uses our multi nodes at each junction. The tube is 35mm diameter, this is a spigot and pin connection system.

A smart free standing quad truss banner display frame. This quad system 35 truss frames dimensions are 2940mm x 1440mm wide and 1220mm deep. This structure uses our multi nodes at each junction. The tube is 35mm diameter, this is a spigot and pin connection system.

£2,104
SYS35 Quad lighting truss banner display

A very special quad lighting truss structure designed to create 4 bays to display multiple double sided banners. The 4 bays were required to make defined areas for various products. This structure has dims of 3220mm across the beam length by 2.5m high. A multi node junction in the center with a down leg locks this system all together.

A very special quad lighting truss structure designed to create 4 bays to display multiple double sided banners. The 4 bays were required to make defined areas for various products. This structure has dims of 3220mm across the beam length by 2.5m high. A multi node junction in the center with a down leg locks this system all together.

£2,527
Quad aluminium lighting truss for aerial lighting rigs

A very standard design for an aerial lighting truss, this is our Quad truss System 35 which uses a 35mm diameter tube and a spigot and pin connection system. Great for smaller floor areas and light weight to work with too as it is our 35mm diameter gauge system in aluminium. This example has dimensions of 4500mm x 3m and uses standard 2 way truss junctions. Ideal to suspend over exhibition floors and dance floors. The aerial truss lighting rig is the best method to raise lighting really high above any floor area. The system could be suspended on cables to either lifting eye clamps of our truss brackets. Add your lighting fixtures and bring some life and style to any area that your are hanging this structure in. Need another size, ask for a quote 01256 768178.

A very standard design for an aerial lighting truss, this is our Quad truss System 35 which uses a 35mm diameter tube and a spigot and pin connection system. Great for smaller floor areas and light weight to work with too as it is our 35mm diameter gauge system in aluminium. This example has dimensions of 4500mm x 3m and uses standard 2 way truss junctions. Ideal to suspend over exhibition floors and dance floors. The aerial truss lighting rig is the best method to raise lighting really high above any floor area. The system could be suspended on cables to either lifting eye clamps of our truss brackets. Add your lighting fixtures and bring some life and style to any area that your are hanging this structure in. Need another size, ask for a quote 01256 768178.

£1,872
Lighting Gantry Exhibition Backdrop

This exhibition backdrop is made form our Quad lighting gantry system. Two 800mm square steel base plates enable a goal post or portal structure to stand upright and be stable with out being bolted to the floor or fixed back to a wall. This example shown uses true 2 way 90 degree junctions but we can do this using our multi way box junctions too. The backdrop shown has dimensions of 5m x 2.5m high.

This exhibition backdrop is made form our Quad lighting gantry system. Two 800mm square steel base plates enable a goal post or portal structure to stand upright and be stable with out being bolted to the floor or fixed back to a wall. This example shown uses true 2 way 90 degree junctions but we can do this using our multi way box junctions too. The backdrop shown has dimensions of 5m x 2.5m high.

£1,596
Quad Trade Show Gantry

Here we show a popular trade show display, 2 walls clad with access form 2 sides or isles. This quad lighting gantry has dims of 5m x 3m x 3m high. The quad truss beams are set to the floor as well so as you can inset banners into each aperture if you wish or to the rear tubes which ever you prefer the look of.

Here we show a popular trade show display, 2 walls clad with access form 2 sides or isles. This quad lighting gantry has dims of 5m x 3m x 3m high. The quad truss beams are set to the floor as well so as you can inset banners into each aperture if you wish or to the rear tubes which ever you prefer the look of.

£2,880
6x3M Quad gantry stand

So many exhibition gantry designs can be created with one system. This example illustration shows quad S35. Quad 35 has four tubes each 35mm and the system uses the same rapid joining system as our standard Trio S35 fast building without tools and virtually no deflection. Super strong and very practical. An eye catching quad lighting gantry system. Our systems are designed to be adaptable so the modular truss elements allows for many different designs using the same parts list. The example truss system has dimensions of 6M x 3M x 3.0M high. This structure can use our multi box junction as an option, with this you can create any junction you need just by adding some extra half conicals. Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178 for more information, we are happy to design a system just for you.

So many exhibition gantry designs can be created with one system. This example illustration shows quad S35. Quad 35 has four tubes each 35mm and the system uses the same rapid joining system as our standard Trio S35 fast building without tools and virtually no deflection. Super strong and very practical. An eye catching quad lighting gantry system. Our systems are designed to be adaptable so the modular truss elements allows for many different designs using the same parts list. The example truss system has dimensions of 6M x 3M x 3.0M high. This structure can use our multi box junction as an option, with this you can create any junction you need just by adding some extra half conicals. Please call Coker Expo 01256 768178 for more information, we are happy to design a system just for you.

£4,300
Wall Fixed Quad Lighting Gantry

This quad lighting gantry is supported by being bolted into a back wall. If you are looking to aim lighting back towards your exhibition wall then this is a simple solution. This structures dimensions are 4m x 1.5m x 3m high. If the floor size at your event is different or you need additional height please ask for a quote.

This quad lighting gantry is supported by being bolted into a back wall. If you are looking to aim lighting back towards your exhibition wall then this is a simple solution. This structures dimensions are 4m x 1.5m x 3m high. If the floor size at your event is different or you need additional height please ask for a quote.

£1,702
Duo lectern in truss, 50mm tube.

A natural aluminium finished duo truss lectern unit. Bring a really professional look to your seminar and public speaking event, be confident when giving your speech when stood behind this truss lectern. This lectern has been design to be collapsible, 3 parts that assemble quickly once at your event. Produced in our 50mm diameter tube, approx 7 kgs.

A natural aluminium finished duo truss lectern unit. Bring a really professional look to your seminar and public speaking event, be confident when giving your speech when stood behind this truss lectern. This lectern has been design to be collapsible, 3 parts that assemble quickly once at your event. Produced in our 50mm diameter tube, approx 7 kgs.

£280
Trio gantry lectern stand

A natural aluminium finished trio truss lectern unit, smart and high quality podium for seminars and other public speaking requirements such a Tv announcements and news broadcasts. 50mm diameter tube, approx 12kgs.

A natural aluminium finished trio truss lectern unit, smart and high quality podium for seminars and other public speaking requirements such a Tv announcements and news broadcasts. 50mm diameter tube, approx 12kgs.

£248
Quad truss lectern

A natural aluminium finished Quad truss lectern unit. A high quality look for all public speaking events, look the piece when you say your piece at any presentation or event. Made in our 50mm diameter aluminium tube, weight is approx 14 kgs.

A natural aluminium finished Quad truss lectern unit. A high quality look for all public speaking events, look the piece when you say your piece at any presentation or event. Made in our 50mm diameter aluminium tube, weight is approx 14 kgs.

£274
Aluminium finished lectern in trio truss with dimensions drawing

A natural aluminium finished trio truss lectern but with a double top plate area to layout your speech. Some times you will need to stand partnered up at a conference or seminar, this lectern allows that dual presentation ability. A smart lectern to stand behind can only boost the confidence when public speaking, bring a touch of class to your event. The truss lectern compliments any truss lighting rig carrying on the modern and industrial theme. Produced in our 50mm dia tube, approx 22 kgs. Call 01256 768178 to check availability.

A natural aluminium finished trio truss lectern but with a double top plate area to layout your speech. Some times you will need to stand partnered up at a conference or seminar, this lectern allows that dual presentation ability. A smart lectern to stand behind can only boost the confidence when public speaking, bring a touch of class to your event. The truss lectern compliments any truss lighting rig carrying on the modern and industrial theme. Produced in our 50mm dia tube, approx 22 kgs. Call 01256 768178 to check availability.

£464
Portable lectern for public speaking at conferences.

This squared off, beech topped lectern with grey nylon loop column stands at 1300mm high x 655mm x 480mm and comes with an acrylic angled top. Carry bag included, other fabric colours or plain beech finish is available call for details 01256 768178. The wrap size for this unit is 1060mm high x 1455mm long. An ideal portable podium for your public speaking at seminars and conferences.

This squared off, beech topped lectern with grey nylon loop column stands at 1300mm high x 655mm x 480mm and comes with an acrylic angled top. Carry bag included, other fabric colours or plain beech finish is available call for details 01256 768178. The wrap size for this unit is 1060mm high x 1455mm long. An ideal portable podium for your public speaking at seminars and conferences.

£275
S35 Half Conical

Half conicals for quad gantry system 35, a multi box cube junction. With the addition of extra half conicals you can adapt your truss structure and create a new junction with your present box. Change your truss design with ease for different events and trade shows. This price is for a set of 4 supplied with tapered pin, safety clip and connection bolt.

Half conicals for quad gantry system 35, a multi box cube junction. With the addition of extra half conicals you can adapt your truss structure and create a new junction with your present box. Change your truss design with ease for different events and trade shows. This price is for a set of 4 supplied with tapered pin, safety clip and connection bolt.

£30
S35 Quad Straight Sections

Our quad lighting truss system has lengths ranging form 250mm right up to 3m in length. Each straight section comes with one set of conical connectors, pins and safety clips as standard. Straight trussing beams are used in the construction of legs and horizontal beams. Yes, longer lengths are cheaper but the cost is a loss of adaptability and possibly ease of build, particularly when it comes to raising up 2 tier trussing structures. Please feel free to call and discuss the options.

Our quad lighting truss system has lengths ranging form 250mm right up to 3m in length. Each straight section comes with one set of conical connectors, pins and safety clips as standard. Straight trussing beams are used in the construction of legs and horizontal beams. Yes, longer lengths are cheaper but the cost is a loss of adaptability and possibly ease of build, particularly when it comes to raising up 2 tier trussing structures. Please feel free to call and discuss the options.

£88
Daisy link power cord

A 1M 3 way splitter lead, 1 in and two out daisy system. Ideal for quick and easy connection of lighting fixtures at exhibitions and events. It really is plug and play with this system, Daisy Male to 2 Daisy Female Y Splitter Power Lead (1.0m Black) 6amp. Get your exhibition lighting system powered up and working in moments.

A 1M 3 way splitter lead, 1 in and two out daisy system. Ideal for quick and easy connection of lighting fixtures at exhibitions and events. It really is plug and play with this system, Daisy Male to 2 Daisy Female Y Splitter Power Lead (1.0m Black) 6amp. Get your exhibition lighting system powered up and working in moments.

£7
Mains lead to Daisy lighting 5M

A 5 meter mains lead with a daisy chain connector. Power up your exhibition lighting system.

A 5 meter mains lead with a daisy chain connector. Power up your exhibition lighting system.

£9
2M Daisy Lead Extension

An 2m extension lead for daisy chain lighting circuits in series.

An 2m extension lead for daisy chain lighting circuits in series.

£5
Daisy chain 3 metre extension lead

A 5m Daisy linking lead an ideal extension lead, to daisy chain lights in series at exhibitions and events.

A 5m Daisy linking lead an ideal extension lead, to daisy chain lights in series at exhibitions and events.

£5
5m Daisy lighting link lead

A 5m linking lead for plug and play lighting

A 5m linking lead for plug and play lighting

£6
XL Gantry Base Plate

This is our extra large gantry base plate, it measures in at 800mm x 800mm x 6mm thick plate steel, APPROX 23KGS. Powder coated grey paint finish. If you are unable to bolt a single truss column into the floor or a portal, goal post design, then this base plate will give great support to your structure. The base plate must be used together with a standard base plate, the position of the standard base plate can be adjusted depending where its bolted to the XL base plate. This flexibility allows a goal post banner stand for example to be placed against a wall or free standing as a divider or arch. There are many ways of achieving an impressive design with gantry. We are here to help please call 01256 768178 we have a gantry specialist in our team.

This is our extra large gantry base plate, it measures in at 800mm x 800mm x 6mm thick plate steel, APPROX 23KGS. Powder coated grey paint finish. If you are unable to bolt a single truss column into the floor or a portal, goal post design, then this base plate will give great support to your structure. The base plate must be used together with a standard base plate, the position of the standard base plate can be adjusted depending where its bolted to the XL base plate. This flexibility allows a goal post banner stand for example to be placed against a wall or free standing as a divider or arch. There are many ways of achieving an impressive design with gantry. We are here to help please call 01256 768178 we have a gantry specialist in our team.

£160
Daisy chain lighting 1m Linking Mains Lead

A 1m linking mains lead for our daisy lighting cable system

A 1m linking mains lead for our daisy lighting cable system

£5
S35 Quad Base

System 35 Quad base or wall plate, S35QBASE. We use these to do both jobs in our exhibition gantry range. A full set of pins and retaining clips are included with every base plate, conicals are directly bolted to the aluminium plate. Base plates go at the bottom of every leg and spread the load that any truss structure carries. Weight loading charts area available for our quad lighting truss system.

System 35 Quad base or wall plate, S35QBASE. We use these to do both jobs in our exhibition gantry range. A full set of pins and retaining clips are included with every base plate, conicals are directly bolted to the aluminium plate. Base plates go at the bottom of every leg and spread the load that any truss structure carries. Weight loading charts area available for our quad lighting truss system.

£45
Quad S35 3 Way corner

Quad system 35, this is the standard 3 way corner junction for a basic 4 sided structure in our quad lighting truss system, S35Q30. Each corner comes with a set of conical pins and clips. This trussing is manufactured and engineered to the very highest standards. The dims for all our truss junctions unless other wise stated are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm which makes designing a truss structure to the meter and half meter floor area very easy.

Quad system 35, this is the standard 3 way corner junction for a basic 4 sided structure in our quad lighting truss system, S35Q30. Each corner comes with a set of conical pins and clips. This trussing is manufactured and engineered to the very highest standards. The dims for all our truss junctions unless other wise stated are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm which makes designing a truss structure to the meter and half meter floor area very easy.

£180
Quad S35 T piece junction

A quad 3 way "T" piece S35QT35. A very adaptable junction to add to your truss components. This can be used in structures as a central down leg, as a horizontal beam and is very popular in aerial lighting truss rigs. The dimensions for this truss junction are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm and it will come with all required connection fittings.

A quad 3 way "T" piece S35QT35. A very adaptable junction to add to your truss components. This can be used in structures as a central down leg, as a horizontal beam and is very popular in aerial lighting truss rigs. The dimensions for this truss junction are 500mm x 500mm x 500mm and it will come with all required connection fittings.

£180
System 35 Exhibition Gantry Quad 90 degree 2 way junction

S35 Quad exhibition gantry, this is a standard quad 90 degree 2 way junction, S35Q21. Most usually used in aluminium trussing structures such as a basic portal or gaol post design or a simple square or oblong lighting rig suspended on cables or wires. We can provide the fixing brackets with lifting eyes to achieve this. This junction has dimensions of 500mmx500mm and will come with a set of fittings.

S35 Quad exhibition gantry, this is a standard quad 90 degree 2 way junction, S35Q21. Most usually used in aluminium trussing structures such as a basic portal or gaol post design or a simple square or oblong lighting rig suspended on cables or wires. We can provide the fixing brackets with lifting eyes to achieve this. This junction has dimensions of 500mmx500mm and will come with a set of fittings.

£105
Vinyl flooring colour swatch